hf!p://www;archive/org/aetails/exercises^^^ 


I 


EXERCISES    IN  -GERMAN 
SYNTAX   AND   COMPOSITION- 

FOR  ADVANCED  STUDENTS 


BY 


•tJU 


MARIAN   Pf  WHITNEY,  Ph.D.  (Yale) 

Professor  of  German  in  Vassar  College 


AND 


LILIAN    L.    STROEBE,    Ph.D.    (Heidelberg) 
Instructor  in  German  in  Vassar  College 


NEW   YORK 
HENRY  HOLT   AND   COMPANY 

1910 


h 


^^9 


Copyright,  1910, 

BY 

HENRY  HOLT  AND  COMPANY 


INTRODUCTION 

A  WORD  of  excuse  may  seem  needed  for  adding  an- 
other book  on  German  composition  to  the  large  number 
already  in  existence.  But  we  feel  that  the  many  such 
books  issued  during  the  last  few  years  have  all  neg- 
lected to  provide  for  one  large  class  of  students  and 
one  real  need  of  language  work.  There  are  many 
excellent  books  dealing  with  what  the  Germans  call 
Realieriy  or  the  facts  and  words  of  every-day  life,  but 
there  are  very  few  which  give  an  advanced  student 
the  vocabulary  necessary  for  the  study  of  literature 
and  literary  criticism;  there  are  various  books  for 
giving  practice  in  the  elementary  rules  and  forms  of 
German,  there  are  practically  none  which  deal  system- 
atically with  more  advanced  German  syntax.  Now 
composition  work  based  on  Realien  finds  its  proper 
place  in  the  work  of  the  first  and  second  years,  when 
the  main  object  of  instruction  is  to  familiarize  the 
pupil  with  the  simple  vocabulary  of  every-day  con- 
versation and  the  elementary  forms  of  the  language, 
but  as  soon  as  the  study  of  the  literature  is  begun, 
a  different  and  wider  vocabulary  is  needed.  As  all 
students  of  German,  except  in  purely  business  courses, 
look  forward  to  some  study  of  the  literature  as  one  of 
the  chief  reasons  for  learning  the  language,  there  should 
be  room  for  a  book  especially  adapted  to  their  needs. 


209404 


iv  INTRODUCTION 

The  most  valuable  feature  of  this  book  is  probably 
the  series  of  exercises  on  German  syntax  which  form 
the  first  part.  These  exercises  are  the  result  of  an  un- 
successful effort  to  find  something  to  meet  the  needs 
of  the  authors^  own  classes  at  Vassar  College.  After 
the  elementary  study  of  the  grammar,  and  of  the 
simple  exercises  which  accompany  it,  has  been  followed 
by  some  translation  of  simple  English  into  German, 
and  perhaps  by  some  practice  in  freie  Reproduktiorij 
the  student  needs  a  thorough  review  of  the  principles 
of  grammar  and  syntax  and  an  opportunity  for  ac- 
quiring proficiency  in  more  difficult  constructions. 
Most  of  the  larger  grammars  are  provided  with  exer- 
cises intended  to  afford  such  opportunity,  but  these 
exercises  consist  generally  of  disconnected  sentences, 
each  illustrating  one  rule  or  construction,  but  with- 
out any  effort  to  connect  these  sentences  into  a  whole, 
or  to  build  up  vocabulary  systematically  —  an  aim  of 
which  the  teacher  of  languages  should  never  lose  sight. 
Being  unable  to  find  what  we  wanted  for  such  work 
with  our  own  classes,  we  wrote  this  series  of  exercises, 
which  have  borne  the  test  of  two  years'  use  in  the 
class-room,  and  have  proved  to  be  thoroughly  satis- 
factory. Each  group  of  rules  is  taken  up  separately, 
and  for  each  a  specially  prepared  German  model  text 
is  given,  which  illustrates  the  rules  to  be  studied.  On 
this  text  the  English  exercise  is  based.  Each  part  of 
the  exercise,  German  and  English,  forms  in  itself  a 
consecutive  whole,  treating  a  subject  of  interest  and 
value  to  the  student.  In  each  exercise  the  vocabulary 
is  carefully  planned  to  introduce  new  and  valuable 


INTRODUCTION  V 

words  and  expressions,  while  fixing  in  the  memory,  by 
frequent  repetition,  those  which  have  been  given  in 
the  preceding  lessons. 

A  student  having  worked  through  these  exercises 
carefully  should  find  himself  prepared  to  meet  any 
grammatical  difficulty  which  may  arise  in  writing 
German,  and,  at  the  same  time,  should  be  master  of 
a  vocabulary  which  will  put  him  in  a  position  to  read, 
write  or  talk  on  literary  subjects. 

The  exercises  may  be  used  in  connection  with  any 
grammar.  References  have  been  given  to  several  of 
those  most  commonly  used  in  our  schools  and  colleges; 
teachers  may  easily  supply  others,  if  needed. 

The  second  part  consists  of  selections  for  transla- 
tions from  English  into  German,  which  are  graded  in 
difficulty.  The  subject-matter  is  also  for  the  most 
part  literary,  and  gives  opportunity  to  use  and  en- 
large the  vocabulary  already  acquired.  In  some  of 
the  passages  selected  an  occasional  word  or  phrase  has 
been  altered  (with  the  permission  of  the  author),  for 
the  purpose  of  facilitating  translation  into  German. 

The  abstracts  of  ballads,  plays,  etc.,  may  serve  as 
models  for  other  such  abstracts  to  be  written  directly 
in  German  by  the  student  from  the  poems  or  plays 
he  is  reading. 

The  third  part  contains  suggestions  for  simple 
themes  or  papers  in  German  based  on  such  dramas 
and  poems  as  are  usually  read  in  our  schools  and  col- 
leges. The  first  series  consists  of  questions  which  may 
be  answered  in  short  themes  of  two  or  three  pages; 
the  second  series  gives  suggestions  for  longer  essays. 


vi  INTRODUCTION 

Many  teachers  feel  that,  after  the  difficulties  of  the 
syntax  are  mastered  and  a  fair  vocabulary  is  acquired, 
the  student  should  be  ready  to  write  in  German  on 
any  subject  connected  with  his  work,  and  should  not 
continue  to  translate  from  one  language  into  the  other. 
Such  teachers  are  advised  to  omit  the  second  part,  or 
to  use  only  the  first  few  selections  as  models  for  the 
student's  own  work  before  taking  up  the  third  part. 

There  are  few  notes,  but  the  vocabularies  are  full 
and  give  all  the  information  needed  to  make  it  possible 
for  the  student  to  translate  the  selections  into  really 
good  German.  We  have  tried  to  remove  one  of  the 
greatest  stumbling-blocks  in  the  way  of  such  transla- 
tion by  indicating  in  the  English-German  vocabulary 
the  proper  preposition  to  be  used  after  each  noun, 
adjective  or  verb.  The  tables  of  declensions,  of  prepo- 
sitions, and  of  Old  (or  Strong)  and  irregular  verbs  at 
the  end  of  the  book  will  be  found  useful  for  reference. 

M.  P.  W. 
July,  1909. 


CONTENTS 

PART  FIRST 
EXERCISES  IN   GERMAN   SYNTAX 

PAGE 

I.   The  Article ©oet^eg  3ta^icnif(^e 

gffeife     ....      3 
II.  The  Genitive ©oct^c  in  granffurt      5 

III.  The  Dative (Scl)itter    unb    ^arl 

Sugen   ....       8 

IV.  The  Accusative SSarienftctn  unb  9)?aj     10 

V.   Proper  Names  and  Numerals    ^Berlin      ....     13 

VI.   Adjectives ©c^iHer     ....     16 


VII.   Personal      and      Possessive 

Pronouns ©oetl^c^  SD^utter  .     .  18 

VIII.   Demonstrative  and  Relative 

Pronouns @oet{)C  unb  ©cl;i(ter  21 

_._  IX.   Indefinite  Pronouns    .     .     .  (5c[en{|eim     ...  23 

X,   Prepositions ©oet^e  in  SKeimar  .  26 

XL   Reflective,  Impersonal  and 

Compound  Verbs    ....  3)?aria  ©tuart    .     .  28 

XII.   Modal  Auxiliaries   ....  (ggmont    .     .     .     .  31 

XIII.  Passive  Voice ©^afefpeare   ...  33 

XIV.  The  Subjunctive  Mode     .     .  9}Jinna    toon    33arn* 

^elrn      ....  36 

XV.   The  Infinitive 3p^ic\enie  ....  38 

XVI.   The  Participle ^ic  f  aiferfriJnung  .  41 

XVII.   Stem-Group   " Ziehen".     .     .  !Die  ^reusgiigc    .     .  43 

Reviews  based  on  Exercises  I-VIII     ....  46 
vii 


viii  CONTENTS 

PAGE 

Reviews  based  on  Exercises  VI-XV    ....     48 
Reviews  based  on  Exercises  I-XV 50 


PART  SECOND 

SELECTIONS  FOR  TRANSLATION  FROM  ENGLISH 
INTO   GERMAN.     GRADED   IN   DIFFICULTY 

I.   Minna  von  Barnhelm 65 

II.   The  Cranes  of  Ibycus 56 

III.  The  Hostage 58 

IV.  Tell 60 

V.   Schiller's  Youth 62 

VI.   The  Dramatic  Structure  of 

''Emilia  Galotti"    .     .     .     Max  Poll     ...     64 
VII.   Reception       of       Goethe's 

Drama  ''Iphigenie"      .     .     Max  Winkler   .     .     68 
VIII.   The    Genesis    of    Goethe's 

**Iphigenie" Max  Winkler   .     .     70 

IX.   Frederick   the   Great   and 

Lessing A.  B.  Nichols  .     .     73 

X.    "Maria  Stuart"     ....     Edward  S.  Joynes     74 
XL   Schiller's      Drama       "Die 
Jungfrau  "   IN   ITS    Rela- 
tion TO  History   .     .     .     .     A.  B.  Nichols  .     .     76 
XII.   Charlotte  von  Stein  .     .     .     Calvin  Thomas      .     78 

XIII.  The     Composition     of     the 

Drama  ''  Goetz  von   Ber- 

lichingen" Frank  Goodrich     .     79 

XIV.  "Minna  von  Barnhelm"  as 

A  Comedy A.  B.  Nichols  .     .  81 

XV.    Goethe's     "Dichtung     vnd)  H.  C.  G.  von  Jage- 

Wahrheit" J       mann  ....  82 

XVI.   Structure  of  the  Novel     .     Bliss  Perry  ...  85 

XVII.    Sudermann Edward        Everett 

Hale    ....  88 

XVIII.    The  Value  of  the  Drama    .     Henry  Arthur  Jones  90 


CONTENTS 


PART  THIRD 

SUGGESTIONS   FOR   THEMES    BASED    ON    CLASSICAL 
GERMAN   TEXTS 

PAGE 

First  Series:  Shorter  Themes 95 

Second  Series:  Longer  Themes 98 


Vocabularies 103 

Table  of  Declensional  Endings 187 

List  of  Prepositions 188 

List  of  Old  (or  Strong)  and  Irregular  Verbs     .     .  189 


THE  ARTICLE 

BiERWiRTH,  Elements  of  German,  §§  461-465 
Joynes-Meissner,  German  Grammar,  §§  416-421 
Thomas,  Practical  German  Grammar,  §§  223-232 
Whitney,  German  Grammar,  §§  66-67 

©d^on  ate  ©tubetit  i)aitt  ©oet^e  mlt  fiefonberer  ©el^n* 
fud^t  nac^  ©iiben  geblidft,  abcr  feiu  SSunfd^,  eine  $Relfe  nad^ 
3taUen  gu  madden,  ging  erft  in  fpateren  3a!)ren  in  Srfutluug. 
^ud^  fcln  ^ater  liebte  in  feiner  3ngenb  ba^  9^eifen,  cr  \mx 
in  Stalien,  granfreid^  unb  §oIIanb  getoefen,  unb  ^uf  JMg^ 
Slnrcgung  I)atte  ber  jnnge  ®oet^e  fc^on  frli^  angefaUgeJi^ 
fid^  ntit  bent  ©tnbium  ber  italtenifc^en  <Sprad)e  gn  befd^cif^ 
tigen.  SBir  tt)iffen  an^  feiner  ©elbftbiograp^ie,  ba^  fein 
^atcr  if)n  nid^t  jur  ®d[}ule  fc^idte,  fonbern  il)n  meiften^ 
felb[t  utt^^md^ete,  unb  tnir  blirfen  annel)nxen,  ha^  er  filr 
\$^W}^^^^^^^^P^^  me^rere  9J^aIe  bie  2Bod^e  italienifc^e 
iup^mxb  UtfungSirt^etben  mufete. 

5lber  erft  ate  gereifter  3}?ann  fa^  er  bM  ?anb  feiner  ^t\)n^ 
fud^t,  3ni  ©ommer  be^  Sal^re^  178T\)erlie^  er  5Beimar, 
ging  nac^  ^artebab  unb  t)on  bort  im  "ipoftroagen  burc^  bie 
©d^tDeij  liber  ben  Brenner  unb  in  hen  erften  ^Tagen  be^ 
®eptember^  (angte  er  in  beni  fonnenbefc^ienenen  2anht 
Stalien  an,    5lte  3)eutfc^er  tjon  dl\i\  tDurbe  er  uberaK  gut 

3 


4  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND   COMPOSITION 

mifgenommen,  Sr  blieb  htn  ganjen  2Btnter  in  9iom,  ging 
bann  nad^  9^eapel,  rt)o  er  ben  5Sefut)  beftieg,  unb  fu^r  ^ln== 
liber  nad^  ber  3nfet  ©icilien.  ©oetl^e  ^atte  immer  ein  be- 
fonbcre^  ^ntereffe  fllr  bie  ^unft  ge^abt  unb  n)at}renb  feine^ 
italienifd^en  Slufent^att^  befd^ctftigte  er  fld^  ^auptfadjUd^  mit  5 
ben  J)enfmalern  be^  5lltertum^,  5lber  obgteld^  ein  begeifter^ 
ter  3?^r:el)rer  ber  Sunft,  Wax  fein  ©emiit  hod)  gerabe  fo 
enipfdnglid^  fiir  bie  ©d&on^eiten  ber  9^atur  unb  er  t)erbanft 
biefer  9kife  bie  reid^fte  bid^terifc^e  Slnregung* 

That  Goethe  even  as  a  child  had  a  special  interest  10 
in  Italy  he  owed  to  his  father,  who  as  a  young  man  had 
made  a  journey  to  that  beautiful  country.  TraveHng 
was  not  then  so  easy  as  it  is  now,  but  as  a  rich  man  he 
could  indulge  his  wish  to  see  something  of  the  world. 
In  November,  1739,  he  went  through  Austria  to  Italy  15 
and  visited  Rome  and  Naples.  He  took  no  special 
interest  in  natural  scenery,  and  we  may  assume  that 
in  Naples  he  admired  the  works  of  Italian  art  and  the 
monuments  of  antiquity  more  than  Vesuvius  and  the 
beautiful  surroundings  of  the  city.  He  did  not  stay  in  20 
Switzerland  at  all,  but  went  back  by  way  of  Paris 
to  Frankfort.  The  many  beautiful  pictures  which  he 
brought  back  with  him  from  this  journey  and  which 
adorned  his  home  in  Frankfort  made  the  deepest  im- 
pression on  the  receptive  mind  of  young  Goethe.>C  He  25 
also  studied  Italian,  which  he  learned  not  in  school, 
^but  from  his  father.  The  latter  instructed  his  children 
himself  and,  as  he  had  ,always  had  a  special  interest 
in  the  Italian  language,  he  gave  them  Italian  lessons 
several  times  a  week.  30 


THE  GENITIVE  5 

When  at  last  his  desire  of  seeing  Italy  was  fulfilled, 
Goethe  owed  not  only  to  his  reputation  as  a  poet,  but 
also  to  his  knowledge  of  Italian,  the  fact  that  he  was 
everywhere  well  received  and  everywhere  found  good 
friends.  After  a  winter  spent  in  Rome  he  went  on 
towards  the  south,  spent  March  and  April  at  Naples, 
where  the  natural  scenery  made  the  deepest  impression 
on  him;  while  in  Rome  he  had  devoted  himself  espe- 
cially to  the  study  of  the  monuments  of  antiquity.  He 
took  a  special  interest  in  Vesuvius,  which  he  climbed 
three  times  during  his  stay  in  Naples.  When  he  re- 
turned to  Rome  in  the  beginning  of  June  he  intended 
to  spend  only  a  couple  of  days  there,  but  he  stayed  all 
summer  and  then  again  all  winter,  and  not  until  April, 
1788,  did  he  leave  the  city  to  which  he  as  a  poet  and 
an  artist  owed  so  much. 


(      11 

THE  GENITIVE 

BiERWiRTH,  Elements  of  German,  §  §  473-484 
Joynes-Meissner,  German  Grammar,  §§  430-435 
^-"  Thomas,  Practical  German  Grammar,  §§  245-256 
Whitney,  German  Grammar,  §§  215-220 

©oetl^c  in  ^ranffurt 

@oetI)e  tDurbe  ben  28.  5luguft  1749  ^u  granffurt  am  9}Jam 
geboren.  S)er  grembe,  meld^er  ^eute  bie  (Stabt  granffurt 
betritt,  i[t  t)or  alleni  ber  Xat\ad)t  elngebenf,  ba^  Ifm  bit 


6  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

©cburt^ftattc  be^  grofeten  beutfc^cn  T)id)kx^  ift,  2lber  nld^t 
nur  barauf  beru^t  granffurt^  dluljm,  t)ielme^r  burfte  \id) 
hit  ©tabt  Don  altera  i)tx  i^re^  9ielc^tum^  unb  i\)xtv  po(i=^ 
tifc^en  Sebcutung  rut)Tnen»  S)ort  ^at  ©oet^e  tinberia^re 
reinften  ©liicfc^  jugebrad^t,  beren  er  fld^  [pater  tmmer  mlt  « 
grcubcn  etlnnerte*  (Sr  mar  guter  5lbfunft,  ber  §err  9^at 
&otti)t,  i3on  33eruf  eln  9?e(^t^ge(el)rter,  mar  ftd^  feiner  *^fUd)t 
al^  Sater  bernu^t  unb  fonnte  i!)m  glucfUd^ertDeife  fret  t)on 
ben  ©orgen  be^  taglid^en  Seben^  elne  gute  (Srjle^iung  geben, 
©eln  §au^  mar  t)oI(  ber  beften  ^'unftfc^ci^e,  bie  befte  ®e=  k 
fellfc^aft  t)erfe^rte  ba  unb  mand^er..  ber  ©dfte  miirbigte  hm 
jd^dnen  ^naben  eine^  freunbUc^en  ffiorte^.  Sefonber^  aber 
na^m  fid)  bie  3Kutter  ^IBolfgang^  mlt  liebeDoKem  -gerjen  an 
unb  crfannte  frll^  feme  bld^terifd)e  ^egabung.  3^rem  S5er^ 
ftanbni^  unb  ii)xtm  fonnigen  §umor  uerbanft  er  befonber^  r 
bie  gllidUd^en  $)etmatia!)re,  beren  ein  ^Inb  fo  fe^r  bebarf. 
©ein  fpatere^  ?eben  ^at  i^m  feine^meg^  9D^u!^en  unb  ©orgen 
erfpart,  aber  nldjt^  fonnte  i!)n  ber  Srlnnerung  an  eine  gludf== 
lid^e  3ugenb  berauben. 


The  little  town  of  Marbach  in  Wiirttemberg  can 
boast  neither  wealth  nor  political  importance,  the 
foreigners  who*  travel  in  Germany  seldom  deem  it 
worthy  of  a  visit,  and  yet  it  is  the  birthplace  of  one 
of  the  greatest  German  poets,  for  there  Schiller  was 
born  on  November  10,  1759.  His  parents  were  of 
humble  birth,  and  poverty  prevented  their  giving.their 
gifted  son  the  education  which  he  as  a  poet  so  much 
needed.  No  one,  however,  could  rob  the  boy  of  the 
pleasures  of  childhood,  and  as  a  man  he  always  looked 


THE  GENITIVE  7 

back  with  enjoyment  to  the  stories  which  his  mother 
had  told  him  and  to  the  poems  which  she  had  read  to 
him.  Perhaps  she  was  aware  of  the  genius  of  her  son, 
at  least  h^s  owed  to  her  that  early  famiharity  with  the 

5  works  of  the  greatest  poets  and  with  the  Bible  which 
every  poet  needs.  A  young  poet  does  not  need  riches, 
but  he  needs  friends  who  take  an  interest  in  him,  he 
needs  acquaintance  with  the  best  society  and  familiar- 
ity with  the  greatest  works  of  art.(    In  his  early  youth 

lo  Schiller  found  hardly  any  one  who  took  an  interest 
in  him,  no  one  who  deemed  the  young  poet  worthy  of 
encouragement  and  help.  The  fame  of  Karl  Eugen, 
at  that  time  Duke  of  Wiirttemberg,  depends  chiefly 
on  the  fact  that  he  gave  Schiller  a  place  in  his  new 

15  school  or  university  at  Stuttgart,  but  he  could  hardly 
boast  of  the  share  which  he  had  in  the  education  of  the 
poet,  for  he  was  quite  unaware  of  his  genius  and  never 
deemed  him  worthy  of  his  friendship  or  favor.  Schiller 
never  looked  back  with  pleasure  to  the  time  which  he 

20  spent  at  the  "  Karlsschule, ''  and  was  of  the  opinion 
that  Karl  Eugen  had  robbed  him  of  the  best  years  of 
his  life.  But  we  cannot  accuse  the  Duke  of  cruelty  or 
ill-will;  he  had  no  feeling  for  literature  and  was  not 
conscious  of  his  duties  as  the  patron  of  a  poet. 


8  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

III 

THE   DATIVE 

BiERWiRTH,  Elements  of  German,  §§  485-490 
Joynes-Meissner,  German  Grammar,  §§  436-440 
Thomas,  Practical  German  Grammar,  §§  256-262 
Whitney,  German  Grammar,  §§  221-225 

Sd^tller  nnb  liaxl  fiugen 

©chiller  I)atte  nld^t  mie  ©oet^e  ba^  ®IM  elnen  Sanbe^fiir- 
[ten  gu  finben,  ber  i^m  3^^.t  feinc^  2thm^  etn  treuer  greunb 
unb  ®dnner  tdax.  I^arl  (Sugen,  ber  §eqog  t)on  SBlirt^ 
temberg,  tDar  bem  iungeix  (Sd^iUer  nic^t  giinftig  ge[innt  unb 
JDd^renb  fetner  ^ugenbia^re  litt  er  fti^mer  unter  ber  ^rurannei  5 
bie[e^  gllrfteu,  ber  \)on  feinen  Untertauen  t)er(angte,  ba^  fie 
felnem  launifi^en  ^[Blllen  unbebingt  ge^ord)ten»  5hif  feinen 
^efel^I  mu^te  ©cottier  in  bie  ^arl^fc^ule  eintreten,  iuo  il^m 
ba^  ftreng  geregelte  Seben  fe^r  menig  jufagte*  S^  I)atte  bem 
^perjog  fe^^r  gefd)abet,  ha\]  er  ftet^  t)on  ^ofUngen  umgeben  10 
mar,  bie  il^m  I^ulbigttn  unb  f(f)mel(f)elten,  unb  e^  gereu^t  i^m 
nid^t  gur  S^re,  ^f^  ba^  8anb  Uon  tDegen  fetner  3Bi(l!ur  unb 
^Serfc^roenbung^fud^t  f(u(^te»  %nd)  mangelte  e^  bem  ^er^og 
an  ^erftanbni^  fiir  bie  3ugenb  unb  e^  mi^fiet  i^m  unge^ 
mein,  ha^  einer  feiner  Untertauen  Dramen  fd^rieb,  bie  ftatt  15 
bem  3ntereffe  be^  S^'i^ften  ju  bienen,  burd^  il^re  aufrii()renfc()e 
©efinnung  bie  ©emitter  aufregten.  @^  tag  bem  jungen 
2)id^ter  i)iel  baran,  ber  erften  ^luffli^nmg  feiner  „9^auber" 
in  Jlknnl^eim  beijun)o^nen,  aber  al^  er  um  Urtaub  bat, 
tDurbe  er  il^m  bermeigert,  ^Iroft  biefer  3Seigerung  gelang  e^  20 
i!)m,  in  entfommen  unb  fein  S^^^  P  erreid^en*    2lber  nad^ 


THE  DATIVE  9 

felner  dlMtt1)x  iDurbe  er  mit  5Irreft  beftraft  unb  her  §er^og 
befa^t  i^m,  nlc^t  mel)r  ^u  fc^relben.  Sr  ftellte  l^m  entente 
(Strafe  in  2tu^fid^t,  fall^  er  biefem  Sefe^l  nic^t  gel^ord^en 
iDerbe,  unb  elne  S^^^  ^^^9  fd^ien  e^,  a(^  ob  bem  jungen 
5  Sldjter  Don  bem  3orn  be^  ^er^og^  ernftUd^  @efaf)r  bro!)te* 

It  is  not  easy  for  us  to  decide  whether  Charles 
Eugene,  who  was  Duke  of  Wiirttemberg  during  Schiller's 
youth,  most  helped  or  injured  the  young  poet.  Schiller's 
father  had  long  served  the  Duke  faithfully  and  was 

lo  accustomed  to  obey  him  without  question,  and  when 
Charles  Eugene  ordered  him  to  send  his  son  to  the 
school  or  university  which  he  had  just  founded  in  Stutt- 
gart he  did  not  think  of  opposing  his  will.  This  by  no 
means  pleased  young  Schiller  himself,  for  he  wanted  to 

15  study  theology  and  become  a  clergyman;  as,  however, 
this  branch  was  not  taught  in  the  Karlsschule,  he  had 
to  study  medicine  and  become  a  doctor,  which  did  not 
suit  him  at  all. 'The  Duke  was  at  first  favorably  in- 
clined toward  the  young  man,  but  as  soon  as  the  latter 

20  had  written  his  first  play,  ^'The  Robbers,"  the  Duke 
showed  that  he  had  no  appreciation  of  that  kind  of 
literature.  He  thought  that  this  work  would  injure 
his  interests  and  those  of  the  state,  its  revolutionary 
spirit  displeased  him  greatly,  for  it  seemed  to  him  that 

25  it  endangered  the  arbitrary  power  of  the  small  princes. 
He  expected  his  young  protege  not  only  to  obey  his 
will  in  all  things,  but  also  to  pay  homage  to  him  and 
to  flatter  him.  Instead  of  allowing  the  young  poet  to 
be  present  at  the  first  production  of  his  play,  he  ordered 

30  him  not  to  leave  Stuttgart,  and  threatened  him  with 


10  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

punishment  and  disgrace  if  he  ever  again  wrote  a  play. 
Schiller  could  not  obey  this  arbitrary  order;  Charles 
Eugene  only  succeeded  in  driving  him  out  of  the 
country.  It  would  have  done  more  credit  to  the 
Prince  if  he  had  been  a  faithful  friend  to  the  greatest  5 
of  his  subjects  instead  of  threatening  and  persecuting 
him  as  soon  as  he  ceased  to  obey  him  absolutely. 
But  it  would  perhaps  have  injured  the  poet  if  he  had 
always  owed  everything  to  the  capricious  will  of  his 
princely  patron.  The  years  after  his  flight  from  Stutt-  10 
gart^  when  he  lacked  money  and  friends  and  when  he 
learned  to  know  the  cares  of  life,  did  not  injure  him 
as  a  poet.  If  he  had  lived  at  court,  surrounded  by 
courtiers  who  flattered  him  because  the  ruler  of  the 
land  favored  him,  he  would  never  have  written  the  15 
great  works  which  aroused  the  minds  of  all  the  young 
men  of  Germany  against  the  tyranny  and  arbitrariness 
of  their  rulers. 


IV 


-^  THE   ACCUSATIVE 

BiERWiRTH,  Elements  of  German,  §§  492-496 
Joynes-Meissner,  German  Grammar,  §§  441-447 
Thomas,  Practical  German  Grammar,  §§  263-269 
Whitney,  German  Grammar,  §§  226-230 

IDallcnftetn  unb  ITEar 

3:rot3bem  ber  £atfer  3BaIIenftein  al^  53errater  erflart  unb 
CctaDio  im  ge()etmen  jiim  J^ii^rer  be^  §eere^  ernannt  l^atte, 
fcfjien  e6  )Sflaic  faum  mo^Ud^,  bie  ffia^r^eit  ^u  glauBett;  betttt 


THE  ACCUSATIVE  11 

cr  l^atte  ben  %dh\)txvn  ftet^  filr  einett  treueit  Untertanen  unb 
greunb  be^  ^aifer^  gel)al,ten,  ^Jlod^  ^of[te  Waic,  ha^  JBatlen^ 
ftein  feiiten  ^at  befolgen  unb  [id^  tjom  ^rleg^ft^ouptdi^u^' 
ru(f3ie()en  mcrbe,  e^e  er  offentUd^  al^  53crrdter  enflartit  tniirbe* 

5  S5ergeben^  f)attc  SSalleufteln  tjerfud^t,  ben  jungen  Offigicr 
fclne  iJBei^^elt  ju  Ief)ren  unb  l^n  3U  [einer  5Infld^t  ju  befe^ren, 
baB  niemanb  ftd^  im  2thtn  fd^ulbto^  er()alten  fonne/t)ergeben^ 
^atte  er  i^n  baran  erinnert,  mie  er  l^n  ju  feinem  lkh\tm 
greunbe  gema(^t,  tDie  er,  aU  Tlaic  nur  menige  3a^re  alt 

10  gcmefen  mar,  fc^on  itbm  2:ag  filr  l^n  ge[orgt,  unb  iDte  Waic 
aii(^  felbft  ge^offt  ^atte,  elne^  Sage^  burc^  i)erit)anbt|'d^aft^ 
luf;c  Sanbe  noc^  fefter  an  l^n  gefnilpft  ju  merbcn,  9)ta^  mar 
e^  getDo^nt  gemefcn,  SSallenfteln^  3Korten  unbebingt  ju  ge^ 
^ord^cn,  aber  bod^  fonnte  er  fid),  trol^  fciner  Siebe  ju  I^efla, 

15  nid}t  entfi^Ue^en,  felner  ^fUc^t  untreu  ju  merben.  SBalten^ 
fteln  nannte  il)n  be^^alb  elnen  Unbanfbaren  unb  mollte  nidjt 
im  5rleben  mn  i^m  fc^eiben.  (So  biinftc  e^  ben  unglucf^ 
Uc^en  ^iingling  beffer,  ftatt  feine  Xruppen  bm  filrjeftcn  S3eg 
bcm  taifer  jujufiil^ren,  bie  i^m  an  3^^)t  i^elt  iiberlegenen 

20  (St^meben'  an^ugreifen  unb  fo,  ba^  (Sd^tnert  in  ber  §anb, 
elnen  tbkn  Job  auf  bem  (3(^(arf)tfelb  ^u  fterben* 


Wallenstein  was  accustomed  to  regard,  the  two 
Piccolomiiiis  as  his  best  friends,  and  when  he  at  last 
decided  to  declare  himself  publicly  an  enemy  of  the 
25  Emperor  and  to  attack  his  army,  he  intended  to 
appoint  Max  leader  of  a  part  of  his  troops.  He  had 
made  this  young  man  his  dearest  friend,  he  had  taught 
him  all  he"^new  of  the  art  of  war,  he  h^d  perhaps 
hoped  some  day  to  make  him  his  son  by  a  marriage 


12  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

with  his  daughter  Thekla,  and  he  could  not  now  be- 
Heve  that  he  would  desert  him.     In  vain  did  Max 
attempt  to  dissuade  him  from  his  purpose,  ir^  vain 
did  he  call  him  his  second  father  and  implore  him  to  , 
withdraw  with  him  from  the  seat  of  war,  in  vain  did 
he  remind  him  that  the  Emperor  had  been  his  friend 
many  years,  that  he  had  made  him  the  leader  of  his 
armies  and  that  it  would  be  ungrateful  to  desert  him 
now.     It  was  too  late;  Wallenstein  could  not  follow 
Max's  advice,  for  if  he  had  now  withdrawn  from  the  i 
alliance  with  the  Swedes  they  would  have  publicly 
unmasked  him  as  a  traitor.  ^He  owed  it  to  them  te 
carry  out  his  plans,  and  He  was  tired  of  serving  a 
master  who  had  already  been  unfaithful  to  him,  fear- 
ing, as  he  did  (construe:  as  he  feared),  every  day  that  i 
he  would  deprive  him  of  the  command  of  the  armyy-'sr-' 
It  seemed  to  the  great  general  better  to  die  a  heroic 
death  on  the  field  of  battle  as  the  leader  of  his  armies, 
than  to  live  a  few  years  longer  in  peace  and  obscurity. 
With  despair  in  his  heart.  Max  went  to  Thekla,  who  he  2( 
had  hoped  some  day  to  call  his  wife,  and  made  her  the 
judge  of  what  he  should  do.  r  She  baae  liim  take  the 
path  of  duty,  and  lead  his  troops  back  to  the  Emperor. 
But  instead  of  Jdoing  that  he  took  the  shortest  way 
to  the  Swedish  ^amp'  and  found  that  very  day  on  the  2, 
battle-field  the  death  he  sought  for.    Before  we  call  Max 
a  traitor,  because  he  led  his  troops  with  him  to  death, 
we  must  consider  that  the  soldiers  had  themselves 
chosen  him  as  their  leader,  and  that  it  was  Wallenstein    * 
and  not  €he  Emperor  who  had  made  him  a  general.  3( 
He  was  accustomed  to  call  the  former  his  second  father 


PROPER  NAMES  AND  NUMERALS  13 

and  to  obey  him  implicitly,  and  yet  he  considered  it 
his  duty  to  be  faithful  to  the  latter.  Under  these 
circumstances  it  seemed  to  him  impossible  to  live  a 
day  longer. 


PROPER   NAMES   AND    NUMERALS 

BiERWiRTH,  Elements  of  German,  §§  87-101,  266-282,  468 
Joynes-Meissner,    German    Grammar,    §§    109-121,    300-313, 

426-428 
Thomas,    Practical    German    Grammar,    §§    115-119,    284-285, 

297-299 
Whitney,  German  Grammar,  §§  102-108,  196-209 

Berlin 

5  ©c^on  felt  bent  Snbe  be^  fiinf^efinten  ^a^r^unbert^  finb 
bie  (B^id\ak  Don  Berlin  aiif^  engfte  mit  benen  ber  §o^en^ 
jollern  tjerfnllpft.  ^er  33reunpunft  be§  ^ertiner  l^eben^ 
imb  ^reiben^  ift  ,,Unter  hm  IHnben/'  elne  ettoa  150  bi§ 
200  gufe  brelte,  mit  tmx  t)ierfad}en  ^Ket^e  t)on  ^inben  unb 

lo  taftanieu  beppanjte  (gtraf^e.  ®ort  [tc^t  ber  ^alaft  be^  t)er^ 
[torbencn  Sai[er(^)  ^l>ill)elm  be§  (Srften  unb  anbere  Wa^^ 
tige  ©ebdiibe,  aud)  ba^  ©c^to^  SSilljelm^  be^  3^^ito,  be^ 
ieljigeu  ^alfer^,  l[t  nlc^t  melt  entferut.  ^em  gremben,  ber 
Berlin  gum  erften  Wlai  betrltt,  fiillt  gtDcierlei  befonber^  auf, 

15  erften^  bie  grofee  5(n^al)t  ber  'Xenfmciter  unb  jmetten^  bie 
mUn  Uniformen,  melc^e  ba§  ©traf;eubilb  beleben.  T)a^ 
beutfc^e  §eer  ift  im  ^rieben  iiber^eine  fialbe  ^D^tllton  ¥lann 
ftarf,  buri-^fc^mttlid)  ein  "iprojert't  ber  ®efammtbet)olferung 
ftel)t  unter  Saffcu*    3Sg^  bie  ©enfmciter  betrifft,   iDirb 


14  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

Serlln  in  ber  5lng^l^l  berfelben  n)ot)t  \)on  feiner  ®tabt  @uro* 
pa^  iibertroffen*  Standee  berfelben  flnb  burd)  U)re  ©c^ou- 
()cit  beru()mt,  fo  jnm  Seifplel  ba^jenlcie  griebrld^^  be^ 
©rofeen  t)on  JRaud^.  5lu(^  gurft  Si^marcf^  5lnbenfen  Ift  in 
Serlin  burd^  ein  3)enfma(  geel^rt  tDorben,  bod)  ba^  t^eitau^ 
fd)onfte  3)enfmal  be6  giirften  Si^mard  ift  ant  erftcn  2lprit 
1906  3ur  (Srinnerung  an  feine  S5erbienfte  filr  ba6  SSaterlanb 
in  ber  freien  9^eid^^ftabt  Hamburg  ent^udt  morben. 


The  importance  which  Berlin  has  attained  during 
the  last  four  decades  is  most  closely  connected  with  lo 
the  foundation  of  the  new  German  Empire,  for  the 
crowning  of  William  the  First,  King  of  Prussia,  as 
Emperor  of  Germany  made  the  former  capital  of 
Prussia  the  capital  of  the  whole  Empire.  Since  1871 
the  population  of  the  city  has  more  than  doubled,  15 
and  it  now  consists  of  more  than  two  million  (souls). 
A  stranger  visiting  Berlin  after  an  absence  of  several 
years  is  especially  struck  by  the  maiay  new  build- 
ings and  the  almost  innumerable  monuments  which 
adorn  its  many  streets  and  parks- /'King  Frederick  the  2§ 
Great's  monument,  which  stand's  in  the  very  center  of 
the  life  and  activity  of  Berlin,  just  opposite  the  palace 
of  the  late  Emperor  William  the  First,  is  no  longer  as 
formerly  considered  the  most  imposing  monument  of 
the  town.  .  The  largest  and  newest  monument  in  25 
Berhn  was  unveiled  oh  the  22d  of  March,  1897,  in 
memory* of  the  one  hundredth  birthday  of  the  late 
Emperor  William  the  First.  £  Prince  Bismarck's  monu- 
ment and  that  of  the  Emperor  Frederick,  the  father 


PROPER  NAMES  AND  NUMERALS  15 

of  the  present  Emperor,  are  not  far  distant,  and  who- 
ever enters  for  the  first  time  the  so-called  Siegesallee, 
an  avenue  about  one  mile  long  and  250  feet  broad, 
with  a  row  of  statues  and  monuments  on  either  side, 

5  must  feel  that  there  can  hardly  be  any  Prussian  dis- 
tinguished in  war  or  peace,  whose  memory  has  not 
been  honored  there.  A  person  standing  ^^  Unter  den 
Linden,"  the  real  heart  of  Berlin  life,  is  especially 
struck  by  the  many  officers  and  soldiers  whose  uni- 

o  forms  enliven  the  scene,  but  when  we  consider  that 
the  German  army  even  in  peace  consists  of  more  than 
half  a  miUion  men,  that  on  an  average  every  German 
spends  two  years  of  his  life  under  arms,  and  that  Ber- 
lin, as  capital  of  the  Empire,  has  a  garrison  of  not  less 

:5  than  20,000  men,  we  shall  no  longer  wonder  at  their 
number.  As  far  as  wealth  and  size  are  concerned, 
Berlin  is  not  surpassed  by  any  city  of  the  Empire,  yet 
it  cannot  be  called  a  really  beautiful  town;  first,  be- 
cause  it    lacks    beautiful    natural   surroundings,   and 

5o  secondly,  because,  as  a  comparatively  new  city,  it 
has  none  of  those  picturesque  medieval  buildings 
which  lend  such  charm  to  most  German  towns. 


16  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

VI 

ADJECTIVES 

BiERWiRTH,  Elements  of  German,  §§  206-265 
Joynes-Meissner,  German  Grammar,  §§  448-451 
Thomas,  Practical  German  Grammar,  §§  286-296 
Whitney,  German  Grammar,  §§  114-148 

Sd^tUer 

SSdfirenb  ber  Im  ithm  geretfte  ¥lann  t)iellel(f)t  e^cr  nac^ 
®oetI)e^  lebcit^frot)cr,  'ma()rl^eit^t)OLler  X)ld)tung  greift,  fte^t 
aU  IHebliug  ber  ^ugeub  ®d)iller  a(^.  allererfter  in  ber  D^el^e* 
©ein  ©treben  nad),  bem  @uten,  SBa^ren  unb  ©c^onen,  ber 
5lu^bru(f  f}oi)zx  [iltlld^er  ©lite,  ber  burd)  felne  2Ber!e  jlel^t,  < 
unb  t)or  allem  „ber  ©liter  i)od)\M,"  feine  jugenblldje  33e= 
geifterung,  I}aben  if)n  gum  Slebling  aller  berer  gemac^t,  ble 
felbft  iung  an  3a^ren,  ftolg  auf  il)ren  SBert,  reid^  an  §)o\\^ 
nung  unb  beglerlg  nac^  gro^en  Xaten  in^  2thtn  ^inau^ 
ftiirmen.  ®d)tller  ift  am  grofeten  aU  ©ramatlfer,  bod)  '^at  ic 
cr  @ute^  in  faft  jeber  !Did)tung^art  gelelftet*  3ebe^  feiner 
2Ber!e  tDurbe  Don  bem  ^ubUfum  auf^  befte  empfangcn;  bic 
Sllten  unb  bie  3ungen,  bie  (Srnften  unh  bie  ^eiteren  fanben 
barln  ©eful^Ie,  tr)e('d>e  i^re  etgenen  ^ergen  bemegten.  ©iefe 
allgemeine  ^Bertfdjiiljung  beS  3)idjter^  l^at  ©oet^^e  am  fc^on^  15 
\kn  in  feinem  „®pi(og  ju  ®c^iller^  ©lode"  au^gefproc^en. 
©d^iller^  dlnljm  t[t  ntd}t  nur  liber  gang  J)eutfd)Ianb,  fonbern 
liber  bie  gauge  SSelt  Derbreitet  unb  fd)on  gu  fcinen  ?ebgeiten 
]^at  man  ni(^t  nur  in  bem  engen  Sia^men  ber  SBeim.arer 
©efellfc^aft  Jebem  feiner  SBerfe  mit  bem  gri3[Uen  3ntereffe  2c 
entgegen  gefei^en* 


ADJECTIVES  17 

The  Germans  may  well  be  proud  of  their  literature; 
their  poets  have  distinguished  themselves  in  every 
field,  but  no  one  denies  that  among  them  all  Goethe 
and  Schiller  are  the  greatest.     In  that  which  they 

5  have  written  we  find  the  highest  that  German'  litera- 
ture has  as  yet  produced:  whoever  takes  up  any  work 
either  of  the  older  or  the  younger  poet  will  find  in  it 
the  expression  of  feelings  which  move  his  heart  and 
which  awaken  his  enthusiasm  for  that  which  is  good, 

o  true  and  beautiful.  Neither '  thought  in  his  lifetime 
of  claiming  the  first  place  for  himself,  but  each  was 

^i  jproud  of  the  famp  and  success  of  his  friend.^^ Although 
Schiller  was  younger  in  years  and  poorer  in  this  world's 
goods  than  Goethe,  the  latter  considered  him  worthy 

5  of  his  highest  respect  and  his  warmest  friendship,  and 
what  Schiller  wrote  during  his  Weimar  years  was  the 
best  that  he  produced.  But  not  only  did  Goethe  most 
strongly  influence  the  life  and  the  work  of  the  younger 
poet;  through  his  youthful  enthusiasm  for  all  that 

o  was  good  and  noble  Schiller  aroused  anew  in  his  older 
and  more  mature  friend  the  interest  for  poetry  and 
for  the  drama.  /We  owe  it  to  him  that  Goethe  began 
once  more  to  Work  on  his  drama,  "Faust,"  which  is 
universally  considered  the  greatest  thing  he  has  pro- 

5  duced.  Goethe  had  already  done  good  work  in  almost 
every  department  of  literature  —  though  he  was  per- 
haps greatest  as  a  lyric  poet  —  his-  name  was  famous 
far  beyond  the  narrow  limits  of  the  court  at  Weimar. 
Germany  gave  a  cordial  reception  to  all  that  he  wrote, 

o  and  he  was  not  unknown  to  the  educated  men  of  other 
countries.     But  the  pubhcation  of  ''Faust"  made  him 


18  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

at  once  one  of  the  greatest  of  the  world's  poets;  it  was 
read  by  young  and  old,  by  the  educated  and  the  un- 
educated, and  from  this  time  on  his  fame  filled  not 
only  all  Europe,  but  the  whole  world.  Every  one  was 
eager  for  the  next  thing  he  would  write  and  looked 
forward  with  the  greatest  interest  to  the  promised 
continuation  of  this  great  play.  Goethe  himself  ex- 
pressed most  beautifully  what  he  owed  to  Schiller, 
when  he  said  that  in  him  he  had  lost  his  youth  for 
the  second  time. 


VII 

PERSONAL  AND   POSSESSIVE  PRONOUNS 

BiERWiRTH,  Elements  of  German,  §§  102-112,  133-147 
Joynes-Meissner,  German  Grammar,  §§  452-455 
Thomas,  Practical  German  Grammar,  §§  300-308 
Whitney,  German  Grammar,  §§  149-162 

©oett?cs  mutter 

Unter  ben  j^vamn,  bie  eine  diolk  in  ©oetl^e^  ^thtn  gc* 
fpielt  ^aben,  mliffen  mir  an  erfter  ©telle  feine  SD^utter  nennen* 
®ie  tnar  ha^  ©egenteil  feine3  ernften  Sater^;  i^re  9latur  tt)ar 
fel)r  fetter,  ble  feinijs  itiar  e§  nic^t  unb  fie  irar  e^,  bie  burd^ 
i^r  [onnige^  ^Imirben  gliicflii^ften  Slnflufe  auf  i^re  fiinber  15 
!)atte.  Urfpriinglic^  maren  e^  i^rer  fed;^,  aber  t)ter  baDon 
ftarben  in  frll^efter  ^Inbl^elt,  fo  blieben  nur  ^Bolfgang  iinb 
feine  ©c^mefter  Sornelia  iibrig.  3)ie  DWutter  mar  mit  i^ntn 
{nng  unb  murbe  e^  nid}t  miibe,  il^nen  9}Mrd^en  unb  ®efcbtt^^ 
ten  3U  eraci^len,    3^x  froIjUi^er  §umor,  ber  feine^gleld)eu  2c 


PERSONAL  AND  POSSESSIVE  PRONOUNS         19 

fud^te,  l^atte  t^r  llberall  greunbe  gemad^t;  i^rettDegcn  1)xdt^^t^/^ 
\id)  manc^er  berll^mte  9Jtann  in  granffurt  auf,  um  fie 
fennen  ju  lernen  unb  fpctter  mad^te  e^  i^r  befonbere  ^reubc, 
il^ren  (Bo^n  unb  beffen  t)orne^me  greunbe  bei  fld^  ju  fe^en. 
5  ®te  mar  e^  gufrieben,  iiberall  al^  „'\^^Cin  ^ia"  befannt  ju  feln 
unb  Ixberlie^  e^  gern  ll^rem  ©atten,  beffen  5^atur  ber  i^xic^tn 
menig  glid^,  mlt  ftrafenbem  @rnft  in  bie  gr^ie^ung  ber  ^'in^ 
ber  einpgreifen.  ©oet^e  f)at  fein  gan^e^  Seben  (ang  i^rer  mit 
33ere^rung  unb  ?iebe  gebac^t  unb  fie  i!)rerfeit^  )x>ax  fe^r  ftol3 
lo  auf  htn  ®o^n,  tion  beffen  Siul^m  gan^  3)eutfd}lanb  miber:^ 
^aate. 


Schiller  owes  much  to  the  men  who  helped  him 
and  stood  by  him  in  the  difficult  moments  of  his  Hfe. 
There  were  many  of  them,  for  his  noble  nature  and 

15  the  almost  unparalleled  popularity  of  his  works  made 
friends  for  him  everywhere,  and  many  a  distinguished- 
man  took  pleasure  in  helping  him.  But  among  them 
all  it  was  Goethe  who  had  the  happiest  influence  on 
him,  and  with  Goethe  and  his  friends  he  spent  the  best 

20  years  of  his  Hfe.  Goethe's  life  had  been  very  different 
from  his  and  it  seemed  as  if  the  older  poet  could  hardly 
understand  a  nature  which  was,  to  a  certain  extent, 
the  opposite  of  his  ow^n.  Goethe  was  from  his  earhest 
childhood  a  spoiled  child  of  fortune^  Schiller  was  not; 

25  Goethe  was  now  rich  and  independent,  Schiller  was 
not.  Schiller  had  long  known  the  works  of  Goethe 
and  had  thought  of  him  with  admiration  and  respect, 
but  Goethe  for  his  part  .had  not  admired  the  early 
plays  of  Schiller  and  did  not  care  to  know  him  better. 


20  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

Not  until  1796  did  they  really  get  to  know  one  another, 
but  from  this  time  on  Goethe  played  a  most  important 
part  in  Schiller's  life.  At  first  he  often  stopped  in 
Jena  to  see  him,  but  soon  he  was  not  satisfied  with 
visiting  him  there,  but  wished  to  have  him  with  him  5 
in  Weimar/For  his  sake  Schiller  moved  to  that  town, 
and  gladly  left  to  him  the  task  of  finding  a  place  for 
him,  which  should  make  it  possible  for  him  and  his 
family  to  live  there.  Goethe's  house  was  very  near 
his,  and  the  two  poets  were  never  tired  of  talking  over  10 
their  work  together.  Even  the  greatest  critics  do  not 
know  which  of  the  Xeniens  are  his  and  which  are 
Schiller's,  for  each  wrote  some  of  thern  and  some  they 
composed  together.  The  friendship  of  the  two  great 
poets  was  a  blessing,  not  only  for  themselves,  but  for  15 
German  Uterature.  The  little  town  of  Weimar  is  very 
proud  of  their  fame.  It  is  they  who  have  made  it  one 
of  the  most  famous  places  in  Germany,  and  for  their 
sake  hundreds  of  travelers  stop  there  every  year,  for 
there  is  no  German  who  does  not  think  of  them  with  20 
love  and  revef'ence. 


* 


DEMONSTRATBi^ikffli^^RELATIVE  PRONOUNS     21 

VIII      ^^ 

DEMONSTRATIVE  AND  RELATIVE  PRONOUNS 

BiERWiRTH,  Elements  of  German,  §§  148-155,  166-180 
Joynes-Meissner,  German  Grammar,  §§  456-460 
Thomas,  Practical  German  Grammar,  §§  309-311,  314-316 
Whitney,  German  Grammar,  §§  163-166,  177-183 

©oetl^e  un6  Sd}tller 

„5Ber  ift  grower,  ©oetl^e  ober  ©driller/'  \i^^  tft  cine  S^agc, 
iDoriiber  au(^  nod^  l^eute  mand^mal  geftritten  tDirb,  3)o(^ 
tDer  bie  beibeti  Dld^ter  unb  beren  SBerfe  genauer  fennt,  iDirb 
t)erfte^en,  bafe  gerabe  blefe  grage  nldjt  ju  entfd)clben  ift. 

5  ^ie  ^aturett  ber  beiben  3)ic^ter  tDaren  grunbt)er[d^ieben, 
n)e§l)alb  aud^  i^re  3Serfe  faum  miteinanber  t)ergU(f)en  merben 
fonnen.  ^er  Srftere,  ®oet^e,  geid^nete  "^^^f  n3a^  er  mit 
eigencn  5lugen  gefe^en,  tt)ag  cr  felbft  erlebt  unb  ertitten  l^attc. 
@r  tnar  ein  Siealift  im  beften  (Sinne  be^  SBorte^  unb  mirb 

10  ftet^  bie  greube  berer  fein,  metd^e  \m  er  feft  auf  biefer  Srbe 
ftel^en.  !l)er  Sefetere,  ©driller,  bagegen  (ebt  nre^r  in  ber 
SBelt  ber  ©ebanfen.  SSoriiber  er  gebad^t,  tDonad^  er  geftrebt, 
h)ot)on  er  begeiftert  tDar,  gab  i^m  ben  ®toff  gu  feinen  ^id^= 
tungen  unb  [o  n)irb  er  aud^  mel^r  t)on  \iViy  ^bealiften  gelefen. 

15  S)a6  Sefte,  ma^  bie  Seiben  geleiftet  ()aben,  ift  t)on  feinem 
3)id^ter  iibertroffen  tDorben,  3eber  3)eutfd^e,  tDeld^er  ^er^ 
ftctnbni^  unb  J^i^eube  an  ber  ^id^tfunft  ^at,  fann  t)erfte^en, 
ma^  ©oet^e  erlebt  unb  ©driller  erftrebt  ^atte,  unb  fo  merben 
bie  beiben  £)id^ter  tDO^I  immer  "^txi  (S^renpla^  einnef)mcn, 

20  beffen  bie  Elation  fie  ie^t  fiir  tnilrbig  erad^tet. 


22  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

Which  is  the  greater,  Schiller  or  Goethe?  This  is  a 
question  which  has  always  been  the  joy  of  those  who 
are  looking  for  something  which  can  be  endlessly  dis- 
cussed and  never  settled.  But  those  who  love  poetry 
in  the  best  sense  of  the  word  will  appreciate  and  en- 
joy both  these  great  i  oets  and  their  works,  without 
wishing  to  compare  them  with  one  another.  He  who 
stands  in  the  midst  of  Ufe,  who  is  trying  to  understan^d 
what  is  going  on  in  the  world,  will  like  best  to  read 
the  works  of  the  great  realists,  for  in  their  pages  he 
finds  pictured  what  he  and  those  about  him  are  ex- 
periencing and  suffering,  what  they  are  striving  after 
and  thinking  about,  and  they  reveal  to  him  the  deeper 
meaning  of  what  he  can  daily  see  with  his  own  eyes, 
but  which  without  their  help  he  could  never  under- 
stand. He  who  does  not  know  the  best  reahsts  and 
their  works,  especially  Goethe's,  will  never  know 
what  poetry  (poetic  value)  lies  hidden  in  the  things 
of  this  world.  (^  But  who  does  not  have  times  when 
he  seeks  refuge  from  the  world  of  action  in  the  world 
of  thought,  when  he  seeks  something  which  will  free 
him  from  the  thoughts  and  cares  of  daily  life?  At 
such  moments  he  turns  to  those  who  have  given  form 
to  the  great  ideals  of  humanity,  who  show  us,  not  what 
we  ourselves  have  seen  and  known,  but  what  we  long 
for  and  strive  after,  what  we  dream  of,  but  can  hardly 
hope  to  reaUze  on  this  earth;  and  he  feels  that  the 
great  idealists  and  their  works  have  never  been  sur- 
passed, that  he  finds  in  them  the  best  that  poetry  can 
produce.  If  the  works  of  the  realists  and  those  of  the 
idealists  were  essentially  different,  it  would  be  easier 


INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS  23 

to  decide  this  old  question  which  has  given  rise  to  so 
much  discussion,  but  he  who  studies  most  closely  the 
greatest  poets  and  their  works  knows  that  in  every 
one  there  is  something  of  the  reahst  and  something 
of  the  idealist.  Both  find  in  human  life  the  material 
for  their  creations,  and  each  seeks  only  to  give  expres- 
sion in  his  own  way  to  that  which  lives  in  the  heart  of 
every  human  being. 

i  IX  -    ..^-^ 


A 


,-.^  -t 


INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS 

BiERWiRTH,  Elements  of  German,  §§  181-205 
Joynes-Meissner,  German  Grammar,  §§  244,  245,  460 
Thomas,  Practical  German  Grammar,  §§  317-322 
Whitney,  German  Grammar,  §§  184-195 

Sefent^eim 

®oetf)e  ^ai  Dieted,  tDa^  er  erlebte,^  ntebergefci^rtebcn  unb 
man  fann  faum  etma^  Slntnutl^ere^  (efen  aU  bie  @d$it^' 
berung  ber  (Sefen^eim^^Spifobe*  3Siet  @ute^  er^a^It  er  ba 
t)on  bent  ^rion'fd[}en  §^iif^^  ^^  ^^  manc^e^  9[)lal  jn  ^t\ud) 
QetDefen  nnb  mo  er  t)on  ben  2^i3d)tern  fomo!)!  aU  auc^  \)on 
beren  (Sltern  [tet^  frennbltc^  aufgenonxmen  tDorben  n)ar. 
^efonber^  l^llbfd^  befd^relbt  er  feinen  erften  ^efuc^*  dJlit 
feinem  J^^^i^be  ritt  er  !)lnau^,  er  felbft  gnm  ©d^erg  fe^r 
ctrrnUd^  gefletbet.  ^i^^^berife,  bie  eine  ber  ©d^meftern,  ntad^te 
einen  tiefen  (Sinbmc!  auf  i'^n  unb  ba  er  fid^  am  ndd^ften 
5D^orc^en  feiner  fc^Iec^ten  ^I'eiber  fd^amte,  mac^te  er  fid^  in 
alter  grilfje  auf  ben  9iudfJDei3.    Unterroeg^  fam  t^m  ber 


24  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

©ebanfc,  In  bcm  Jln^ug  irgenb  eine^  33aucrnburfc^en  gu  bem 
^farr!)aufe  gurilcf jufe^ren.  SJJit  tnenig  3Jfu!)e  gelang  e^  i^m, 
33auemf(eiber  gu  befommeu  unb  in  cin  paar  SWinuten  ^attc 
er  \id)  in  einen  ftattlid^en  Sauernburfd^en  tiemanbelt,  SJJit 
einigem  SSangen,  aber  bod)  aud^  mit  cttua^  ^ergniigen,  faJ) 
cr  bcm  3u[txmmentreffen  entgegen  unb  naturlid^  lad^te  alle^ 
l^erjtid^,  d^  man  i^n  erfannte. 

SSol^t  mu^  einem  bie  Satfad^e  befremben,  ba^  ©oetl^e  nad^ 
ciniger  3^tt  grieberife  ol^ne  jebem  fid^tbaren  ®runb  tjcrlic^, 
aber  tnir  l^aben  alien  ©runb  anpnel^men,  bag  cr  mit  fidf^ercm 
inneren  ©efii^l  ba^  tun  mugte,  tDa^  fur  feine  fpatere  Snt=^ 
midlung  am  fdrberlid^ftcn  tdax. 


There  are  few  distinguished  men  of  whose  life 
we  know  so  much  as  we  do  of  Goethe's,  for  in  his 
autobiography  he  describes  almost  everything  which 
strongly  influenced  his  life  and  character.  So  we 
hear  a  great  deal  of  the  young  girls  whom  he  knew 
as  a  young  man,  and  among  them  all  there  is  hardly 
a  more  charming  figure  than  Frederika  Brion,  the 
daughter  of  the  good  pastor  of  Sesenheim.  Frederika 
was  hardly  more  than  a  child  and  had  all  the  beauty 
and  freshness  of  youth;  even  the  old  German  costume 
which  she  and  her  sister  still  wore  lent  her  in  Goethe's 
eyes  a  special  charm.  After  he  had  ridden  out  to 
Sesenheim  a  few  times  with  a  friend  who  was  an  old  ; 
acquaintance  of  the  Brion  family,  he  went  there  many 
times  alone  and  he  was  always  most  cordially  received 
by  the  pastor  as  well  as  by  his  daughters.  He  had  also 
the  opportunity  of  seeing  the  two  girls  in  Strasburg, 


INDEFINITE  PRONOUNS  25 

where  they  spent  some  time  with  a  relation/]  They 
had  looked  forward  with  much  pleasure  but  perhaps 
with  some  anxiety  to  this  first  visit  in  the  city,  for  they 
had  hoped  to  see  mifch  that  was  beautiful  and  interest- 

5  ing  there.  But  the  visit  gave  them  in  reality  very 
little  pleasure;  the  sister  was  ashamed  of  her  clothes, 
for  in  the  town  no  one  wore  the  old  costume.  She 
wanted  to  borrow  a  dress  from  some  relation  or  other, 
and  only  with  great  difficulty  did  Frederika  succeed 

0  in  persuading  her  that  every  one  would  laugh  at  her 
if  she  suddenly  changed  into  a  city  girl.  After  they 
had  returned  to  the  parsonage,  Goethe  continued  for 
some  time  to  visit  Frederika  almost  every  week,  and 
she  had  every  reason  to  assume  that  he  loved  her  and 

5  would  some  day  make  her  his  wife.^  It  would  prob- 
ably not  have  been  favorable  to  Goethe's  development 
if  he  had  married  the  simple  country  girl,  and  one  ought 
perhaps  not  to  blame  him  for  having  deserted  her,  but 
it  cannot  surprise  us  (construe:  one)  that  he  himself 

3  long  looked  back  to  his  relation  to  Frederika  with  a 
certain  feeling  of  guilt.  Indeed  one  can  find  traces  of 
such  a  feeUng  in  much  that  he  wrote  at  that  time. 


26  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

X 

PREPOSITIONS 

BiERWiRTH,  Elements  of  German,  §§  652-686 
Joynes-Meissner,  German  Grammar,  §  447  and  pages  368-377 
Thomas,  Practical  German  Grammar,  §§  376-377 
Whitney,  German  Grammar,  §§  371-381 

©oett^e  in  tDcimar 

Sle  fleine,  an  ber  3ta  gctegene  ©tabt  SBetntar  Itcgt 
ntalerifd^  mitten  in  bent  burc^  feine  ©d^on^eit  beruf)ntten 
Il^liringerlanb*  §ier  lebte  ber  ^er^og  Sari  Slugnft,  ein 
©ebieter  iiber  ein  p)av  nur  fleine6  ^anb,  ba^  aber  unter  feiner 
SHegierung  emporblil^te*  Sur^e  3^^t  nac^bent  ©oet^e  feine  , 
©tubien  auf  ber  Unit)erfitat  jn  (S:nht  gebrac^t  !)atte,  lemte 
er  htn  .^erjog  fennen  nnb  bie[er  fanb  auf  ben  erften  Sticf  ein 
fotc^e^  S[Bo!)IgefaIten  an  bent  ©ic^ter,  ba^  er  il)n  nac^  2Bei^ 
mar  eintub,  ^n  ben  erften  2Jfonaten  feine^  2lufent^alt^ 
h)ar  ®oetf)e  ein  @afi  be6  ^erjog^;  auf  feine  S3itte  lie^  er  i> 
fid^  bauernb  in  SBeimar  nieber  unb  murbe  mit  einem  Slmt 
in  ber  9iegierung  bctraut,  ©er  gan^e  3Beimarer  Srei^,  bi^ 
auf  fe!)r  toenige,  f)attt  ©oet^e  fel^r  freunblid^  aufgenommen, 
t)or  allem  fd^a^te  i^n  bie  2)^utter  be^  §erjog6  unb  e^  lag 
befonber^  an  il^rer  Jtirfprad^e,  bafe  bie  .^inberniffe,  bie  feiner  i 
5lnfteIIung  brol^ten,  au^  bem  3Sege  geriiumt  n)urben,  @r 
iDurbe  junac^ft  aU  ?egation^rat  bei  ber  ^f^egierung  angeftellt, 
feine  Srnennung  p  l^o^eren  Jlmtern  folgte  auf  bem  j^u\^t  nad^ 
unb  batb  l^atte  er  al^  SItinifter  bie  Seltung  be^  ganjen  ^anbe^ 
unter  \id).  ^u  feinen'^flid^ten  ge^rte  unter  anberem  and)  aj 
bie  Sluffid^t  iiber  bie  ©tra^ett  be^  Sanbe^*    ©o^mad^te  cr 


■*  PREPOSITIONS  -  27 

fic^  o[t  ill  alter  5^^'^^^  ^^if  "^^^  ^^9  i^  ^^^  Serge  unb  er 
ad)tcte  auf  alle^,  ma6  urn  ll)u  I)cr  uorgtng.  (^oet^e  Ijattc 
eiucu  fel}r  giinftigen  (Sinflu^  auf  ben  ^er^og;  auf  hen  erften 
Sticf  ^atte  cr  an  ha^  ®ute  in  i^m  geglaubt  unb  feln  9^at 
5  betDal^rte  il^n  t)or  mand^em  tijrld^ten  ©d^ritt, 

/  When  Goethe  started  for  Weimar  in  1776  he  did 
not  dream  that  he  was  to  pass  the  rest  of  his  Hfe,  with 
the  exception  of  a  few  years  spent  in  travel,  in  the 
httle  town  on  the  Ilm.     At  the  first  glance  he  was 

lo  pleased  with  the  picturesque  Httle  city,  and  the  beauty 
of  the  Thuringian  landscape  made  a  pleasant  impres- 
sion on  his  mind,  which  was  especially  sensitive  to 
the  beauty  of  nature.  Goethe  was  not  the  only  well- 
known   author  of  whom  Weimar  could  boast.     The 

15  Duke's  mother,  Anna  Am  alia,  who  had  become  ruler 
of  the  land  at  the  death  of  her  husband,  had  already 
gathered  about  her  a  circle  of  distinguished  men. 
She  had  invited  Wieland,  who  was  already  famous 
for  his  novel,  "The  Golden  Mirror,'^  to  settle  perma- 

20  nently  in  Weimar  and  had  entrusted  him  with  the 
direction  of  the  education  of  the  young  princes. 
Herder's  arrival  in  Weimar  followed  immediately 
upon  Goethe's  own  appointment  as  councilor.  #jWhile 
Goethe  was  still  at  the  university  of  Strasburg  he  had 

25  become  acquainted  with  Herder  and  had  admired  him 
exceedingly;  at  his  request  the  Duke  now  invited  the 
^dqr  poet  to  settle  permanently  in  Weimar  and  ap- 
pointed him  to  a  high  position  in  the  church.  In 
later  years  Schiller  was  also  received  into  the  circle 

30  at  Weimar,  and  the  little  couiiti'y  might  well  be  proud 


28  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

of  the  four  great  men  whose  presence  made  it  the 
literary  center  of  Germany.  As  the  prime  minister, 
Goethe  had  the  oversight  of  everything  which  went 
on  in  the  country,  and  it  is  principally  due  to  him 
that  the  little  state  prospered  so  well  under  the  rule  5 
of  Karl  August.  But  the  Duke  believed  also  in  the 
poetic  genius  of  his  great  minister,  he  was  interested 
in  everything  he  wrote,  and  this  interest  preserved 
Goethe  from  the  danger  of  forgetting  the  poet  in  the 
statesman.  In  the  midst  of  the  cares  of  government  ic 
he  found  time  to  observe  everything  beautiful  in 
nature  and  everything  interesting  in  the  life  which 
was  going  on  around  him.  Almost  every  day  he  went 
very  early  to  his  garden  by  the  river,  and  in  the  little 
house  which  lay  in  the  midst  of  this  garden  he  wrote  15 
some  of  his  best  poems,  among  others,  ^^To  the  Moon.'^ 


^  XI 

REFLECTIVE,   IMPERSONAL  AND    COMPOUND 
VERBS 

BiERWiRTH,  Elements  of  German,  §§  414-449 
Joynes-Meissner,  German  Grammar,  §§  250-252,  287-299 
Thomas,  Practical  German  Grammar,  §§  201-215,  339-343 
Whitney,  German  Grammar,  §§  283-314 

IHarta  Stuart 

§a6  unb  giferfud^t  l^atte  bic  ftd^  ftet^  t)or  3Scrrat  fiird^^ 
tcnbe  Sontgln  t)on  Sngtanb  betDe(^t,  9}?aria  (Stuart  lauge 
3al^re  auf  eiuem  i!)rer  ©d^loffer  gefaugeu  l^x  t;alten.    £ro^^ 


VERBS  — REFLECTIVE,  IMPERSONAL,  COMPOUND    29 

bcm  blefetbe  fid^  i^re^  iugenbU(^en  Seic^tfinn^  tlef  fd^citntc, 
fe^nte  fie  fid^  bod^  nad^  ben  3a^ren  juritd,  mo  [ie  fi(^  in 
greil)elt  unb  ©lan^  be^  ^eben^  gefreut  ^atte.  Obgleld^ 
fie  in  i^rem  ©efangni^  genau  beobad^tet  murbe,  gelang  e^ 

5  bodf)  einem  i^rer  5ln!)anger,  gu  il)r  jii  bringen  unb  mit  i^r 
bie  ffllogtid^feit  einer  Stettung  ^u  beratfdjiagen.  5lber  bcr 
5lnfd^tag  fam  nid}t  ju  ftanbc  unb  i!)r  dhtia  ging  etenb  babci 
ju  ©runbe*  9}tarta  traf  auf  if)ren  befonberen  SKunfd^  mit 
(Stifabet^  jufamnien,  aU  fie  eine^  Sage^  im  *^ar!  luftiDan^ 

lo  belte*  §o^nIac^enb  mie^  hit  let^tere  i^re  ilagen  juriicf  unb 
obgleid^  e^  il)r  2thtn  {^alt,  licfe  fid}  SDtaria  bod)  I)inreifeen, 
i^re  ^kbenbu^lerin  ju  beleibigen  unb  balb  erfminte  fie  \\)tf)^ 
flagenb,  bafe  fie  baburd^  if)r  ?eben  Dermirft  l^atte,  S'^'^^^ 
l)atte  fie  J^reunbe,  ineli^e  ©lifabet^  au^einanberfel^ten,  roie 

15  fe^r  fie  fic^  burc^  ein  Xobe^urteil  Dor  bem  5SoIfe  blofeftellte 
unb  Wit  tdn  ©eric^t^^of  il)re  ©ri'inbe  bap  anerfennen  fonnte, 
aber  boc^  unterfd)ricb  fie  btn  SD^orbbefe^L  @o  tDaren  alte 
^offnungen  2)^aria^  fe'^Igefifilagen,  fie  tourbe  nid)t  freige- 
fproc^en  unb  i^r  §aupt  fiel  unter  bem  ^eile  al^  cin  Dpfer 

20  ber  fie  i()re^  ^eid^tfinn^  unb  il)rer  (Sd^onl)eit  n3egen  t)erab=^ 
fc^euenbcn  Sonigin  t)on  Snglanb, 


As  Schiller  has  made  the  beautiful  imprisoned  Queen 
of  Scotland  the  heroine  of  his  drama,  he  has  been 
forced  to  show  us  her  rival,  Ehzabeth,  in  such  a  light 
25  that  we  detest  and  depise  her.  '  He  wishes  to  hold 
Elizabeth  up  to  our  contenypt  and  so  he  does  not 
explain  the  reasons  which  moved  her  to  sign  the  war- 
rant for  the  death  of  her  rival.  She  certainly  did  not 
sign  it  without  consulting  with  her  friends  as  to  the 


30  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

possibility  of  some  other  course  of  action.  Should 
she  keep  Mary  all  her  life  imprisoned  in  one  of  her 
castles?  This  proposition  was  rejected,  for,  in  spite 
of  the  fact  that  their  plans  had  failed  up  to  this  time, 
it  was  possible  that  Mary's  adherents  might  at  any 
time  succeed  in  setting  her  free.  Should  Elizabeth 
free  her  enemy  and  acknowledge  her  as  her  heir  and 
successor?  This  plan  was  not  carried  out;  Mary  had 
to  be  imprisoned  and  closely  watched,  otherwise  her 
friends  would  probably  have  succeeded  in  killing  the  i 
hated  Elizabeth  and  in  setting  her  on  the  throne  of 
England,  plary  had  forfeited  her  right  to  this  throne 
by  the  muraer  of  her  husband  Darnley.  ^ut  although 
Elizabeth  was  in  constant  fear  of  treachery  and  death, 
she  did  not  let  herself  be  carried  awa}^  by  her  feelings,  i 
She  was  perhaps  ashamed  of  her  hatred  and  jealousy 
of  the  younger  queen,  and  she  feared  also  that  no 
law  court  would  recognize  her  right  to  pronounce  the 
death  sentence  on  a  member  of  the  royal  family  of 
England.  But  it  was  a  question  not  only  of  her  own  2 
life,  but  of  the  peace  and  prosperity  of  the  whole 
country,  for  if  Mary  became  Queen  of  England,  Pro- 
testantism must  perish.  Elizabeth  longed  for  the 
time  when  she  could  devote  herself  to  the  welfare  of 
her  country,  but  as  long  as  Mary  lived  she  would  never  2 
be  able  to  enjoy  her  power.  In  the  drama  "Maria 
Stuart"  we  have  a  touching  scene  where  the  Queen 
of  Scots,  walking  one  day  in  the  park  of  Fotheringhay, 
suddenly  meets  her  hat?d  rival,  where  she  throws  her- 
self at  her  feet,  bewailing  her  lot,  and  where  Elizabeth,  3 
carried  away  by  hatred  and  jealousy,  insults  her  and 


MODAL  AUXILIARIES  31 

laughs  her  to  scorn.  But  this  whole  scene  is  an  inven- 
tion of  the  great  dramatist,  for  though  Mary  longed 
for  such  a  meeting  it  never  came  to  pass,  and  every 
effort  to  move  Ehzabeth  to  see  her  in  person  failed. 


XII 
MODAL   AUXILIARIES  [^ 

BiERWiRTH,  Elements  of  German,  §§  339-384 
Joynes-Meissner,  German  Grammar,  §§  260-269,  472 
Thomas,  Practical  German  Grammar,  §§  332-338 
Whitney,  German  Grammar,  §§  251-260 

(Egmont 

®oett)e  tnollte  in  ber  ©cftalt  (ggmont^  bie  batnonifd^e  9Scr* 
btenbung  barftellett,  bic  fid^  bor  ieber  ©cfal^r  fld^er  glaubt. 
(Sgmont  l^atte  (elc^t  ^ur  rec^ten  3^tt  fltel)en  fonnen,  tDcnn  er 
c^  nur  gen)oIlt  l^citte,  aber  er  glaubte  md}t,  bafe  bic  Spanier 
e^  tDagen  biirftcn,  lijn  an^ugreifen,  (So  lange  2)largorcte  im 
?anbe  mar,  burfte  er  fic^  fur  fld)er  ()alten,  benn  fie  fo((  eine 
tjerborgene  ^eigung  fiir  i^n  ge^abt  l^aben.  &  mag  fiir 
9J?argarete  nid^t  leld)t  gemefen  fetn,  in  ben  tjerlDidelten  SSer* 
!)altmffen  ba^  9U(^tlge  p  tun.  (polite  fie  ^^ilip^  ftrenge 
^efc!)Ie  au^fil'^ren  ober  burfte  ftc  i^ren  mllberen  9iegungen 
folgen?  ^Iro^bem  9}iargarcte  a(^  ftrenge  Hnl^cingerin  be^ 
^at^oligt^mu^  betrac^tet  merben  barf,  mu^  gu  i^rer  (S^re 
gefagt  merben,  bafe  fie  ntd^t  t)6n  bem  finftern  J^anati^mu^ 
i^re^  ©rubers  erflillt  tDar.  ®ic  iDoIIte  ba^  ^anb  gut  re* 
gieren,  aber  fie  mod^te  grllbeln,  fotjiel  fie  moKte,  ftc  fonnte 


32  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

felnc  SJJogUd^fclt  fel)en,  fi(^  mit  Sltba  In  bie  ^errfd^aft  ju 
telleti  unb  fo  t)erlle&  fie  t^a^  Sanb  t)or  felner  ^nfunft.  ^Jlun 
J)atte  Sgmont  tDirfUc^  ben  333arnungen  felner  greunbe  @eI)or 
fc^enfen  unb  fid)  auf  fein  <Scf)Io^  jurilcf  jie^en  follen,  aber  mag 
e^  nun  au^  Scld)tfinn  ober  53erblenbung  getnefen  fein,  er  5 
blicb,  unb  fo  mu^te  fid)  ba6  ©c^idfal,  ba^  fcin  ^reunb 
t)orau§gefagt,  an  iljm  erfiillen. 

Try  as  one  will  to  explain  why  Egmont  did  not  leave 
Brussels  in  time  to  save  his  life,  it  is  still  incompre- 
hensible that  any  really  sensible  man  could  have  acted  10 
as  he  did  on  that  occasion.  He  cannot  have  reflected 
seriously  on  the  condition  of  the  country,  or  he  must 
have  seen  that  the  fanaticism  of  the  Spaniards  threat- 
ened his  hfe  and  Uberty.  It  may  be  said  in  his  de- 
fense that  he  thought  himself,  as  an  adherent  of  the  15 
Catholic  Chufch,  safe  from  religious  persecution,  and 
that  as  a  Knight  of  the  Golden  Fleece  he  ought  to  be 
judged  only  by  his  peers.  But  had  he  a  right  to  remain 
and  to  risk  his  life?  Ought  not  a  man  to  listen  to  tbe 
warnings  of  his  friends  when  they  all  prophesy  the  20 
same  thing?  It  may  have  been  hard  for  him  to  leave 
the  city  just  at  that  time  and  to  retire  to  his  castle, 
but  he  ought  to  have  thought  of  the  people  who  saw 
in  him  their  leader  and  savior  and  to  have  fled  from 
Brussels  before  Alba  had  time  to  attack  him.  [That  25 
Margareta  had  been  obliged  to  leave  the  country 
which  she  had  so  long  ruled  ought  to  have  been  enough 
to  convince  him  of  the  danger  of  his  position./  She 
would  not  share  the  power  with  Alba,  as  her  brother 
wished  her  to  do,  she  therefore  withdrew  from  the  coun-  30 


PASSIVE  VOICE  33 

try  before  his  arrival  and  thus  he  was  able  to  do  what- 
ever he  wished.  Alba  may  well  be  considered  as  the 
murderer  of  Egmont,  for  though  he  said  he  must  carry 
out  the  orders  of  the  King  his  master,  he  could  easily 

5  have  spared  the  life  of  his  great  opponent  if  he  had 
wished.     He  might  have  given  the  King  time  to  hsten      X 
to  the  more  kindly  impulses  of  his  heart;  perhaps,  if 
she  had  had  time,  Margareta  could  have  persuaded 
her  brother  to  spare  the  man  whom  she  secretly  loved. 

lo  But  Alba  is  said  to  have  hated  Egmont  personally 
and  to  have  wished  his  destruction,  and  whether  it 
was  from  personal  hatred  or  from  religious  fanaticism, 
he  had  him  taken  prisoner  and  executed.  Though  we 
may  feel  that  Egmont  brought  his  fate  upon  himself 

15  by  his  own  blindness,  yet  the  share  which  Alba  had  in 
his  death  must  always  be  discreditable  to  him. 


XIII 

PASSIVE   VOICE 

BiERWiRTH,  Elements  of  German,  §§  407-413 
Joynes-Meissner,  German  Grammar,  §§  270-276 
Thomas,  Practical  German  Grammar,  §§  195-200,  3^4-345 
Whitney,  German  Grammar,  §§  274-283 

St^afefpeare 

2Sic  fe^r  bie  Siteratur  eine^  ?anbc§  t)on  bcr  eine^  anbem 
beeinflufet  tnirb,  Id^t  [i(^  an  ®!)afefpeare  bemeifen.  ^ebem 
iungen,  beutfc^eu  3)ramatlfer  tDtrb  geraten,  fid)  burd^  ha^ 


34  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

®tubium  felner  Stamen  bele^ren  p  laffen  liber  ben  Slufbau 
unb  bie  $Wotit)ierung,  bie  Innere  2Ba^rI)eit  unb  ben  ciu^eren 
^ii^nenerfotg.  2)urd)  <gerber  tDurbe  @oetf)e^  3ntere[fe  ju^ 
erft  auf  @i)a!efpeare  gclenft  unb  e^  ift  (eld^t  gu  tierftel^en, 
marunt  bie  ©turm^  unb  S)rangperiobe  \id)  c^erabe  t^on  bem  5 
englifd^en  3)ramatl!er  am  tiefften  beelnfluffen  Ue^»  §eute 
mirb  ®lf)a!efpeare  in  £)eutfd)lanb  fo  t)iel  gelefen  unb  gefpielt 
lt)ie  in  gnglanb  unb  e^  ift  giemlid^  fic^er  anjune!)men,  ha^ 
in  jebem  beutfc^en  §aufe,  in  bem  bie  ^ibel  unb  gauft  ge^ 
funben  merben  !ann,  iDo^t  aud^  eine  beutf(^e  (B^afefpeare^  10 
?lu^gabe  ju  entbeden  fein  mirb*  ®ie  befte  Uberfe^ung  biefer 
SDramen  tDurbe  t)on  ©c^legel  gemad^t,  aber  auc^  \d)on  ))Oxi)tx 
tDarcn  Ubertragimgen  Derfud^t  morben,  fo  befonber^  Don 
SSietanb,  Xrol^bem  biefer  ein  9lad^al)mer  ber  granjofen 
genannt  tDurbe  unb  mand^e  feiner  3Berfe  al^  fe^r  frit)ol  15 
befannt  traren,  Derbanfte  man  il^m  bod)  mand)e  Hnregung 
gum  tieferen  ©tubium  be^  englifd^en  3)id^ter^,  benn  ®^afe^ 
fpcare  toill  nic^t  nur  burc^bliittert,  fonbern  auc^  ftubiert  fein. 


It  is  a  fact  that  cannot  be  denied  that  the  plays  of 
Shakespeare  are  more  often  acted  in  Germany  than  20 
in  England.  These  dramas  are  indeed  universally 
read  and  studied  in  England  and  America,  and  some 
edition  of  Shakespeare  can  be  found  in  almost  every 
house,  but  there  are  many  educated  people  who  have 
never  seen  a  play  of  Shakespeare  on  the  stage.  And  25 
yet  it  can  be  stated  with  certainty  that  a  drama  can 
only  be  properly  understood  when  it  is  seen  upon  the 
stage.  Shakespeare's  plays  were  not  only  written  for 
the  stage,  but  were  also  produced  as  soon  as  they  were 


PASSIVE  VOICE  35 

written,  and  the  leading  part  was  generally  played 
by  the  poet  himself.  How  httle  the  younger  Eng- 
lish dramatists  have  let  themselves  be  taught  by  the 
greatest  of  their  poets  can  be  proved  by  the  weakness 
5  in  structure  and  development  of  most  modern  EngUsh 
})lays.  From  the  time  of  Herder  the  attention .  of 
every  German  dramatist  has  been  directed  to  Shake- 
speare, and  almost  all  .of  those  whose. works  are  dis- 
tinguished for  truth  to  hfe  and  for  stage  effect  have 
£0  been  deeply  in-fluenced  by  him,  though  none  ought  to 
be  called  an  imitator  of  the  Enghsh  dramatist.  JGoethe 
himself  was  much  influenced  by  Shakespeare,  and  his 
"Faust"  is  recognized  as  the  greatest  drama  siUce 
^'Hamlet.^^  Every  one  who  loves  what  is  b^st  in  Uter- 
es ature  is  advised  not  to  read  this  play  superficially,  but 
to  study  it  thoroughly.  It  is,  however,  easy  to  under- 
stand that  such  a  study  of  "Faust"  in  England  is 
hindered  by  the  fact  that  a  good  Enghsh  edition  of 
Goethe  is  not  to  be  discovered.  It  can  be  assumed 
2o  almost  with  certainty  that  if  "Faust"  had  been  as 
well  translated  into  Enghsh  [the  Enghsh  language]  as 
Shakespeare  into  German,  this  drama  would  be  found 
with  Shakespeare  and  the  Bible  in  the  house  of  every 
educated  EngUshman.  The  translation  of  Goethe's 
25  poems  into  Enghsh  has  often  been  attempted,  but 
all  such  translations  are  recognized  as  unsatisfactory; 
a  lyric  poem  must  be  read  in  the  language  in  which 
it  was  written. 


36  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

XIV 

THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE 

BiERWiRTH,  Elements  of  German,  §§  514-537 
Joynes-Meissner,  German  Grammar,  §§  466-471 
Thomas,  Practical  German  Grammar,  §§  355-362 
Whitney,  German  Grammar,  §§  329-334 

Zninna  von  Barnt^elm 

3eber  ?e[er,  cr  fel  gebilbet  ober  ungebilbet,  mu^  bie  tiefc 
Seben^tna^r^eil  biefe^  f(af[ifd^en  Suftfptel^  fmpfinben,  benn 
tner  tDli^te  ntd^t,  tDie  fc^m^r  c^  i\t,  einen  Warm  t)on  einer 
einmat  gefa^ten  -3bee  ab^ubrlngen,  2)er  §e(b,  3rell{)etm, 
fagt  [elner  Sraut,  ba&  er  Dor  ben  5Iugcn  ber  SBelt  an  feiner  5 
@^rc  gefranit,  bafe  er  arm  unb  t)er!ruppelt  fei  unb  fie  ntd^t 
l^elraten  !onne,  itite  fel)r  er  e^  auc^  tnlinfd^e*  ®dre  e^  il^r 
nur,.gelungen,  i^n  t)on  ber  9lid)tig!eit  feiner  ©riinbe  gu 
liberjeugen!  ^ber  fie  mod^te  fid^  bemiil^en,  fo  t3iel  fie  wollk, 
er  fonnte  feine  5lugcn  „nur  auf  ba^  Jtarre  ©efpenft  ber  (SI)re  ic 
]^eften/'  unb  fie  mu^te  i^re  ^uf^^c^t  su  einer  Siffne^men, 
©ic  gab  t)or^  ^ba^  fie  t)on  il^rem  Onfel  feinetmegen  enterbt 
unb  i)erfl:o6en  tDcire  unb  i^n  be^^alb^  nid^t  l^eiraten  fonnte, 
§atte  SD^inna  nic^t  fotd^  ein  iinbl^birigte^  3iitrauen  in  i^ren 
©etiebten  gefel^t,  fo  i)aitt  fie  biefe  ?ift  nid^t  tDagen  bilrfen,  15 
aber  fie  ^atte  fid^  nid^t  in  il^m  getaiifd^i  Sod^  feien  tDir 
aud^  gered^t  gegen  Sell^eim!  (Sr  mag  ftarrfinnig  unb  l^art^ 
nadig  gemefen  fein,  aber  SJJinna  blirfte  tnol^I  aud)  ber  leife 
3:abel  treffen,  ba^  fie  feine  ©efll^te  boc^  nid^t  ganj  t)erftanben 
^atte,  e^  fei  benn,  bafe  toir  bie  offentUd^e  Slnerfennung  ber  20 


THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  MODE  37 

unbefledteit  SKanne^el^rc  fiir  ganj  umDid^tig  ^alten^  (2rft 
aU  dJlinm  feinen  gbelmut  anruft,  fd)elnt  e^  t^m,  aU  oh 
fcine  eigenen  ®orgen  In  nid^t^  tjerfanfen  unb  er  fiil^lt  ftd^ 
ftarf  geiiug,  felner  ©eltebten  al(e^  3U  ^ffel^tT/  ^ci^  fte  urn 
5  feinetmillen  tjerioren  ^atte. 


Who  would  think  of  blaming  Minna  von  Barnhelm, 
because  she  resorted  to  a  ruse  in  order  to  convince  the 
persistent  and  obstinate  Tellheim  of  the  futihty  of  his 
scruples?     For  how  could  she  have  brought  him  to 

10  give  up  his  fixed  idea  without  this?  He  had  said  that 
a  poor  crippled  officer,  whose  honor  had  been  called 
in  question,  ought  never  to  marry  a  rich  and  noble 
lady,  and  that  he  would  never  marry  Minna,  unless 
indeed  his  honor  were  recognized  as  spotless  before 

15  the  eyes  of  the  whole  world.  But  when  he  hears  that 
Minna  has  given  up  home  and  fortune  for  his  sake,  he 
says  at  once  that  she  must  marry  him  and  that  he 
can  make  up  to  her  for  all  that  she  has  lost.  Ought 
we  to  blame  Tellheim  for  being  so  easily  convinced  of 

20  the  truth  of  what  Minna  told  him?  But  who  would 
think  at  such  a  moment  of  doubting  the  word  of  the 
woman  he  loved?  He  had  absolute  confidence  in  her, 
and  so  he  believed  her  when  she  told  him  that  she 
could  not  marry  him  because  her  uncle  had  cast  her 

25  out  and  disinherited  her.  (  Every  man  of  honor,  from 
whatever  country  he  may  be,  will  understand  Tell- 
heim's  feelings  when  he  hears  that  Minna  has  given  up 
everything  for  his  sake.  What  man  would  not  have 
forgotten  his  own  cares,  when  the  woman  he  loved 


38  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

appealed  to  his  generosity  in  such  a  way?  And  let  us 
not  bfe  urijust  to  Minna,  either.  If  she  had  not  really 
uifaerstood  him,  if  she  had  not  known  how  noble  and 
generous  he  really  was,  she  would  not  have  ventured 
on  her  little  piece  of  deceit  and  she  would  not  have  5 
succeeded  in  it.  And  she  does  not  resort  to  it  until 
she  is  convinced  that  his  reasons  for  not  marrying  her 
are  futile,  and  that  it  is  impossible  otherwise  to  move 
him  from  the  idea  of  his  duty  which  he  has  conceived. 
But  when  he  cannot  answer  no  to  her  question  whether  10 
he  still  loves  her,  she  is  sure  that  all  must  end  well.  If 
only  the  letter  from  the  King  had  arrived  an  hour 
sooner,  the  ruse  would  have  been  quite  unnecessary. 
But  then  Minna  could  never  have  fully  known  the 
honor  and  generosity  of  her  lover.  15 


XV 

THE   INFINITIVE 

BiERWiRTH,  Elements  of  German,  §  §  538-551 
Joynes-Meissner,  German  Grammar,  §§  473-478 
Thomas,  Practical  German  Grammar,  §§  364-367 
Whitney,  German  Grammar,  §§  339-348 

3pl?t9ente 

3)ie  ?ofunc;  be^  ^onflifte^  in  ®oet^e^  S)rama  berul^t  auf 
3p^tgeme^  offenem  ^efenneu  ber  5Sal^rlf)eit,  benn  tiur  ba^ 
burd^,  bafe  [ie  bem  Sonlg  bie  ^(dne  ber  gremblinge  aufbecft, 
rettet  fie  \id)  unb  t^rerx  ^ruber»    ^t)(abe^  beftanb  barauf, 


THE  INFINITIVE  39 

bag  fie  benfelben  burc^  bie  t)on  t^m  crfonncnc  Sift  taufd^cn 
follte  unb  er  bad^te  nic^t  baran,  ha^  fie  gaubern  fijnnte, 
ba^  gegebene  53erfpred^en  au^pfill^ren,  ^ber  3p{)igenie  mar 
nic^t  bagu  gemad^t,  ben  ^onig,  ii)xtn  $Bo^(tater,  ju  be^ 

5  trligen,  and)  tt)ar  e^  ^u  ertnarten,  bag  er  53erbad^t  fd^opfen 
merbe,  fo  erletd^tert  fie  nad^  f(^n)erem  inneren  ^ampfe  burd^ 
ba6  ©eftctnbni^  ber  t)olten  2Ba!)r!)eit  il)r  ^erj*  3n  biefem 
^ugenblidfe  erfd^einen  bie  bereit^  t)on  ben  Sauriern  umgin^ 
gelten  ©ried^en,    Wt  bleiben  ftel^en,  nm  bie  enbgilUige  (Snt= 

:o  fd}eibung  be^  ^onig^  ju  !)oren,  @^  fdllt  ^P^igenie  nid^t 
fd^t^er,  in  bemeifen,  bag  Oreft  i^x  ^ruber  ift,  unb  i^r  in- 
brlinftige^  gle^en,  fie  gie^en  ^u  laffen,  rli^rt  htn  ^5mg 
enblid^.  Sin  ^Ibfd^Iagen  ber  Sitte  fc^eint  i^m  felbft  unniog^ 
lic^,  aber  3pl)igenie  ift  ju  ebet,  al^  bag  fie  im  ®rofl  t)on  il}m 

[5  l^atte  fd^eiben  mogen*  ®ie  iDeig,  bag  i^r  go^tge^en  bem 
^onig  eine  groge  Snttaufd^ung  ift;  erft  flirjlid^  ^aitt  er 
feinen  ^o^n  Don  geinbe^l^anb  fallen  fel^en  unb  er  l^atte 
ge^offt,  3p!)igenie  aU  ©attin  in  fein  DertDaifte^  §au^  ju 
fiil^ren,    5lber  feine  beffere  9^atur  geminnt  bie  Dber^anb; 

8o  freimillig  Icigt  er  fie  jie^en  unb  fo  fd^eiben  ber  ^onig  unb  bie 
^riefterin  im  grieben,  urn  fid^  nie  mieber^ufefien. 


Goethe  took  the  material  of  his  play  from  the  drama 
of  Euripides,  but  he  changed  it  greatly  by  deepening 
and  ennobling  the  characters  of  the  King  and  the 
priestess.  In  the  Greek  play  Iphigenia  does  not  think 
of  there  being  anything  wrong  in  deceiving  the  King  of 
the  Taurians,  and  as  she  believes  that  her  brother  can 
only  be  saved  by  her  stealing  the  statue  of  Artemis, 
she  does  not  hesitate  for  a  moment  to  do  so.     She  has 


40  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

no  difficulty  in  deceiving  the  King,  for  the  uneducated 
Taurian  is  too  dull  to  be  able  to  see  through  the  plans 
of  the  clever  Greek  woman.  The  carrying  out  of  her 
ruse  is  indeed  made  difficult  by  the  appearance  of  the 
King  just  at  the  moment  when  she  is  leaving  the 
temple  with  the  image  of  the  goddess  in  her  arms.  For 
a  moment  Thoas  seems  to  suspect  something;  he 
wishes  to  enter  the  temple  and  to  prevent  her  depar- 
ture. But  at  the  request  of  the  priestess  he  stops  and 
listens  to  her  explanations,  and  she  soon  succeeds  in  i 
proving  to  him  that  she  only  wishes  to  go  to  the  shore 
to  cleanse  the  image  and  that  a  refusal  of  her  request 
would  be  a  crime  against  the  goddess.  Her  ruse  is 
discovered  by  the  Taurians  who  find  her  with  the  two 
foreigners  on  the  beach;  they  surround  them  and  we  i 
expect  to  see  them  fall  by  the  hands  of  their  enemies,  r^. 
But  this  is  prevented  by  the  sudden  appearance  of  the 
goddess  Artemis  herself,  who  insists  that  the  King 
shall  let  the  prisoners  go  and  who  herself  conducts 
them  back  to  Greece.  How  much  Goethe  has  en-  2 
nobled  this  story  by  making  the  happy  ending  depend 
on  the  truthfulness  of  Iphigenia  instead  of  on  the 
appearance  of  the  goddess!  It  was  hardly  to  be  ex- 
pected that  Thoas  would  willingly  let  Iphigenia  go, 
and  if  she  had  tried  to  carry  out  the  plan  conceived  by  2 
Pylades,  they  would  all  have  fallen  at  the  hand  of  the 
Taurians.  But  Thoas  is  far  too  noble  a  man  to  think 
of  having  them  killed  after  Iphigenia  has  put  them 
into  his  power  by  her  open  confession  of  the  truth. 
She  reminds  him  that  he  had,  only  a  Httle  while  be-  3 
fore,  promised  to  let  her  go  if  she  could  reach  Greece 


THE  PARTICIPLE  41 

in  safety,  and  so,  after  a  hard  struggle  with  himself, 
he  decides  to  carry  out  the  promise  he  has  given  and 
to  let  them  depart  in  peace.  So  truth  triumphs  over 
cunning  and  the  old  legend  gains  a  deep  moral  sig- 
nificance which  makes  this  drama  one  of  the  most 
beautiful  creations  of  modern  poetry. 


I  XVI 

THE   PARTICIPLE 

»'  BiERWiRTH,  Elements  of  German,  §§  552-561 

Joynes-Meissner,  German  Grammar,  §§  479-483 
Thomas,  Practical  German  Grammar,  §§  368-370 
Whitney,  German  Grammar,  §§  349-359 

Die  Kaiferfronung 

@^  h)ar  ein  nie  ju  t)er^effenber  Sag,  aU  im  ®ptec;e([aatc 
be^  burc^  feine  ^rac^t  berul^mteu  ©c^Ioffe^  jii  3SerfaiI(e^  bie 
bcutfii^en  53imbe^flirfteu  ^ufamirtentraten,  urn  ^.^tt^etm  htm 

o  (Srften,  bem  burd^  "^iel^^eit  unb  ©lite  au^gejeic^neten  Sonig 
t)on  *i)3reu^en,  ble  beutfcl)e  ^atferfrone  auf  ha^^  §ciiipt  su 
fe^en.  ©o  [ollte  enbUd)  ba^  felt  langer  3^tt  [tc^  ^offnung^^ 
lo^  t)er5el)renbe  (Se^nen  bcr  3)eutfd^cn  nadj  (gtn^elt  unb 
©rofee  be^  5>aterlanbev3  erfilllt  tDerben*    Sa^  burc^  3(i^t^ 

5  r)unbertc  in  Sleinftaaten  ^erriffene  T^cutfcfjlanb  trat  nun  untcr 
bcr  gul)rung  "^reufeen^,  be§  burcf)  feine  mititcirifc^e  3:u(^tlg= 
feit  unb  ben  ®ei[t  ftrengfter  'ipfli(f)tcrfiillung  ^ert)orragenbften , 
®taate^,  aU  etn  einige^  ?anb  in  bie  9^et^e  ber  europat[r6en 
©rofeftaaten  ein,    <5o  burftc  nun  bie  faft  fprlc^mortUi^  ge* 


42  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

toorbene  ?iebc  ju  i^rer  §eimat  auc^  ber  Im  5Iu^Ianb  lebenben 
J)cutfc^en  ftol^  i^x  §aupt  crfieben  in  bem  @efu!)l  ber  3uge^ 
t)6rigfett  su  einem,  burd^  bie  grrungenfc^aften  be6  ^rlege^ 
unb  grieben^  an  erfter  ©telle  ftel)enben  ©taate^* 


The  German,  filled  with  longing  for  the  greatness 
and  unity  of  his  native  land,  had  long  suffered  from 
the  feeling  that  it  held  no  place  among  the  great 
powers  of  Europe.  A  nation  distinguished  for  its 
achievements  in  science  and  literature,  and  proud  of 
its  past  history,  was  exposed  by  the  lack  of  harmony  i 
of  its  rulers  to  the  contempt  of  other  countries,  and 
was  forced  to  eat  its  heart  out  in  apparently  hopeless 
longing  for  unity  and  national  existence.  Germany, 
divided  into  many  small  states  and  ruled  by  many 
princes,  had  no  leader  w^ho  could  give  the  distracted  i 
country  the  unity  it  so  longed  for.  But  when  the 
alHed  princes  of  Germany  under  the  leadership  of  the 
King  of  Prussia,  who  was  already  famous  for  his  mili- 
tary achievements,  had,  after  a  never-to-be-forgotten 
campaign,  entered  with  their  victorious  armies  the  2 
proud  city  of  Paris,  they  decided  to  place  upon  the 
head  of  this  most  d  stinguished  of  all  German  rulers 
the  imperial  crown  which  had  so  long  been  without  a 
wearer.  So  Prussia,  which  under  the  rule  of  Frederick 
the  Great,  a  king  distinguished  for  his  military  talents  2 
and  his  strong  sense  of  duty,  had  already  taken  the 
first  place  among  the  small  states  of  Germany,  became 
the  head  of  the  new  German  Empire,  which  was  soon 
to  take  a  leading  position  both  in  peace  and  in  war 


STEM-GROUP  ''ZIEHEN"  43 

among  the  great  powers  of  Europe.  Now  at  last  the 
hopes  vainly  cherished  for  many  centuries  were  ful- 
filled and  all  Germans  living  at  home  or  abroad  might 
take  pride  in  belonging  to  a  country  unsurpassed  in 
5  greatness  and  power  by  any  nation  of  Europe.  Of 
all  German-speaking  peoples  the  Austrians  alone  re- 
mained outside  the  new  empire,  for  the  proud  rulers 
of  this  country  which  had  for  centuries  been  con- 
sidered the  first  of  German  states  could  not  bow  to 
lo  the  newly  arisen  power  of  Prussia. 


XVII 
STEM-GROUP   "ZIEHEN'^ 

BiERWiRTH,  Elements  of  German,  §  823 
Joynes-Meissner,  German  Grammar,  §§  361-399 
Thomas,  Practical  German  Grammar,  §§  384-408 
Whitney,  German  Grammar,  §§  393-425 

Die  Krcu55uge 

SBenn  man  in  iSrmdgung  jic^t,  'trelc^e  gefc^i(!)tU(^en 
grelgtniffe  in  bejucj  auf  bie  Qciftlgc  (Sntmidlung  be^  WiittU 
altera  am  ti3td)tlgftcn  tDaren,  mufe  ben  treiqpgen  bcr  Sor^ 
inc\  ber  erftcn  (StcIIe  elngerdnmt  icerbcn.  9D^and)c  burc^  [ie 
15  neugeiDonnene  .^enntiffe  tierbefferten  blc  (Sr^te'^ung,  aurf)  bie 
orientalifc^en  Wcixd)tn,  meld^e  bie  <5inbilbung6fraft  t)on  je^^er 
anjogen,  entjiidten  nnn  ba6  ^Ibenblanb.  "ipaldftina  fd^ien 
eine  bcfonbere  *?In3ie!)ung^fraft  auf  bie  9xitter  au^pliben  unb 
bie  religiofe  ^egelfterung  fteigerte  fid^  bi-S  jur  53erjucfung. 


44  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

laufettbc  fotgteti  bem  3^9  l^re^  §cqen^,  f)efteten  ba^  ^reu^ 
auf  it)ren  Sln^ug  unb  it)aren  o^ne  ^^Qern  bereit,  il^r  Scbcn 
ju  opfern.  3)ie  Ilirfen  folltett  ftir  bie  fc^le(^te  ^e^anbtung 
ber  "ipilger  ^ur  33erantrt)ortung  ge^ogen  unb  ge^llc^tigt  inerben* 
3tDar  gelangteu  bie  erften  jligellofen  unbi^^ipllnlerten  &)xi^ 
ftenfc^aren  nie  nad)  5(fien,  aber  im  SdtjXt  1099  gog  cin  gro^e^, 
in  guter  3^^^  gel)altene^,  t)or^ug^tr)eife  au^  fran^6flfd)en 
!?Hlttern  be[te^cnbe^  §eer  flegreic^  in  ^erufalem  ein.  2lucf) 
griebric^  I,  meld^er  be^  roten  Sorted  tuegen,  ber  fcine 
ern[ten  3^9^  umra^mte,  Sarbaroffa  genannt  murbe,  unter- 
na^m  einen  ^rieg^^^ug  nac^  £(einafien,  murbe  aber  t)on  hm 
SSellen  be^  5Iuffe6  ^att)fabnu^  in  bie  3liefe  I)inabgesogen. 
%vii^  fein  ®o()n,  beffen  eble  §elbengeftalt  Hller  5lugen  auf 
fic^  gejogen  l^atte,  fiel  aU  ein  Opfer.  (gr  jog  fic^  eine  fc^mere 
^ranf^eit  ju  unb  lag  t)or  5lffon  in  ben  (e^ten  3^9^^,  ate 
a^iid^arb  ?ort)en^erj  bie  ©tabt  gur  Ubergabe  ffoano,. 


In  order  to  understand  the  power  of  attraction 
which  the  Orient  exercised  over  the  imagination  of 
the  Middle  Ages,  one  must  study  the  history  of  the 
crusades  not  only  with  reference  to  those  heroic  20 
figures,  those  great  knights  who  took  part  in  these 
expeditions,  but  also  with  reference  to  the  common 
people.  No  one  hved  at  that  time  so  quiet  and  retired 
a  fife  as  to  be  able  to  escape  the  influence  of  this  great 
movement.  Pilgrims  and  crusaders  returning  from  25 
the  Holy  Land  went  through  all  Europe,  thrilled  every 
one  by  their  stories  of  what  they  themselves  had  seen 
and  experienced  in  the  Orient,  and  pictured  the  advan- 
tages which  would  come  to  all  who  would  place  the 


STEM-GROUP  "ZIEHEN"  45 

cross  upon  their  garments  and  follow  them.  These 
men  attracted  the  attention  of  every  one  (drew  all 
eyes  to  themselves),  under  their  influence  religious 
enthusiasm  rose  to  the  point  of  frenzy;  knights  left 

5  their  castles,  peasants  their  fields,  in  order  to  follow 
the  impulse  of  their  hearts  and  to  rescue  the  Holy 
Sepulchre  from  the  power  of  the  Turks.  Instead  of 
living  at  home  in  quiet  and  seclusion,  many  preferred 
to  seek  a  life  of  adventure  in  the  East  and  did  not 

0  hesitate  to  risk  their  lives  in  order  to  reach  those 
countries  which  had  always  fired  the  imagination  of 
the  Occident.  When  we  consider  that  the  whole 
education  of  the  Middle  Ages  was  in  the  hands  of  the 
Church,  we  shall  not  wonder  that  even  children  were 

5  drawn  into  this  movement.  From  the  text:  ^'Suffer 
(let)  little  children  to  come  unto  me,''  the  conclusion 
was  drawn  that  children  too  should  share  in  the  rescue 
of  the  Holy  Sepulchre.  When  the  peasant  boy  Nicho- 
las went  through  Germany  preaching   the   so-called 

o  "Children's  Crusade,"  thousands  of  children  left  their 
parents,  thousands  of  pupils  their  teachers,  to  put 
on  the  pilgrims'  garb  and  to  follow  him.  Twenty 
thousand  children,  chiefly  from  the  country  near  the 
Rhine,  left  Cologne  in  1213  with  Nicholas  and  went 

5  southward,  but  only  five  thousand  of  them  entered 
Marseilles  three  months  later.  One  cannot  call  a 
fourteen-year-old  boy  to  account  because  he  did  not 
keep  good  discipline  among  these  unrestrained  troops 
of  boys  and  girls,  and  even  if  he  had  been  able  to 

,o  punish  them  and  to  hold  them  in  check,  they  never 
could  have  reached  the  Holy  Land.     The  fate  of  most 


46  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

of  these  poor  children  escapes  our  knowledge;  many 
brought  on  bad  illnesses  by  hunger  and  exposure  and 
died  on  the  way,  others  were  carried  away  by  the 
waves  of  the  rivers  they  had  to  go  through  and  were 
drowned.  Some  were  taken  in  and  brought  up  by  t 
kind  people  who  took  pity  on  their  misery,  and  one 
can  still  recognize  in  some  families  of  France  and  Italy 
the  names  and  even  the  features  which  they  inherited 
from  these  Uttle  German  pilgrims. 

REVIEW 

Based  on  Exercises  I-VIII 

I 

Schiller  was  born  on  the  tenth  of  November,  1759,  i< 
in  Marbach,  a  little  town  in  -  Wiirtte-mberg  which  can 
boast  neither  wealth  nor  political  importance.  His 
father  was  accustomed  to  obey  the  Duke  of  Wiirttem- 
berg  implicitly,  and  at  his  command  young  Schiller 
was  obhged  to  spend  several  years  at  the  Karlsschule,  r 
but  he  never  looked  back  upon  these  years  with 
pleasure.  Even  as  a  boy  at  school  he  admired  every- 
thing that  was  great  and  noble  in  literature,  and  he 
read  at  this  time  the  drama  '^Goetz  von  BerHchingen," 
which  is  generally  considered  the  greatest  thing  which  2( 
the  Storm  and  Stress  period  produced.  He  already 
considered  Goethe  as  the  greatest  poet  in  Germany, 
but  he  did  not  dream  that  in  later  years  he  was  to  call 
him  his  dearest  friend.  At  Goethe's  request  the  Duke 
Karl  August  invited  the  younger  poet  to  settle  per-  a, 


REVIEW  47 

manently  at  Weimar.  From  this  time  on  whatever 
the  two  poets  wrote  was  received  with  enthusiasm  by 
young  and  old,  by  educated  and  uneducated,  and  their 
fame  reached  far  beyond  the  narrow  hmits  of  the  Uttle 
5  Thuringian  court. 

II 

The  Uttle  town  of  Weimar  is  undoubtedly  one  of 
the  most  interesting  in  Germany,  though  it  can  boast 
neither  wealth  nor  political  importance,  for  it  is  rich 
in  memories  and  proud  of  the  great  men  who  have 

lo  lived  and  worked  there.  The  greatest  of  them  was 
Goethe,  whose  name  was  famous  far  beyond  the  nar- 
row Umits  of  the  court  at  Weimar  and  whose  works 
are  still  read  and  admired  by  all  who  love  literature. 
Goethe  had  shown  no  appreciation  of  the  earlier  plays 

15  of  Schiller,  their  revolutionary  spirit  did  not  please 
him,  and  for  a  long  time  he  did  not  deem  the  younger 
poet  worthy  of  his  friendship.  In  later  years,  how- 
ever, he  considered  him  as  his  dearest  friend,  and  we 
owe  it  to  Schiller,  whose  enthusiasm  for  the  good  and 

20  beautiful  had  the  greatest  influence  on  his  older  friend, 
that  Goethe  at  last  finished  his  greatest  work,  "  Faust. '^ 

III 

Whoever  wishes  to  understand  the  plays  of  Goethe 

must  study  his  life,  for  he  always  found  the  material 

for  his  poetic  works  in  what  he  himself  had  experi- 

25  enced  and  suffered,  and  he  described  only  what  he  had 

seen  with^  his  own  eyes.     He  was  born  in  Frankfort, 


48  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

a  city  which  had  always  been  proud  of  its  wealth  and 
independence.  His  father  was  not  aware  of  the  poetic 
genius  of  his  son;  he  wanted  to  make  him  a  highly 
educated  man  and  considered  it  his  duty  to  teach  him 
all  he  himself  knew.  His  mother,  whose  nature  little  5 
resembled  that  of  her  serious  husband,  left  the  educa- 
tion of  the  children  to  him;  she  was  never  tired  of 
playing  with  them  and  telling  them  stories,  and  Goethe 
owed  to  her  his  happiest  hours  and  always  remembered 
her  with  love  and  reverence.  His  father  wanted  him  10 
to  be  a  lawyer,  which  did  not  suit  him  at  all,  for  he  had 
always  taken  a  special  interest  in  art  and  literature 
and  was  very  anxious  to  be  an  artist  or  an  author. 


REVIEW 
Based  on  Exercises  Vl-XV 

/  I 

It  is  a  fact  that  cannot  be  denied  that  Herder's 
works  are  now  very  little  read  in  Germany,  although  15 
every  German,  whether  he  is  educated  or  uneducated, 
knows  that  no  German  writer  made  so  deep  an  im- 
pression on  the  literature  and  the  thought  of  his  time 
as  he  did.  Goethe,  who  had  met  him  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Strasburg,  owed  to  him  his  deep  interest  in  20 
Shakespeare  and  in  English  literature.  Who  would 
have  thought  at  that  time  that  Goethe's  fame  would 
so  soon  surpass  that  of  his  elder  friend!  Herder  is 
greatest  as  a  critic,  but  he  has  done  good  work  in  many 
other  departments  of  literature.     In  spite  of  this  he  25 


REVIEW  49 

did  not  receive  during  his  life  the  general  recognition 
which  he  ought  to  have  had,  and  he  is  said  to  have  felt 
this  very  deeply. 

/  n 

Every  educated  man,  from  whatever  country  he 
5  may  be,  knows  something  of  Goethe's  life,  and  it  can- 
not be  denied  that  his  ^'  Faust,"  though  it  is  not  often 
produced  on  the  stage,  is  the  greatest  thing  that  Ger- 
man literature  can  boast.  Goethe  introduced  into 
it  much  that  he  himself  had  experienced  and  suffered, 

lo  and  the  love  episode  in  the  first  part  is  said  to  have 
been  taken  from  his  own  life.  If  he  had  been  able 
to  finish  this  drama  earlier  in  his  life,  it  probably  would 
have  had  more  unity  of  action;  but  who  would  think 
of  blaming  him  for  not  doing  so !     We  must  remember 

15  that  he  was  not  only  a  poet  but  a  statesman,  and  that 
he  long  had  the  conduct  of  all  the  business  of  the 
Duchy  of  Weimar  under  his  charge. 

Ill 

Who  can  blame  Bancbanus  for  not  having  left  the 
court  with  his  wife  and  withdrawn  to  his  castle  in  the 

20  country?  It  was  his  duty  to  carry  out  the  commands 
of  his  master  the  king  and  to  do  all  he  had  ordered 
him  to  do.  He  would  gladly  have  protected  his  young 
wife,  but  how  could  he  have  known  what  plans  Otto 
and  his  sister  had  formed  against  her?     Bancbanus 

25  could  not  understand  a  man  whose  nature  was  so 
little  like  his  own,  and  Otto  for  his  part  despised  the 
older  man,  because  he  could  not  appreciate  what  was 


50  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

noble  and  great  in  his  character.  The  queen  may  well 
be  considered  as  the  murderer  of  Erny,  for  when  Otto 
said  he  would  kill  himself  unless  he  could  see  and  speak 
to  her  once  more,  the  queen  had  her  corae  to  the  palace 
and  allowed  her  brother  to  see  her  alone.  This  she  5 
ought  never  to  have  done. 

REVIEW 
Based  on  Exercises  I-XV 

I 

Schiller  took  the  material  for  his  drama  "Maria 
Stuart''  from  Enghsh  history,  but  he  changed  it  con- 
siderably by  deepening  and  ennobling  the  character 
of  the  heroine  and  by  showing  us  Elizabeth  in  such  a  10 
light  that  we  cannot  help  despising  and  detesting  her. 
Though  Maria  Stuart  had  forfeited  her  right  to  the 
throne  by  the  murder  of  her  husband  Darnley,  we  still 
feel  that  she  is  a  victim  of  Elizabeth's  hatred.  We 
do  not  think  of  calling  her  a  criminal  when  we  learn  15 
that  she  grew  up  at  a  court  where  no  one  tried  to 
awaken  her  enthusiasm  for  what  is  good,  true  and 
beautiful,  where  she  was  surrounded  by  courtiers  who 
flattered  her  and  where  the  fame  of  her  beauty  reached 
far  beyond  the  narrow  limits  of  her  own  country.  20 
Ehzabeth  might  have  spared  her,  if  she  had  wished 
to  do  so,  but  she  was  too  jealous  a  woman  ever  to  for- 
get the  influence  which  Mary's  beauty  had  over  all 
those  around  her.  Mary  had  been  advised  by  her 
friends  not  to  trust  the  queen.     She  ought  to  have  25 


REVIEW  51 

followed  their  advice,  but  she  did  not  believe  that 
Ehzabeth  really  intended  to  have  her  put  to  death, 
although  the  fact  that  her  old  servants  were  taken 
away  from  her  should  have  convinced  her  of  the  danger 
of  her  position.  Elizabeth  was  sure  that  the  mere  fact 
of  her  enemy  being  alive  would  injure  her  interests 
and  those  of  the  stat^;  Mary's  being  a  CathoHc  dis- 
pleased her  greatly,  as  it  seemed  to  her  that  it  en- 
dangered England's  freedom.     Of  course  Mary  should 

Lhave  been  ashamed  of  her  past,  but,  when  meeting 
Ehzabeth  in  person,  she  did  not  show  that  feehng 
and  she  allowed  herself  to  be  carried  away  by  her 
hatred.  Instead  of  imploring  her  dangerous  rival  to 
allow  her  to  live  a  few  years  longer  in  peace  and  ob- 

j  scurity,  she  insulted  her,  though  she  had  every  reason 
to  assume  that  Ehzabeth  would  make  her  pay  with 
her  life  for  that  insult.  Ehzabeth  always  looked  back 
to  that  meeting  with  a  certain  feeling  of  guilt,  and 
though  we  may  feel  that  Mary  brought  her  fate  upon 

3  herself  by  her  own  passion,  yet  the  share  which  the 
queen  had  in  her  death  must  always  be  discreditable 
to  her. 

II 

Goethe  was  born  at  Frankfort-on-the-Main,  a  city 
which  for  many  centuries  has  been  proud  of  its  riches 
5  and  its  political  importance.  His  father,  a  lawyer  by 
profession,  being  a  rich  man,  was  able  to  give  him  a 
good  education.  His  mother,  whose  sunny  nature 
was  to  a  certain  extent  the  opposite  of  his  father's 
sterner  disposition,  made  the  years  of  his  childhood 


52  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

the  happiest  of  his  life  and  he  always  thought  of  her 
with  love  and  admiration. 

After  spending  two  years  at  the  University  of 
Leipsic,  young  Goethe  went  in  1770  to  the  city  of 
Strasburg.  There  he  became  acquainted  with  Herder, 
who  for  the  first  time  directed  his  attention  to  Shake- 
speare, the  great  English  dramatist.  Frederika  Brion, 
too,  played  a  very  important  part  in  his  Strasburg 
years;  but,  although  she  made  the  deepest  impres- 
sion on  Goethe^s  sensitive  heart,  with  all  her  youthful  i 
freshness  and  beauty  she  did  not  succeed  in  perma- 
nently attaching  the  poet  to  her. 

In  1775  Goethe  moved  to  Weimar,  a  little  city  pic- 
turesquely situated  on  the  Ilm.  The  Duke  of  Weimar 
had  at  first  invited  him  there  as  his  guest,  but  at  his  i 
request  Goethe  very  soon  settled  there  permanently. 
He  was  at  first  only  appointed  counselor,  but  later 
on,  as  the  Prime  Minister,  he  conducted  all  the  affairs 
of  the  little  Duchy.  Soon  he  had  his  friend  Herder 
called  to  Weimar,  a  few  years  later  Schiller  too  was  2 
received  there,  and  the  Httle  town  might  well  boast 
of  its  literary  fame. 

One  of  the  most  important  events  of  Goethe's  later 
life  was  his  journey  to  Italy.  In  the  first  days  of 
September,  1786,  he  reached  sunny  Italy  and  spent  2 
almost  two  years  in  that  country,  so  famous  for  beauty 
and  for  art.  In  Rome  he  studied  especially  the  monu- 
ments of  antiquity,  while  in  Naples  the  beauty  of 
nature  impressed  him  most  deeply.  As  a  poet  and  an 
artist  he  owed  much  to  this  stay,  and  he  always  re-  3 
membered  it  with  pleasure  and  delight. 


PART  SECOND 

SELECTIONS  FOR  TRANSLATION  FROM 
ENGLISH  INTO  GERMAN.  GRADED  IN 
DIFFICULTY 


53 


MINNA  VON  BARNHELM 
The  exposition  of  the  play 

Major  von  Tellheim  learns  on  returning  to  the  inn 
in  Berlin  in  which  he  has  been  living  since  the  close 
of  the  Seven  Years'  War,  that  the  landlord  has  during 
his  absence  cleared  out  his  rooms  and  given  them  to 
5  a  lady  who  has  just  arrived.  The  Major's  rough  but 
devoted  servant,  Just,  wishes  to  avenge  himself  on 
the  landlord  for  the  ill-treatment  of  his  beloved  master, 
but  Tellheim  forbids  it  and  is  determined  to  leave  the 
inn  at  once.     He  does  not,  however,  know  how  he  can 

lo  pay  his  bill  there,  since  he  is  too  honorable  and  too 
proud  to  use  the  money  entrusted  to  him  by  his 
former  sergeant,  Paul  Werner.  For  the  same  reason 
he  refuses  to  accept  the  money  which  the  widow  of 
one  of  his  former  comrades  brings  him  in  payment 

15  of  a  debt,  and  tells  her  her  husband  had  never  owed 

him  anything. 
[  The  stranger,  a  young  lady  from  Dresden,  sends 

apologies  by  her  servant  to  the  unknown  officer  whose 
rooms  she  is  occupying,  and  the  servant  betrays  [the 

20  fact]  that  his  mistress  has  come  to  Berlin  to  look  for 
her  betrothed.  In  order  to  escape  the  civilities  of  the 
stranger,  as  well  as  the  rudeness  of  the  landlord,  Tell- 
heim decides  to  pawn  the  last  article  of  value  which 

55 


56  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

remains  to  him,  a  beautiful  ring,  and  to  pay  the  land- 
lord. He  is  not  even  turned  from  his  purpose  by  the 
fact  that  Werner,  who  is  heart  and  soul  a  soldier*  and 
is  already  tired  of  peace,  has  sold  his  little  farm  in 
order  to  take  service  again  and  now  brings  the  money 
to  Tellheim  to  spend  as  he  will.  He  entrusts  the  ring 
to  Just,  who  pawns  it  to  the  landlord,  knowing  that 
he  will  be  sorry  at  having  turned  from  his  doors  a  man 
who  has  still  so  much  money  to  spend. 

From  the  conversation  between  the  stranger  and 
her  maid  we  soon  learn  that  Tellheim  himself  is  the 
betrothed  she  is  seeking.  After  the  landlord  has  tried 
by  a  series  of  inquisitive  questions  to  find  out  why 
she  has  come  to  Berhn,  he  shows  her  the  ring  pawned 
to  him  by  Just,  and  in  this  way  betrays  [the  fact]  that 
the  officer  whom  she  has  driven  from  his  rooms  is  no 
other  than  Tellheim. 


II 

THE  CRANES  OF  IBYCUS,  by  Schiller 
Abstract  of  the  contents  of  the  separate  verses 

[The  student  should  read  over  the  ballad  before  translating  this.] 

1.  The  well-known  poet  Ibycus  of  Rhegium  was 
on  his  way  to  {or  set  out  on  foot  for)  the  Isthmus  of 
Corinth,  where  the  annual  contests  were  to  be  held. 
2.  With  reverent  awe  he  entered  the  grove  of  Poseidon 
which  lay  just  outside  the  city.     The  silence  of  the 

*  See  Exercise  I. 


THE  CRANES  OF  IBYCUS  57 

forest  was  only  broken  by  the  swarms  of  cranes  fly- 
ing toward  the  south.  3.  The  poet  greeted  them  as 
friends  who  had  followed  him  across  the  sea  and  con- 
sidered their  presence   as  a  fortunate  omen.     4.  In 

S  the  midst  of  the  wood  he  was  fallen  upon  and  over- 
powered by  two  robbers.  5.  No  one  hears  his  cry 
for  help;  he  laments  that  he  must  die  on  foreign  soil, 
unknown,  unwept  and  unavenged.  6.  As  he  is  dying 
he  hears  the  cranes  and  calls  upon  them  to  denounce 

o  his  murderers.  7.  His  body  is  found  and  carried  into 
Corinth,  where  his  friend  recognizes  it  in  spite  of  the 
wounds  with  which  it  is  disfigured.  8.  All  Greece 
mourns  the  loss  of  the  poet,  and  the  people  demand 
that  the  court  shall  avenge  his  death.     9.  But  it  is 

5  difficult  to  trace  the  murderer  among  the  crowds 
which  fill  the  city,  and  no  one  knows  even  the  cause 
of  the  crime.     10.  Perhaps  the  wretch  is  in  the  midst 

^  'of  those  who  are  seeking  him,  is  entering  the  temple 
or  pushing  his  way  into  the  theater.     11  and  12.  The 

!o  theater  is  crowded  with  men  from  every  part  of  Greece, 
from  the  Islands  and  even  from  Asia,  and  all  await  in 
silence  the  entrance  of  the  chorus.  13.  The  chorus 
of  Furies  enters  in  solemn  procession;  their  measured 
step  and  their  great  size  make  them  seem  like  super- 

!5  human  beings.  14.  Their  black  garments  and  the 
dusky  glow  of  the  torches  they  bear  enhance  the 
terror  of  their  aspect.  15.  They  begin  their  terrible 
song.  16.  The  blameless  man  is  happy,  for  they 
cannot  approach  him,  but  they  pursue  the  murderer 
unceasingly.  17.  If  he  thinks  to  escape  them,  they 
follow  and  overtake  him;  no   remorse   can   appease 


58  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

them;  they  follow  him  to  the  realm  of  death,  and  even 
there  he  is  not  free  from  their  power.  18.  The  whole 
house  is  still  as  death  as  they  disappear  in  the  back- 
ground. 19.  It  seems  to  the  spectators  that  they 
have  seen  the  Furies  themselves.  20.  Suddenly  a  5 
voice  cries  '^The  cranes  of  Ibycus!"  and  the  theater 
is  darkened  by  the  flocks  of  cranes  flying  over  it. 

21.  At  the  name  of  Ibycus  the  people  around  start; 
they  ask  the  meaning  of  the  exclamation  and  the 
connection   of   the   cranes   with   their   beloved   poet.  10 

22.  They  think  that  they  recognize  in  this  cry  the 
power  of  avenging  fate,  and  demand  that  these  men 
be  arrested  as  the  murderers  they  are  seeking.  23.  The 
two  men  assert  in  vain  their  innocence;  their  pallid 
faces  proclaim  their  guilt  and,  taken  before  the  judge,  is 
they  confess  all. 

Ill 

THE  HOSTAGE 

The  story  of  Schiller's  Ballad  ^'  Die  BilrgschafV* 

The  Greek  youth  Moros  had  decided  to  kill  the 
tyrant  Dionysius,  because  he  believed  that  this  man 
threatened  the  liberties  of  his  native  city.  But  on 
approaching  the  tryant  he  was  seized  and,  a  dagger  20 
being  found  concealed  in  his  clothing,  he  was  con- 
demned to  die  on  the  cross.  Moros  was  ready  to  die 
for  his  native  land  and  he  disdained  to  beg  the  tyrant 
for  his  life,  but  he  asked  him  to  grant  him  three  days 
respite,  in  which  to  be  present  at  the  wedding  of  his  25 


THEl  HOSTAGE  59 

sister  and  to  settle  the  affairs  of  his  family.  During 
this  time,  he  said,  he  would  leave  his  best  friend  with 
the  tyrant,  as  a  pledge  that  he  himself  would  return 
at  the  appointed  time.  After  considering  the  matter 
Dionysius  said  that  he  would  grant  Moros  the  three 
days  he  asked,  but  that  if  he  did  not  return  before 
the  eiid  of  the  time  allowed,  his  friend  must  die  in  his 
stead.*  To  this  both  agreed,  and  Moros  hastened 
away  with  the  determination  to  be  back  before  the 
third  day  was  over.  He  attended  to  all  that  he  had 
to  do,  but  as  he  was  hurrying  back  on  the  third  day, 
he  found  that  all  the  brooks  and  streams  had  been 
swollen  by  the  rain,  and  when  he  came  to  the  largest 
river  he  had  to  cross,  the  bridge  had  been  carried  away 
and  he  could  not  find  a  boat.  In  vain  he  called  for 
help,  in  vain  he  begged  the  gods  to  quiet  the  storm; 
the  fury  of  the  waters  increased  from  hour  to  hour.^ 
At  last  he  threw  himself  into  the  raging  stream  and 
succeeded  in  reaching  the  opposite  shore,  but  as  he 
was  hurrying  on,  after  having  thanked  the  gods  for 
his  deliverance,  several  robbers  rushed  out  of  the  wood 
and  barred  his  way.  J  In  desperation  he  seized  the 
dagger  of  one  of  tllese  men,  and  succeeded  in  killing 
three  of  them  with  it,  while  the  others  fled  before  him. 
But  now  he  was  so  tired  from  his  great  exertions  and 
from  the  heat  of  the  day,  that  he  would  have  sunk 
down  and  died,  had  he  not  found  a  cool  spring,  whose 
waters  refreshed  him  and  gave  him  strength  to  con- 
tinue his  journey.  Though  fear  lent  wings  to  his  feet 
')  (steps),  it  was  already  evening  and  the  setting  sun 
*  Construe:  instead  of  him. 


60  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

threw  long  shadows  over  the  grass,  as  he  at  last  reached 
the  gate  of  the  city.     There  his  old  servant  met  him 
and  begged  him  to  flee,  and  at  least  to  save  his  own 
life,  since  it  was  too  late  to  save  that  of  his  friend. 
But  Moros  does  not  listen  to  this  advice.     If  he  can-    5 
not  save  his  friend,  he  will  at  least  die  with  him,  and 
none  shall  say  that  he  has  broken  faith.     As  the  sun 
is  setting  he  reaches  the  place  where  the  crowd  stands     1 
ready  to  see  his  friend  die;  he  rushes  through  the     • 
crowd,  and  gives  himself  up  to  the  executioner.     All  10 
are  astonished  at  his  love  and  loyalty,  and  even  the 
tyrant,  to  whom  the  news  is  at  once  carried,  is  touched. 
He  has  the  two  brought  before  him,  tells  them  they 
have  convinced  him  that  true  friendship   can  exist, 
and  begs  them  to  accept  him  too  as  a  companion  and  15 
friend. 

IV 
TELL 

After  Tell  had  shot  the  apple  from  the  head  of  his    I 
child,  Gessler  did  not  let  him  go  free  as  he  had  promised    1 
to  do,  but  ordered  him  to  be  taken  to  the  fortress  of     s 
Kiissnacht  and  there  to  be  imprisoned.     He  intended  20 
to  take  him  thither  in  his  own  boat,  but  on  their  way 
across  the  Lake  of  Lucerne  a  storm  arose  which  gave 
the  prisoner  an  opportunity  to  escape  by  springing* 
from  the  boat  to  the  land.     While  the  Governor  pur- 
sued his  way.  Tell  betook  himself  to  the  place  where  25 
he  intended  to  shoot  the  tyrant. 

*  See  Exercise  XV. 


TELL  61 

This  was  the  so-called  hollow  road  near  Kiissnacht 
which  is  enclosed  on  both  sides  by  high  cliffs.  Tell 
knew  that  Gessler  must  take  this  road,  for  it  was  the 
only  way  to  reach  the  fortress.  His  plan  was  to  con- 
5  ceal  himself  behind  a  bush  which  grew  on  the  edge  of 
the  chff;  from  there  he  could  shoot  without  being 
seen  and  he  could  easily  escape  afterwards,  for  the 
way  was  so  narrow  and  its  sides  so  precipitous  that 
the  pursuers  would  not  be  able  to  reach  him. 

lo      While  Tell  stood  on  the  chff  and  waited  for  Gessler 

to  appear,  it  was  natural  that  he  should  think  over 

the  momentous  deed  which  he  was  about  to  commit. 

What  had  so  changed   the  nature  of  this   simple 

and  kindly  man?     His  mind  had  been  free  from  any 

15  thought  of  hatred  or  revolt  up  to  the  moment  when  he 
had  been  suddenly  forced  to  shoot  the  apple  from  the 
head  of  his  son.  By  this  terrible  command  Gessler 
had  taught  him  to  make  a  human  being  the  mark 
for  his  arrow,  why  should  he  now  hesitate  to  turn 

20  this  same  arrow  against  his  enemy  and  the  enemy 
of  his  country?  Besides  the  murder  of  this  terrible 
opponent  was  now  a  matter  of  righteous  self-defense. 
After  the  threat  Tell  had  uttered  against  the  governor 
he  must  fear  the  worst  from  his  fury,  not  only  for  him- 

25  self,  but  for  his  faithful  wife  and  his  innocent  children. 
When  Gessler  had  forced  him  to  take  aim  at  the  head 
of  his  child,  the  outraged  father  had  sworn  to  himself 
that  his  next  shot  should  be  aimed  at  the  heart  of  the 
tyrant.     To  carry  out  this  plan  of  vengeance,  which 

30  he  had  conceived  in  that  moment  of  agony,  he  now 
considered  as  a  sacred  duty,  not  only  to  his  unhappy 


62  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

family,  but  also  to  his  oppressed  country,  for  he  believed 
himself  to  be  chosen  by  God  to  free  Switzerland*  from 
the  power  of  this  wicked  man. 


SCHILLER'S  YOUTH 

In  1768  Schiller's  father  was  called  from  his  position 
in  Lorch  and  transferred  to  the  garrison  at  Stuttgart, f    5 
where  his  son  went  to  the  Latin  school  with  his  friend 
Karl  Moser.     His  plan  of  becoming  a  clergyman  was 
interfered  with   by  the   Duke.     Schiller  was  obliged 
at  his  command  to  enter  the  Karlsschule,  a  military 
academy  in  the  Castle  SoUtude,  which  was  later  moved  lo 
to  Stuttgart  and  to  a  university.     Military  discipline 
and  order  regulated  the  life  of  the  pupils.     Almost 
all  the  sciences  were  taught  at  this  institution  ex- 
cept   theology;    Schiller    studied    jurisprudence    and 
later  medicine.     Schiller  attended  the  Karlsschule  for  15 
eight  years  and  then  was  given  an  appointment  as 
regimental    physician  in   Stuttgart  with  a  salary  of 
18   gulden   at   month.     This  position    by  no    means 
corresponded    to    his    hopes    and    wishes.      He   now 
completed  his  play   '^The  Robbers,"   which  was  re-  20 
presented  for  the  first  time  at  the  theater  in  Mannheim, 
a  large  town  not  very  far  from  Stuttgart.     Schiller 
himself  was  present,  for  he  had  secretly  left  Stuttgart 

*  See  Exercise  I. 

t  Construe:  transferred  to  Stuttgart. 

t  See  Exercise  I. 


SCHILLER'S  YOUTH  63 

with  a  friend  and  sat  hidden  in  a  corner  of  a  box,  full 
of  anxious  expectation.  The  piece  was  received  with 
enthusiasm,  and  a  storm  of  applause  arose  at  the  end. 
But  the  Duke  Charles  Eugene  was  by  no  means  satis- 
fied with  the  poet  and  his  success,  for  the  bold  ideas 
of  freedom  expressed  in  the  play  seemed  to  him  to 
be  very  dangerous.  He  sent  for  Schiller  and  ordered 
him  to  submit  all  his  poetic  creations  to  him  before 
publication.  When  Schiller  refused  to  do  this,  the 
Duke  forbade  him  to  have  any  works  printed  ex- 
cept those  bearing  on  medicine.  He  also  received 
fourteen  days'  arrest  for  going*  to  Mannheim  with- 
out leave  to  be  present  at  the  representation  of  ''The 
Robbers." 

It  was  impossible  for  Schiller  to  stay  longer  in  Stutt- 
gart, and  he  had  to  sacrifice  his  family,  his  home  and 
his  position  to  (his  love  for)  poetry.  He  fled  secretly 
from  Stuttgart  to  avoid  the  anger  of  the  Duke,  and 
only  a  young  musician,  a  friend  and  admirer  of  his, 

0  accompanied  him  on  his  flight.  The  two  young  men 
had  little  money  and  no  friends,  the  anger  of  the  Duke 
followed  them  and  made  it  impossible  for  Schiller  to 
get  the  position  he  had  hoped  for  in  the  theater  at 
Mannheim,  and  it  seemed  for  a  time  as  if  he  would 

5  have  to  starve  or  give  up  his  hopes  of  becoming  a  poet 
and  dramatist.  But  there  were  good  people  who 
were  filled  with  enthusiasm  for  his  poetry  and  who 
therefore  took  an  interest  in  him.  Frau  von  Wol- 
zogen,  the  mother  of  one  of  his  friends,  offered  him  a 

o  refuge  in  Bauerbach,  where  she  had  a  small  country 
*  See  Exercise  XI. 


64  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

house,  and  there  he  hved  in  soHtude  till  July  of  the 
following  year  working*  on  his  plays.  There  he 
finished  his  tragedy  "Intrigue  and  Love/'  which  he 
sent  to  the  manager  of  the  theater  at  Mannheim,  and 
soon  afterwards  he  was  called  to  Mannheim  and  given 
a  position  there.  He  was  to  write  three  plays  a  year 
and  to  receive  a  salary  of  500  gulden. 

VI 

THE    DRAMATIC    STRUCTURE    OF    "EMILIA 
GALOTTI" 

The  exposition  fills  out  the  first  act  of  our  drama. 
We  learn  that  the  Prince  is  ardently  in  love  with 
Emilia  Galotti  and  tired  of  his  former  mistress  Orsina.  i< 
We  see  his  passionate  feelings  constantly  growing  un- 
til, at  Marinelli's  announcement  of  Emilia's  approach- 
ing marriage  with  Appiani,  they  reach  their  highest 
point.  This  report  is  to  be  regarded  as  the  initial 
impulse  of  the  plot.  In  order  to  accomplish  his  pur-  it 
pose  the  Prince  acquiesces  without  hesitation  in  Mari- 
nelli's proposals,  and  does  not  even  take  the  trouble 
to  inform  himself  about  the  second  plan,  which  is 
merely  alluded  to  by  his  crafty  chamberlain. 

The  exposition  also  contains  two  episodes,  the  2c 
introduction  of  which  is  admissible,  according  to 
Lessing's  theory  of  the  drama,  if  they  tend  to  throw 
hght  upon  the  action  or  illustrate  some  important 
character.  The  scene  with  Conti,  the  painter,  serves 
*  Construe:  and  worked  .  .  . 


DRAMATIC  STRUCTURE  OF  "EMILIA  GALOTTI"      65 

the  former  purpose,  the  signing  of  the  death-warrant 
the  latter.  The  Prince's  determination  to  speak  with 
Emiha  himself  terminates  the  exposition. 

With  the  second  act  the  Ascending  Action  begins, 
5  which  reaches  its  climax  in  the  first  scene  of  the  third 
act.  We  witness  the  execution  of  MarineUi's  scheme. 
Although  a  part  of  the  action  has  necessarily  to  take 
place  behind  the  scenes,  Lessing  manages  with  mas- 
terly skill  to  inform  the  audience  of  everything  that 

10  is  going  on.  We  become  acquainted  with  the  Galotti 
family*  and  with  Appiani,  and  we  listen  with  sym- 
pathy to  Emilia's  vivid  account  of  what  has  happened 
to  her  at  mass.f  MarineUi's  secret  activity  increases 
our  previous  apprehensions  for  Appiani's  happiness, 

IS  we  look  forward  with  eager  expectancy  to  the  result 
of  his  meeting  with  Marinelli  in  Galotti's  house.  The 
turn,  however,  which  the  conversation  takes,  fills  us 
with  the  gravest  forebodings,  and  at  the  end  of  the 
scene,  when  Marinelli  departs  with  a  threat  on  his  lips, 

2o  our  worst  fears  are  confirmed.  As  Appiani  does  the 
very  thing  which  MarineUi  had  expected  him  to  do, 
and  refuses  to  leave  Guastalla  on  his  wedding-day,  the 
intriguer  is  at  Uberty  to  carry  out  his  second  plan, 
the  nature  of  which  is  foreshadowed  in  the  scene  be- 

25  tween  Angelo  and  Pirro. 

The  scene  of  the  third  and  following  acts  is  laid  in 
the  Prince's  country-seat  at  Dosalo.  Marinelli  reports 
to  his  sovereign  the  failure  of  his  mission  and  his 
account  throws  the   latter  into   angry   despair.     He 

*  Construe:  the  family  Galotti. 
t  Def .  art. :  see  Exercise  I. 


66  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

does  not  yet  mention  his  second  scheme.  When, 
however,  the  report  of  a  gun  is  heard  at  a  distance 
he  reveals  it  by  degrees  to  the  Prince. 

Every  detail  of  the  plot  has  been  carried  out  to 
perfection,  the  Count  is  mortally  wounded  and  Emilia 
is  alone  in  the  castle.  When  she  hears  that  she  is  at 
Dosalo  and  when  the  Prince  himself  enters,  she  realizes 
that  she  is  completely  in  the  power  of  the  very  man 
who  only  a  few  hours  ago  had  dared  to  insult  her  with 
a  declaration  of  his  love.  "The  most  timid  of  her 
sex,''  she  loses  all  self-command,  and  in  the  greatest 
agitation  of  mind  she  throws  herself  at  the  feet  of  the 
Prince,  imploring  his  mercy.  "The  lamb  is  in  the 
power  of  the  wolf."  Passion  and  vice  are  triumphant 
and  the  climax  of  the  tragedy  is  reached. 

Shortly  after  this  scene,  Claudia's  discovery  of  both 
the  instigator  and  the  perpetrator*  of  Appiani's  murder 
marks  the  beginning  of  the  Descending  Action,  which 
finds  its  conclusion  at  the  end  of  the  fourth  act.  Its 
purpose  is  the  exposure  of  the  intrigue  and  the  prep- 
aration for  the  final  struggle  between  vice  and  virtue. 
Step  by  step  we  see  Marinelli's  machinations  dis- 
covered first  by  Claudia,  then  by  Orsina,  and  then 
disclosed  by  the  latter  to  Odoardo.  Claudia  arrives 
at  the  truth  by  puttingf  together  Marinelli's  quarrel 
with  Appiani,  the  last  words  of  the  dying  Count,  and 
the  news  that  the  Prince  (whose  late  attentions  to  her 
daughter  become  now  very  significant)  is  trying  to 
console  Emilia.     Nor  is  Orsina  slow  in  getting  at  the 

*  Construe :  of  the  ...  as  well  as  also  of  the  .  .  . 
t  See  Exercise  XV. 


DRAMATIC  STRUCTURE  OF  "EMILIA  GALOTTI"      67 

facts  of  the  case*  when  she  learns  that  the  rescued 
girl  is  the  same  with  whom  her  spies  have  seen  the 
Prince  talking, f  and  that  Emiha  is  the  fianc6e  of  the 
dead  Count,  whose  carriage  she  has  met  on  her  way 
5  to  Dosalo.  Her  outburst  of  wrath  is  surpassed  only 
by  Odoardo's  rage  when  the  meaning  of  the  whole 
intrigue  is  revealed  to  him.  Before  the  scene  closes, 
we  see  the  infuriated  father  armed  with  the  fatal 
dagger, 
lo  The  action  of  the  fifth  act,  in  contrast  with  the  pre- 
ceding,! is  at  first  not  progressive,  but  retarding.  Up 
to  the  seventh  scene  we  are  witnesses  of  the  struggles 
in  Odoardo's  soul.  He  has  made  up  his  mind  not 
to  kill  the  Prince,  and  in  the  following  scenes  also 
15  he  adheres  to  his  decision,  although  the  discovery  of 
the  new  intrigue  makes  it  hard  for  him  to  suppress 
his  violent  emotion.  Odoardo  is  a  straightforward, 
honest,  rough  soldier,  who  is  no  match  for  the  schem- 
ing, polished  Prince  and  Marinelli,  and  the  spectator 
20  begins  to  fear  that  he  will  be  worsted  in  this  unequal 
struggle  for  the  possession  of  EmiHa. 

Our   hope,   however,    begins    to    revive   when   we 

hear  that  Odoardo  intends  to  take  his  daughter  to  a 

convent,  the  Prince  apparently  giving  his  consent.  § 

25  But   this  expectation  of   a   fortunate    issue   is   soon 

disappointed,   and   after  this   last    pause   the    action 

*  Construe:  comes  quickly  at  the  truth. 

t  Infinitive. 

t  Remember  that  only  the  subject  or  one  part  of  the  predicate 
can  stand  before  the  personal  verb*,  this  clause  must  therefore 
follow  is. 

§  Change  to  clause  introduced  by  conjunction. 


68  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

hurries  with  rapid  strides  towards  its  end.  Odoardo's 
resolution  to  leave  the  rescue  of  his  daughter  to  heaven 
comes  too  late  and,  seeing  no  way  out  of  the  surround- 
ing dangers,  he  complies  with  the  urgent  wish  of  his 
unfortunate  child  and  does  the  deed  which  saves  his 
daughter  from  the  sin  of  suicide. 

Max  Poll. 


VII 

RECEPTION    OF    GOETHE^S    DRAMA 
"IPHIGENIE'^ 

The  appearance  of  Goethe's  "Iphigenie"  was  re- 
ceived by   Goethe's  friends  in   Rome  and   Germany 
with    surprising    coolness.     With    the    exception    of 
the  drama  ^^  Nathan  der  Weise/'  no  work  so  lofty  in  lo 
thought  and  so  perfect  in  execution*  had  as  yet  ap- 
peared in  Germany.     The  aesthetic  judgment  of  the 
people  was  not  yet  sufficiently  developed  to  appreciate 
at  once  itsf  exquisite    beauty.     Besides,    something 
quite    different  was   expected   of    Goethe.      In    1787  15 
he  was  known  to  the  public  largely  as  the  author 
of  ^'Goetz"  and  "Werther";  hence  something  revolu- 
tionary,   passionate,    stormy,    especially    something 
thoroughly  German {  in  thought  and  form,  was  expected 
of  him.     Schiller's  early  dramas  were  then  the  sensa-  20 
tion  of  the  German  stage.     Their  bold  attacks  on  the 

*  Make  relative  clause. 

t  Genitive  of  demonstrative  pronoun. 

t  See  Exercise  IX. 


RECEPTION  OF  GOETHE'S  "IPHIGENIE"        69 

existing  social  order,  their  mighty  pathos,  their  extrava- 
gant rhetoric  and  their  passionate  action  powerfully 
stirred  the  German  pubhc.  What  a  contrast  between 
these  dramas,  in  which  we  feel  the  feverish  pulsations 
of  the  approaching  revolution,  and  "Iphigenie"  with 
its  antique  theme  and  calm  classic  form! 

Even  Goethe's  intimate  friends  in  Weimar  did  not 
receive  the  drama  with  much  enthusiasm.  They  pre- 
ferred it  in  its  old  familiar  prose-form  with  its  tender 

)  associations,  and  felt  the  elimination  of  its  personal 
elements  to  be  rather  a  weakness  than  an  improve- 
ment.* Few  realized  what  changes  had  taken  place  in 
the  poet's  character  and  artistic  ideals  in  Italy.  He  felt 
that  he  was  misunderstood  and  had  disappointed  the 

;  expectations  of  his  friends,  and  yet  this  did  not  alter 
his  convictions,  for  he  applied  the  same  artistic  stand- 
ards to  the  revision  of  his  "Tasso,"  which  was  under- 
taken soon  after  the  completion  of  the  "  Iphigenie.'* 
Upon  his  return  from  Italy  in  June,t  1788,  he  became 

5  estranged  from  Frau  von  Stein,  and  unwilling  to  revive 
the  many  personal  recollections  he  had  interwoven 
in  the  drama,  he  made  no  efforts  to  have  it  produced 
on  the  stage.  Besides,  its  metrical  form  would  have 
interfered  at  that  time  with  a  successful  stage-repre- 

;  sentation. 

Max  Winkler. 

*  Construe  as  clause  with  bag. 
t  See  Exercise  I. 


70  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

VIII 

THE   GENESIS   OF  GOETHE'S  "IPHIGENIE" 

Goethe  himself  tells  us  in  his  autobiography  that 
his  works  are  fragments  of  a  great  confession.  A  great 
passion  or  a  significant  experience  generally  produced 
in  him  a  feeling  of  deep  unrest.  He  pondered  over  it 
for  weeks  and  months,  and  did  not  feel  relieved  un- 
til he  found  for  it  some  adequate  poetic  expression. 
While  in  this  mood,  the  report  of  some  event,  or  more 
frequently  the  incidents  and  characters  of  some  book, 
suddenly  stimulated  his  imagination  to  poetic  creation. 
Something  in  the  book  he  chanced  to  read  so  strongly  i 
suggested  to  him  his  own  struggles,  that  he  more  or 
less  unconsciously  interpreted  the  incidents  and  charac- 
ters of  the  book  in  terms  of  his  own  experience.  Some- 
times the  relation  of  the  poet's  life  to  the  subject 
chosen  seems  distant  and  obscure,  but  a  closer  study  i 
of  his  life  will  usually  disclose  to  us  the  reason  why  the 
subject  roused  him  to  poetic  activity.  It  is  therefore 
of  prime  importance  for  the  understanding  of  Goethe's 
work  to  discover  what  phase  of  a  subject  stimulated 
him  and  why,  for  in  this  way  we  can  get  the  clearest  : 
insight  into  his  artistic  purposes. 

Some  of  the  experiences  underlying  Goethe's  "  Iphi- 
genie"  are  doubtless  to  be  found  in  his  Storm  and 
Stress  period.     In  this  most  productive  period  of  his 
life  he  was  often  agitated  by  a  spirit  of  feverish  unrest  i 
which  at  times  drove  him  to  the  brink  of  despair. 


GENESIS  OF  GOETHE'S  ^^PHIGENIE"  71 

His  extreme  individualism  led  him  to  defy  conven- 
tionalism in  every  form,  in  religion,  in  society  and  in 
art,  and  to  trust  the  strong  instincts  of  his  genius  in  all 
relations  of  life.  Therefore  the  great  mythical  heroes 
5  of  antiquity  who  had  rebelled  against  the  rule  of  the 
Olympians  appealed  so  strongly  to  his  sympathies. 
With*  this  attitude  toward  life,  it  was  inevitable  that 
the  duties  which  he  believed f  he  owed  to  himself  often 
clashed  with  the  rights  of  established  society.     And 

lo  so  he  became  involved  in  several  perplexing  and  pain- 
ful relations,  from  which  he  could  extricate  himself 
only  by  destroying  the  peace  of  mind  and  happiness 
of  those  whom  he  deeply  loved.  Such  experiences 
resulted  in  self-reproach  and  remorse  from  which  the 

15  sensitive  poet  tried  to  find  relief  in  poetry.  We  need 
but  recall  the  story  of  his  loves  during  this  period,  to 
realize  the  extent  and  depth  of  these  inner  conflicts. 

For  his  infidelity  to  Friederika  he  condemned  him- 
self more  severely  than  any  of  his  unfavorable  critics, 

20  and  gave  poetic  expression  to  this  self-condemnation 
in  his  ^^Goetz  von  Berlichingen  ^'  and  "Clavigo.'^  But 
his  most  significant  experience  of  this  kind  before  his 
departure  for  Weimar  in  the  fall  of  1775  was  his  rela- 
tion to  Anna  Elizabeth  Schonemann,  or  Lili,  as  Goethe 

25  calls  her  in  his  lyrics.  His  account  of  this  relation 
in  the  autobiography  and  his  later  utterances  show 
that  he  sincerely  loved  her.  However,  shortly  after 
his  engagement  to  her,  when  the  first  flush  of  joy 
had  subsided,  the  thought  of  the  marriage-bond  made 

30  him  uneasy  and,  as  in  the  case  of  Friederika  several 
*  ^ei.  t  Construe:  according  to  his  idea. 


72  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

years  before,  he  longed  for  a  release.  He  welcomed 
the  arrival  of  the  two  Counts  of  Stolberg  in  Frankfort, 
»and  accepted  their  invitation  to  join  them  in  a  tour 
through  Switzerland,  "  as  an  experiment  to  see  whether 
he  could  renounce  her/'  But  in  the  midst  of  the  5 
grandest  Alpine  landscapes*  the  image  of  Lili  was  ever 
before  him,  calling  him  back  to  his  native  land. 
Finally  he  returned  to  Frankfort,  and  there  he  spent 
several  unhappy  months,  troubled  by  jealousy  and 
doubt,  and  unable  to  resolve  either  to  marry  her  or  10 
to  give  her  up.  The  fact  was  that  he  was  then  most 
unsettled  in  his  aims  and  duties  in  life,  and  could  not 
even  decide  the  question  of  his  permanent  vocation. 
He  distinctly  felt  the  need  of  a  larger  self-development; 
his  restless  poetic  nature  rebelled  against  every  sug-  15 
gestion  of  constraint. 

Under  the  circumstances  it  is  not  surprising  that 
in  the  fall  of  1775  he  gratefully  accepted  Duke  Karl 
August's  invitation  to  come  to  Weimar.  But  the  joys 
and  distractions  of  the  first  wild  weeks  at  the  court  20 
of  Weimar  did  not  afford  him  the  relief  from  this  un- 
rest and  dejection  which  he  expected.  This  relief 
came  from  a  quieter  and  deeper  source:  from  the 
friendship  of  Frau  von  Stein.  This  friendship  is  one 
of  Goethe's  most  significant  experiences  during  the  25 
first  ten  years  of  his  residence  in  Weimar,  in  that  itf 
profoundly  affected  his  character  and  all  the  great 
works  conceived  during  this  period,  especially  the 
"Iphigenie." 

Max  Winkler. 

♦Singular.  fi^ttburd^  baj. 


FREDERICK  THE  GREAT  AND  LESSING         73 

IX 

FREDERICK   THE    GREAT    AND    LESSING 

It  is  difficult  to  overestimate  the  transformation 
that  came  over  Prussia  in  the  forty-six  years  of 
Frederick's  reign  (1740-1786),  when  we  bear  in  mind 
the  far-reaching '  reforms  which  accompanied  and 
5  followed  his  military  success.  His  state  became  a 
model  to  all  Germany  in  its  civil  service,  its  develop- 
ment of  industries,  its  army.  In  spite  of  Frederick's 
indifference  —  an  indifference  born  of  an  education 
that  left  him  hardly  able  to  write  his  mother-tongue 

lo  —  German  literature  felt  deeply  the  inspiration  of  his 
great  personality  and  great  deeds. 

Frederick  and  Lessing  were  both  reformers,  and  it 
may  be  doubted  whether  the  reforms  of  the  King 
would  have  entered  as  permanently  into  the  life  of 

15  the  nation  without  those  of  the  dramatist  and  critic. 
Both  led  lives*  of  strenuous  effort,  Frederick  on  the 
battle-field  alone  against  all  Europe,  Lessing  in  the 
study,  equally  alone  against  the  forces  of  intolerance 
and  unreahty.     Frederick  taught  his  people  that  they 

20  had  attained  their  political,  Lessing  that  they  had 
attained  their  intellectual  maturity,  that  their  school 
days  were  over,  that  they  were  to  follow  not  a  French 
or  Itahan  model,  but  truth.  He  broke  the  barriers 
that  pedantry  had  built  up  between  Uterature  and 

25  life.     He  defined  the  principles  of  dramatic  art,  he 

*  Construe :  a  life. 


74  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

taught  his  countrymen  the  power  of  style  as  a  vehicle 
of  thought,  he  taught  them  to  know  that  "sweet  and 
stern  satisfaction  in  the  realities  of  things''  that  is 
the  inspiration  of  modern  thought.  His  criticism  was 
in  form  criticism  of  books,  but  in  essence  it  was  criti-  5 
cism  of  life.  And  it  was  criticism  that  did  not  stop 
wdth  pointing  out  defects.  It  made  clear  the  prin- 
ciples involved,  it  established  laws,  and  it  illustrated 
these  laws  in  masterpieces  of  literary  skill. 

A.  B.  Nichols. 

X 

''MARIA  STUART" 

The  purpose   of  the   play  is   to  exhibit  the  char-  10 
acter  of  Mary  Stuart  from  an  heroic  and  tragic  point 
of  view.     Guilt,    penitence,   persecution,    misfortune, 
heightened  by  the  charms  of  her  beauty,  the  devotion 
of  friends,  the  passionate  self-sacrifice  of  love,  are  its 
pathetic  elements.     To  these  is  added  the  sharp  con-  15 
trast  of   Elizabeth,*  false^   jealous,   vengeful;   strong 
where  Mary  is  weak,  weak  and  despicable  where  Mary 
is  strong  and  noble.     The  character  of  Elizabeth  is 
drawn,  indeed,  in  darkest  colors,  yet  the  poet's  in- 
justice consists  rather  inf  concealing  her  higher  quali-  20 
ties  as  a  queen,  than  in  any  misrepresentation  of  her 
personal  characteristics.     The  contrast  and  antagon- 
ism of  these  two  women  offer,  indeed,  many  striking 

*  Construe:  stands  in  sharp  contrast,  the  false,  etc. 
t  See  Exercise  XV. 


"MARIA  STUART"  75 

and  tragic  aspects.  Schiller  has  been  criticized  for 
exaggerating  the  purely  personal  element,  and  for 
making  the  final  catastrophe  turn  upon  personal 
passions,  aroused  by  a  fictitious  interview.     But  herein 

5  the  author  followed  a  true  poetic  instinct.  It  is,  after 
all,  not  events,  however  momentous,  but  persons  and 
the  collision  of  personal  feeling  and  action  that  most 
interest  us.  And  it  is  really  tragic  that  an  interview, 
for  which  in  fact  Mary  had  earlier  begged  in  vain,  is 

0  made  the  scene  of  the  supreme  conflict  and  the  swift 
occasion  of  her  death.  In  a  still  profounder  sense, 
also,  this  interview  becomes  the  central  point  of  the 
play;  for  Mary  is  thus  made  an  active  agent,  provok- 
ing her  own  ruin.     A  passive  martyrdom  is  pathetic 

5  indeed,  but  not  tragic.  But  not  only  in  her  under- 
standing with  Mortimer  and  her  intrigue  with  Leicester, 
but  especially  in  this  interview,  Mary  displays  the 
passionate  elements  of  her  own  character.  Goaded 
to    desperation,    she   becomes   herself   the   aggressor, 

D  thus  creating  the  situation  in  which  poetic  justice 
demands  her  doom.  These  bold  fictions  of  Mary's 
relations  with  Mortimer  and  with  Leicester,  and  of 
her  interview  with  EHzabeth  —  which  all,  in  fact, 
serve  one  purpose  —  are  the  soul  of  the  play,  and  are 

5  perhaps  Schiller's  happiest  achievement  in  dramatic 
invention. 

Edward  S.  Joynes. 


76  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

XI 

SCHILLER^S    DRAMA    "DIE   JUNGFRAU"    IN 
ITS  RELATION  TO   HISTORY 

Although  the  drama  "Die  Jungfrau  von  Orleans" 
bears  the  name  of  an  historical  character,  it  must  not 
be  regarded  as  an  historical  play.  Schiller  called  it  a 
Romantic  Tragedy,  by  which  he  meant  to  assign  it 
to  that  class  of  imaginative  compositions  where  the  i 
poet  is  controlled  only  by  the  general  laws  of  human 
action  and  by  the  requirements  of  his  art.  The  play 
is  not  merely  non-historical,  it  is  unhistorical  in  that 
it  is  deliberately  false  to  history.  But  it  must  be 
remembered  that  this  fact  is  in  itself  in  no  way  a  ic 
reproach  to  the  poet.  The  deliberate  disregarding  of 
known  historical  facts  may  make  his  task  —  the  pro- 
duction of  dramatic  illusion  —  more  difficult,  but  he 
is  free  to  choose  his  subject-matter  wherever  he  will, 
from  fact  or  from  fable,  and  to  treat  it  as  he  will,  pro-  it 
vided  only  that  he  succeeds  in  engaging  the  interest 
and  moving  the  feelings  of  the  spectator  so  strongly 
as  to  produce  the  deep  emotional  pleasure  which  is 
the  sole  end  and  aim  of  the  drama.  The  dramatist 
is  no  historian;  it  is  not  his  task  to  teach  or  elucidate  2c 
history.  One  need  only  recall  the  so-called  historical 
plays  of  Shakespeare  to  realize  how  independent  our 
delight  in  them  is  of  their  historical  element.  "Anthony 
and  Cleopatra"  has  no  advantage  as  a  drama  over 
"Romeo  and  Juliet,'^  although  the  one  is  based  on  25 
history,  the  other  on  fiction.     The  one  is  as  real  and 


"DIE  JUNGFRAU''  IN  RELATION  TO  HISTORY     77 

true  to  us  as  the  other,  because  true  to  human  nature 
and  to  the  laws  of  dramatic  art.  So  much  idle  criti- 
cism has  been  addressed  to  this  particular  play  that 
the  right  of  the  poet  to  take  his  material  where  he  will 

5  and  treat  it  as  he  will  under  the  laws  of  his  art  cannot 
be  too  strongly  insisted  on.  At  the  same  time  there 
may  be  certain  incidental  advantages  and  disadvan- 
tages in  an  historical  subject.  The  interest  of  the 
audience   in   a   well-known   personage   may  heighten 

:o  the  effectiveness  of  the  play,  and  their  familiarity 
with  his  career  may  save  much  preliminary  explana- 
tion. On  the  other  hand,  the  poet  will  disturb  the 
dramatic  illusion  too  grossly  if  he  departs  widely 
from  the  facts  in  dealing  with  a  period  which  is  famil- 

[5  iar  to  the  audience.  Shakespeare,  for  instance,  in  his 
"Histories"  where  he  was  deahng  with  events  then 
recent,  all  the  incidents  of  which  were  fresh  in  his 
auditors'  minds,  is  often  compelled  to  sacrifice  his 
dramatic  structure  in  some  degree  to  avoid  doing* 

so  violence  to  facts.  Schiller,  on  the  other  hand,  was 
dealing  with  a  period  removed  from  his  own  by  more 
than  three  centuries,  with  a  figure  moreover  about 
which  had  gathered  a  mist  of  legend  and  tale,  a  figure 
in  itself  so  unusual  that  it  seemed  to  belong  to  romance 

25  rather  than  to  sober  history.  His  break,  too,  with 
history  is  so  frank  and  complete  that  the  spectator 
is  not  tempted  to  draw  comparison  with  the  facts. 
Nevertheless  it  must  be  admitted  that  the  effective- 
ness of  the  play  is  injured  by  its  violation  of  historical 

50  truth.   ■  A.  B.  Nichols. 

*  Construe :  not  to  do. 


78  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

XII 

CHARLOTTE  VON  STEIN 

Shortly  after  his  arrival  in  Weimar,  Goethe  was  intro- 
duced to  Charlotte  von  Stein.  She  was  seven  years 
older  than  Goethe,  was  the  mother  of  several  children, 
and  at  the  time  of  her  first  acquaintance  with  the 
poet  can  hardly  have  attracted  him  by  any  physi-  s 
cal  charms.  She  had  never  been  beautiful,  and  was 
now  careworn  and  faded.  Her  husband,  an  equerry 
of  the  court,  was  a  man  of  coarser  nature  than  herself, 
and  her  marriage,  if  not  of  the  kind  usually  called 
unhappy,  brought  her  but  little  inward  satisfaction.  lo 
These  things,  together  with  the  natural  melancholy  of 
her  temperament,  had  led  her  to  withdraw  as  much 
as  possible  from  the  gaieties  of  court  life.  Such  an 
attitude  of  mind  in  one  who,  though  still  young,  had 
seen  through  and  outgrown  the  vanities  of  the  world,  15 
appealed  strongly  to  the  sober  side  of  Goethe's  charac- 
ter, and  led  him  to  see  in  her  a  higher  type  of  woman- 
hood than  he  had  hitherto  imagined.  She  became 
his  preceptress  in  the  philosophy  of  resignation  and 
self-control.  20 

She  was  a  woman  who  was  perhaps  socially  above 
him,  who  knew  much  that  he  had  yet  to  learn,  who 
was  capable  of  entering  fully  into  all  his  best  thoughts, 
and  who,  withal,  seemed  ready  to  help  him  with  sym- 
pathy and  counsel.  So  it  was  that  almost  from  the  25 
beginning  he  felt  himself  strongly  attracted  to  this 


THE  DRAMA  "GOETZ  VON  BERLICHINGEN "  79 

new  friend,  and  after  the  lapse  of  a  few  weeks  we  find 
him  visiting  her  almost  daily. 

Calvin  Thomas. 


XIII 

THE  COMPOSITION  OF  THE  DRAMA  "GOETZ 
VON   BERLICHINGEN" 

With  the  publication  of  the  drama  '^  Goetz  von  Ber- 
lichingen"  in  the  summer  of  1773,  Goethe  laid  the 

;  foundation  of  his  Uterary  fame.  With  one  stroke,  as  it 
appeared,  he  placed  himself  at  the  head  of  the  young 
writers  of  Germany,  who  in  their  enthusiasm  saw  in 
him  a  "German  Shakespeare,^^  a  powerful  champion 
of  their  common  cause  of  freedom  and  nature.     The 

)  work  itself  has  all  the  freshness,  vigor  and  impetuosity, 
the  charms  as  well  as  the  defects  of  youth.  It  is 
therefore  in  point  of  time,  as  well  as  in  character, 
the  most  youthful  of  that  remarkable  series  of  pro- 
ductions which  young  Goethe  threw  off  with  astonish- 

)  ing  creative  energy  during  the  four  years  between  his 
return  from  the  University  of  Strasburg  and  his  call  to 
Weimar  in  the  autumn  of  1775.  The  main  part  of 
"Goetz"  was  written  during  the  last  months  of  1771, 
shortly  after  his  return  from  Strasburg,  largely  under 

3  the  influence  of  the  powerful  impressions  received 
during  his  sojourn  in  that  place.  It  will  therefore 
be  well  to  recall  in  a  few  words  the  more  important 
features  of  his  Strasburg  period. 

In   September,   1768,   Goethe,  just   nineteen   years 


80  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

old,  returned  from  his  three  years  of  University  Hfe* 
in  Leipsic  to  his  native  Frankfort,  thoroughly  out  of 
health  and  dejected  in  spirit.  Then  followed  a  period 
of  dangerous  illness  and  of  slow  and  painful  convales- 
cence, and  it  was  not  until  the  spring  of  1770  that  his 
health  was  restored  so  that  he  could  resume  his  law 
studies  at  the  university.  His  father  was  anxious 
that  he  should  take  his  degree  as  soon  as  possible,  and 
the  University  of  Strasburg  in  the  French  province 
of  Alsace  was  chosen  as  the  place  for  him  to  do  so. 

He  arrived  in  Strasburg  early  in  April,  and  at 
once  found  pleasant  quarters  and  congenial  company. 
He  was  deeply  impressed  by  the  great  cathedral  and 
was  charmed  by  the  beauties  of  the  surrounding 
country,  inviting  him  to  frequent  excursions.  His 
health  and  spirits  revived  and  life  seemed  to  him  more 
beautiful  than  ever.  He  carried  on  his  law  studies, 
as  he  himself  says,  "with  as  much  industry  as  was 
necessary  to  take  his  degree  with  some  honor, ^^  giving 
at  the  same  time  considerable  attention  to  the  study 
of  medicine.  But  we  are  chiefly  interested  in  his 
activity  outside  the  university.  He  seemed  to  be  in 
a  peculiarly  receptive  frame  of  mind,  perhaps  owing 
to  the  long  illness  through  which  he  had  just  passed. 
It  is  certain  that  the  months  which  follow  are  among 
the  most  important  in  the  history  of  his  development. 

In  three  distinct  directions  we  can  see  the  trans- 
forming effect  of  potent  influences  all  of  which  are 
clearly  visible  in  ''Goetz  von  BerUchingen " :  1.  he 
becomes  decidedly  German  in  his  tastes  and  senti- 
*  Construe:  University  years. 


"MINNA  VON  BARNHELM"  AS  A  COMEDY   81 

merits;  2.  his  mind  is  greatly  enriched  and  stimulated 
by  contact  with  Herder :  3.  his  romance  with  Friederika 
Brion  gives  new  and  living  reality  to  his  poetic  crea- 
tions. Frank  Goodrich. 


XIV 

'^  MINNA  VON  BARNHELM"  AS  A  COMEDY 

5  The  conception  of  comedy  as  something  more  than 
a  presentation  of  droll  incidents  is  that  of  Shake- 
speare and  Moliere.  These  dramatists  present  in  their 
comedies  the  play  of  human  passions,  passions  often 
so  painful  and  destructive*  that  they  might  in  them- 

o  selves  serve  the  purpose  of  a  tragedy.  What  more 
terrible  arraignment  of  human  nature  could  there  be 
than  Shy  lock  and  Tartuffe,  both  figures  from  comedy? 
The  dramatist^s  art  lies,  in  the  first  place,  in  presenting 
human  weaknesses  and  foibles  in  a  fashion  that  shall 

5  be  amusing  instead  of  painful,  and  in  the  second  place 
in  conducting  the  action  to  a  happy  issue.  We  see 
the  strange  mingling  of  good  and  evil  in  human  nature, 
but  from  a  standpoint  that  robs  it  of  its  painful  aspects; 
and  in  the  end  we  are  shown  the  triumph  of  good  and 

10  the  defeat  of  evil. 

It  is  this  deeper  conception  of  comedy  that  Ues  at 
the  bottom  of  Lessing's  "Minna.^'  He  aims  to  amuse, 
not  by  stirring  us  to  laughter  —  though  that  too  he 
does  on  occasion,  —  but  by  putting  before  us  a  prob- 

\S  lem  of  human  character  that,  Uke  all  such  problems, 
*  Construe  as  relative  clause. 


82  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

has  its  tragic  as  well  as  its  comic  side,  and  then  en- 
gaging our  interest  in  its  happy  solution.  Tellheim's 
mistaken  conception  of  honor  leads  him  to  the  brink 
of  wrecking  his  own  happiness  and  that  of  Minna. 
It  is  only  the  skill  of  the  dramatist  that  hinders*  the 
situation  from  taking  more  than  once  a  painfully 
tragic  tone.  The  conflict  is  a  real  one,  but  the  emo- 
tions it  begets  in  us  are  never  allowed  to  become 
poignant,  and  the  expectation  of  a  happy  issue  makes 
us  watch  its  progress  with  sympathetic  amusement. 
Lessing's  drama,  like  those  of  Moliere,  appealsf  to 
our  intellect;  it  lacks  the  play  of  gay  fancy  with 
which  Shakespeare  invested  his  comedy.  It  is  a  bit 
of  life  submitted  to  us  from  a  point  of  view  that  en- 
ables us  to  see  beyond  the  confusion  that  involves 
the  lovers.  We  smile  at  Tellheim^s  error,  enjoy  the 
humorous  discipline  that  weans  him  from  it,  and  rejoice 
in  the  final  happy  solution  of  all  the  difficulties. 

A.  B.  Nichols. 

XV 

GOETHE'S   '^DICHTUNG  UND   WAHRHEIT" 

Goethe's  chief  sources  for  his  autobiography  were 
his  personal  recollections  and  his  diaries,  notes  and  ; 
letters.     He    made   extensive   use,    however,    of   the 
recollections  of  others,   and  of  written  and    printed 
documents.     After  his  mother's  death  he  asked  her 

*  Construe :  hinders  that  the  situation  .  .  . 
t  See  note  J,  page  67. 


GOETHE'S  ''DICHTUNG  UND  WAHRHEIT"       83 

friend,  Bettina  Brentano,  to  write  down  for  him  what 
his  mother  had  told  her  of  his  childhood,  but,  knowing, 
Bettina's  imaginative  nature,  he  used  her  contribu- 
tions sparingly  and  with  great  caution.  He  con- 
5  suited  many  other  persons,  and  spared  no  pains  to 
obtain  correct  information  concerning  matters  that 
he  did  not  clearly  remember.  He  refreshed  his 
memory  by  the  study  of  the  history  and  topography 
of  Frankfort,  and  of  numerous  works  dealing  with  the 

lo  history  and  literature  of  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth 
century.  He  read,  or  at  least  consulted  again,  the 
works  that  had  interested  him  in  his  youth,  such  as 
Goldsmith's  ^'  Vicar  of  Wakefield "  and  Klopstock's 
^^Messias,''  in  order  to  recall  the  impressions  which 

15  they  had  first  made  on  him. 

But  this  autobiography  was  never  intended  by  the 
author*  as  a  reliable  source  of  information  concerning 
the  individual  incidents  of  his  life;  and  he  who  would 
try  to  reconcile  all  the  statements  made  in  "  Dichtung 

20  und  Wahrheit"  with  the  facts  of  the  poet's  Ufe  as 
they  appear  from  more  trustworthy  documentary  evi- 
dence, would  soon  find  himself  in  a  hopeless  tangle. 
Many  of  the  deviations  from  the  exact  historical  truth 
are  doubtless  unintentional,  for  in  spite  of  Goethe's 

25  retentive  memory,  and  in  spite  of  the  great  precau- 
tions which  he  took,  it  would  be  strange  if  the  man 
of  sixty  could  have  given  an  account  of  his  early 
life  true  in  every  detail.  Numerous  inaccuracies  of 
more  or  less  consequence  have  been  pointed  out  by 

♦Construe:  it  had  never  been  the  intention  of  the  author 
that  .  .  .  should  be  considered  as  .  .  . 


84  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

modern  commentators;  for  as  nearly  all  of  Goethe's 
correspondence  and  much  other  documentary  evidence 
is  readily  accessible  to  them,  they  are  in  a  better 
position  to  verify  the  details  of  his  account  than 
the  author  himself  was.  But  this  is  not  all.  It  « 
is  clear  that  in  some  cases  the  poet  intentionally 
deviated  from  the  truth  for  artistic  purposes.  Inci- 
dents were  invented,  fictitious  characters  were  intro- 
duced, real  characters  were  endowed  with  qualities 
which  they  never  possessed;  several  persons  were  made  ic 
to  exchange*  with  one  another  the  parts  which  they 
played  in  actual  life;  liberties  were  taken f  in  the  group- 
ing of  incidents  that  really  occurred  at  other  times  or 
in  a  different  sequence.  It  is  not  our  purpose  here  to 
enumerate  all  the  points  in  which  it  has  more  or  less  it 
conclusively  shown  that  ^'Dichtung''  has  triumphed 
over  '' Wahrheif;  a  few  examples  of  the  poet's 
method  must  suffice.  So,  for  instance,  the  account  of 
the  Sesenheim  episode  is  probably  true  in  so  far  as  it 
relates  to  Friederika's  charming  personality  and  lovely  2c 
character,  as  well  as  to  the  young  poet's  tender  passion 
for  her;  in  many  of  its  details,  however,  it  rests  on  very 
dim  recollections,  and  is  largely  the  product  of  Goethe's 
poetic  imagination  and  consummate  skill.  He  de- 
scribes his  first  visit  to  Sesenheim,  as  having}  taken  25 
place  before  the  excursion  which  he  made  through 
Alsace  and  Lorraine  in  midsummer  of  1770,  though  it 
really  took  place  in  October,  and  Goethe  did  not  be- 

*  Construe :  had  to  exchange. 

t  Construe :  he  took  the  liberty  of  grouping  .  .  . 

}  Construe:  as  if  it  had  ... 


STRUCTURE  OF  THE  NOVEL  85 

come  acquainted  with  "The  Vicar  of  Wakefield"  till 
a  month  later  But  the  change  of  order,  which  enables 
the  poet  to  see  in  the  family  of  the  parson  of  Sesenheim 
the  likeness  to  that  of  Dr.  Primrose,  is  the  master-stroke 

5  of  an  artist.  The  general  conditions  of  the  two  famihes 
were  probably  very  similar,  but  in  particulars  there 
was  much  difference,  and  these  particulars  Goethe 
changed  with  (a)  free  hand;  he  said,  for  instance,  nothing 
of  Friederika's  younger  sister,  for  whom  there  was  no 

0  analogy  in  the  Primrose  family.  The  incident  of  the 
disguise  is  probably  an  invention;  that  of  the  christen- 
ing-cake surely.  It  must  not,  however,  be  supposed 
that  all  or  even  a  large  proportion  of  the  particulars  of 
this  and  other  episodes  are  of  the  poet's  invention ;  on 

5  the  contrary,  in  a  number  of  cases  in  which  it  was  first 
thought  that  the  incidents  related  could  not  have  hap- 
pened, investigation  has  corroborated  Goethe's  story, 
so  that  the  autobiography  has  come  to  be  more  and 
more  regarded  as  a  trustworthy  account  even  of  the 

D  details  of  the  poet's  life. 

H.  C.  G.  VON  Jagemann. 


XVI 

STRUCTURE  OF  THE   NOVEL 

In  both  play  and  novel,  it  is  the  first  task  of  the 

author  to  explain  the  characters  and  circumstances 

which  are  essential  to  an  understanding  of  the  plot. 

Upon  his  skill  in  so  presenting  his  personages  and  their 

5  surroundings  that  may  be  understood  at  the  outset. 


86  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

depends  a  large  measure  of  his  success.  The  first  act 
of  a  play  is  thus  spoken  of  as  ^^the  act  containing  the 
exposition."  Like  the  overture  of  a  musical  composi- 
tion, it  indicates  the  nature  of  the  whole.  Now  the 
opening  of  a  novel,  or  the  first  lines  of  a  short  story, 
have  a  precisely  similar  function  to  perform.  It  is  true 
that  in  the  novel  the  exposition  may  be  worked  out 
in  more  detail.*  The  playwright  has  not  a  moment  to 
lose  after  the  curtain  has  once  risen;  every  moment  of 
the  opening  action  counts  heavily  for  or  against  his 
chances  of  interesting  the  audience  in  the  personages  of 
the  play.  But  Walter  Scott  and  Thackeray  and  Dickens 
ramble  along  in  chapter  after  chapter  off  pleasant 
prologues  without  appreciably  advancing  towards  the 
real  story  which  they  have  to  tell,  —  so  confident  were 
these  authors,  no  doubt,  of  their  power  to  secure  the 
attention  of  their  readers,  and  so  unerringly,  in  general, 
did  they  utihze  all  their  apparently  trivial  descriptive 
and  narrative  details  in  instinctively  forecasting  the 
final  effect  of  the  tale. 

These  details  are  not  only  more  deliberately  pre- 
sented in  the  novel  than  would  be  possible  in  the  play, 
but  they  are  also  more  accurately  presented.  There 
is  less  for  us  to  guess  at.  The  novelist,  in  spite  of  all 
the  suppressions  which  his  art  makes  necessary,!  tells 
us  more  and  leaves  us  less  often  to  our  own  inferences, 
than  the  playwright.  When  the  story-writer  describes 
his  heroine,  we  doubtless  see  her  less  distinctly  than  if 

*  Construe:  more  in  details. 

t  Construe :  fill  chapter  .  .  .  with. 

}  See  note  f,  page  67. 


STRUCTURE  OF  THE  NOVEL  87 

the  dramatist  had  placed  her  on  the  stage  for  our  in- 
spection, but  whereas  the  dramatist  is  forced  to  let 
us  infer  what  is  in  her  mind  by  her  appearance,  her 
facial  expression,  gestures,  words  and  the  attitude  of 
5  other  personages  respecting  her,  the  noveUst  can  tell  us 
precisely  and  at  once  what  she  is  thinking  about  and 
what  she  is  likely  to  do.  But  whatever  may  be  the 
differences  in  technique,  both  novelist  and  dramatist 
are  bent  first  of  all  upon  introducing  their  characters. 

lo  Then  comes,  commonly  in  the  middle  or  towards 
the  end  of  the  first  act  of  the  play,  not  far  from  the 
beginning  of  a  well  constructed  tale,  what  is  called  the 
^^  exciting  force  "  or  "  initial  impulse. '^  Something  hap- 
pens, and  even  though  this  happening  may  be  appar- 

15  ently  insignificant,  it  begins  to  effect  the  entire  course 
of  the  plot.  The  Ghost  appears  to  Hamlet;  the  witches 
confront  Macbeth;  Cassius  talks  with  Brutus;  the  clash 
of  interest  begins;  the  objects  of  individual  ambition 
or  resolve  are  suddenly  apparent.     In  the  tale  this 

20  '^  moment "  —  that  which  turns  the  scale  —  is  fre- 
quently quite  undramatic  and  unimpressive,  but  it 
can  usually  be  pointed  out.  In  ^^  Pendennis '^  it  is 
where  the  Major  receives  the  letter  from  his  sister 
which  tells  about  Arthur's  infatuation  for  Miss  Fother- 

25  ingay.  In  "  The  House  of  the  Seven  Gables ''  it  is  the 
opening  of  the  shop  after  all  the  years  of*  dust  and 
silence.  In  a  romance  of  adventure,  like  Stevenson's 
"Kidnapped,"  it  is  [when]  the  orphan  boy  leaving 
home  at  early  dawn  to  seek  his  fortune  in  the  world. 

Bliss  Perry. 


88  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

XVII 

SUDERMANN 

"  Die  Ehre,"  his  first  play,  has  much  the  same  sub- 
ject as  Wildenbruch's  ''Die  Haubenlerche " :  each  con- 
cerns the  relations  of  a  rich  family  to  a  poor  family 
among  its  dependents;  each  shows  the  rich  offering 
benefits  for  a  return  in  flesh  and  blood  and  honor.  ^ 
There  are  strong  situations  in  each  play  and  both 
were  successful  on  the  stage.  But  Wildenbruch's  play 
is  thin  and  conventional  compared  to  Sudermann's, 
on  account  of  the  conflicting  motives  in  ''Die  Ehre/' 
which  we  recognize  as  so  true  to  life.  Robert,  who  has  ic 
been  ten  years  in  India,  accustomed  to  a  larger,  more 
modern  hfe,  comes  back  to  a  restricted,  old-fashioned 
family  which  belongs  decidedly  to  the  lower  middle- 
class;  Alma,  who  has  stayed  at  home,  has  been  con- 
tinually escaping  from  the  annoyances  of  parental  i^ 
control*  to  the  temptations  of  the  free,  Bohemian  circle 
to  which  she  finds  her  way.  It  is  all  the  same  sort  of 
thing  that  we  may  easily  see  around  us;  it  does  not 
take  particular  striking  forms  as  we  see  it,  but  it  would 
[do  so],  if  a  dramatist  should  deal  with  it.  Robert  2c 
comes  back  from  the  freedom  of  his  independent  life 
to  the  pettiness  of  his  old  father  and  mother;  so  do 
hundreds  of  boys  and  girls  come  back  from  the  uni- 
versity, say,  to  the  farm.  Alma,  who  chafes  under  the 
restrictions  of  the  elder  generation,  wishes  to  seek  21 
amus^ement  and  pleasure  in  her  own  way;  and  we  have 
*  Insert:  and  has  yielded. 


SUDERMANN  89 

examples  of  that,  too,  from  the  farm  to  the  city,  or 
from  the  house  to  the  street.  It  is  no  great  exhi- 
bition of  genius  to  have  noted  so  much,  but  it  is,  I 
think,  a  sign  of  genius,  to  conceive  an  action  that  shall 
5  be  a  focus  for  half  a  dozen  such  motives,  to  carry  it  on 
by  characters  that  shall  continually  represent  them  to 
us,  and  to  express  them  and  comment  on  them  by  con- 
tinual epigram  or  chance  remark  that  strike  us  surely 
and  often  remain  in  the  mind. 

lo  Just  what  the  action  is,  seems  to  me  of  lesser  im- 
portance, if  only  it  be  interesting.  "  Die  Ehre  "  was  a 
successful  play,  and  the  critics,  as  a  whole,  paid  very 
little  attention  to  what  I  have  been  speaking  of.  Thus 
Bulthaupt,  who  is  representative  enough,  criticizes  the 

IS  play  severely  because  of  Graf  Trast's  disquisitions  on 
honor.  Now  that  turns  the  play  into  what  is  hid- 
eously called  a  problem-play.  And  further,  it  makes 
the  play  something  that  we,  over  here,  cannot  easily 
get  hold  of,  for  our  ideas  of  honor  are  different  in  many 

20  respects  from  those  current  in  Germany,  and  though 
we  may  understand  their  feeling  well  enough,  and 
Sudermann's  criticism  of  it,  yet  it  can  hardly  be  a 
matter  which  we  shall  feel  very  keenly.  Most  Ameri- 
cans, I  fancy,  would  agree  with  Graf  Trast  —  he  is 

25  meant  to  be  the  man  who  has  seen  the  world  —  in 
his  view  that  honor  differs  with  different  people,  being 
one  thing  in  one  nation  or  class  and  something  else  in 
another,*  and  that,  if  conventional  honor  were  dis- 
pensed with  in  favor  of  duty,  the  world  would  be  quite 

30  as  well  off.  Edward  Everett  Hale. 

*  Construe :  that  it  is  in  .  .  .  something  else  than  in  .  .  . 


90  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

XVIII 

THE   VALUE   OF  THE  DRAMA 

Now  mark*  that  all  great  dramas,  however  complex 
and  intricate  their  plot  may  be,t  do  J  yet  illustrate  the 
greatest,  and  simplest,  and  tritest,  and  most  universal 
of  these  great  truths  of  Hfe.  ''Hamlet,"  ''Macbeth," 
"Faust,"  "Agamemnon"  do  teach,  and  teach  most  5 
impressively,  these  great  central  truths.  And^  because 
they  do  teach,  and  because  they  do  purprose  to  teach, 
they  are  greater  than  dramas  which  do  not  concern 
themselves  with  these  great  central  truths,  and  have 
no  message  for  mankind,  either  about  the  mysteries  ic 
of  the  Unseen,  or  those  of  human  Hfe.  That  is,  the 
greatest  dramas  teach,  and  concern  themselves  about, 
the  greatest  and  tritest  and  most  central  truths.  But 
beyond  this  purpose  to  teach,  which  marks  the  greatest 
dramas  of  all,  there  is  in  the  drama  an  immense  power  1  = 
of  inculcating  a  wide  knowledge  of  life.  It  is  of  course 
very  difficult  to  divide  this  great  knowledge  of  life 
from  the  great  central  purport  in  the  plays  I  have  just 
spoken  about,  seeing  that  the  two  are  more  or  less 
mixed  and  blended  in  any  play,  and  in  the  greatest  of  2c 
plays  are  almost  completely  fused.  The  knowledge 
of  life  and  mankind  is  in  itself  an  education.  Now 
this   wide   knowledge   of   fife   and   mankind   is   what 

*  Construe:  Let  us  mark. 

t  See  Exercise  XIV. 

J  Emphatic  present  do  not  translatable. 


THE  VALUE  OF  THE  DRAMA  91 

the  drama  can  give  in  a  transcendent  measure.  No 
book,  no  other  art,  no  mere  spoken  address,  no  system 
of  education  can  so  instantly  and  vividly  brand  the 
memory  with  the  reaUties*  of  Ufe,  and  leave  them 
5  forever  stamped  on  the  mind  as  can  the  acted  play. 

But  is  this  wide  knowledge  of  Ufe  desirable?  How 
far  does  it  tend  to  perfect  the  science  of  wise  living, 
which  is  the  ultimate  end  of  all  education?  I  say  the 
two  are  inseparable.  Though  in  individual  cases  there 
lo  is  or  seems  to  be  no  necessary  connection  between 
full  knowing  and  wise  doing,  though  there  is  an  eter- 
nal warfare  between  man's  passions  and  man's  peace, 
between  what  men  preachf  and  what  they  practice, t 
between  aspiration^  and  accomplishment,!  yet  there 
15  is  a  constant  ratio  between  what  a  nation  or  a  race 
knows  and  what  it  does,  between  what  it  holds  as 
the  highest  truths  and  the  smallest  daily  actions  of 
its  people. 

Intellectual  advance  means  sooner  or  later  moral 
20  advance,  and  intellectual  advance  always  comes  first. 

I  say  then  that  this  wide  knowledge  of  life,  of  good 

and  evil,  is  a  good§  in  itself.     And  further,  we  live  in 

an  age  when  there  is  a  loud  and  general  demand  to 

know  the  truth  about  life.     It  is  an  age  of  upheavals, 

25  of  inquiry,  of  searching. 

You  cannot  quench  this  demand  for  knowledge  of 
what  life  is  and  what  life  means.     It  is  not  only  on  the 

*  Construe:  the  realities  into  the  memory. 

t  Translate  by  infinitives  used  as  nouns. 

t  Translate  by  past  participles  used  as  adjectives,  i.  e.,  be- 
tween the  aspired  to  .  .  . 

§  Construe:  something  good. 


92  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

stage  that*  this  demand  is  made;  it  meets  you  every- 
where —  in  the  reviews,  in  the  latest  novel,  in  drawing 
rooms,  in  the  talk  of  the  street,  in  the  pulpit  itself.  And 
unless  I  much  mistake  the  drift  of  modern  thought, 
it  will  not  be  easily  quieted  and  answered. 

Henry  Arthur  Jones. 
*  too* 


PART  THIRD 

SUGGESTIONS  FOR  THEMES  TO  BE  WRITTEN 
IN  GERMAN,  BASED  ON  SUCH  CLASSICAL 
GERMAN  TEXTS  AS  ARE  MOST  GENER- 
ALLY READ  IN  OUR  SCHOOLS  AND 
COLLEGES 


d3 


FIRST   SERIES 

Short  themes  of  two  or  three  hundred  words. 

®ebtd?te 

®(!^ttter,  Set  San^jf  mit  bcm  ^xa^m 

1,  SBelc^e  ©riitibe  fil^rt  ber  SJitter  an,  um  Un  Santpf 
mit  bent  ©rad^cn  gu  entfd^ulbigcn? 

Sd^itter,  S)tc  Siirgfrfiaft 

2.  3n  metd^er  ^eife  tier^crrlid^t  ©driller  in  biefcr 
^allabe  bie  greunbe^treue? 

3,  ©c^itbern  ©ie  bie  brei  §auptperfonen  in  ber  Sallabe 
unb  erfldren  ©ie,  au^  tneld^en  9Wotit)en  fie  l^anbeln, 

Ufiranb 

4.  2?ergteid^en  ®ie  ben  ^onig  in  ber  93atlabe  „95ertran 
be  ^orn"  mit  bemjenigen  in  „S)e^  ©angers  glnd^"  in  be^ug 
auf  i^ren  S^arafter  unb  i^r  ^zxi)altni^  jur  ^unft. 

Dramen 
Scffmg,  5(Kinna  t>on  Sani^clm 

5*  SSeld^e  ©riinbe  gibt  ^Tell^eim  fiir  feine  ^Beigerung, 

aWinna  p  l^eiraten,  unb  mie  fu(^t  fie,  biefelben  ju  tniberlegen? 

6,  SSeld^e  9^oI(e  fpielen  bie  jlDei  ^Ringe  in  biefem  S)rama? 

95 


96  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

Scffmg,  emiKa  ©alotti 

7.  §at  ?ef[lng  bic  grmorbung  ©ntUia^  burd^  il^rcn 
SSatcr  gcnttgenb  motitjiert? 

8-  S3ct(^e  dloUt  fpielt  Orfina  im  ®attg  ber  §anblung? 
SBeld^c  Sigenfc^aften  ^eigt  [ic  bem  ^ringen,  SOJarinelli  unb 
Dboarbo  gegeniiber? 

ScffiiiG,  aiati^ati  bcr  aScifc 

9.  3ft  ber  3Sortt)urf  bcr  ^rltlfer  bered^ttgt,  ba^  ?effing  in 
bicfem  2)rama  ungered^t  gegett  ba^  Sfirtftentum  getr>efen  fcl? 

Sniffer,  aBattcnftctti 

10*  Surd^  metd^e  SH^  ^^t  ©driller  ben  SBaKetiftein  bcr 
©efd^id^te  im  3)roTtia  bercbelt  unb  un^  fl)mpat]f)t[d^  gemad^t? 

IL  SBtrb  SSallenftcin  ^um  53errater  burd^  ben  S^^^^ 
bcr  93cr]^a(tniffc  ober  burd^  feln  etgene^  SBefen? 

©d^ittcr,  9Raria  (Binaxt 

12.  2Bic  tnirb  Wlaxia  Don  i^xtn  grcunben  unb  toit  mn 
ifjrcn  gcinben  bcurteilt? 
13*  SBa6  ift  5Warla^  Huffaffung  U)xtx  ©d^utb  unb  ©ii^ne? 

©d^ittcr,  S)te  ^wngfrau  tion  Orleans 

14»  SBetc^c  inncren  ^onftlftc  mac^t  ^ol^cinna  im  ?aufc 
ber  §anblung  burd^? 

Sd^tHer,  2)tc  fSxant  'oon  9Kcffma 

15.  SSirb  Son  Sefar  burd^  feine  eigne  ?eibenfd^aft  fd^ut^ 
big  ober  ift  feine  Zat  cine  gotge  be^  glud^e^?    Sann  bie 


SUGGESTIONS  FOR  THEMES  97 

Xat  gleid^settig  frel  fein  unb  au^  felnem  clgenen  E^arafter 
f)ert)orge^en  unb  bod^  eine  golge  be^  gluc^e^  fein? 

16,  2Ba6  ift  ba^  ©d^idtfal?  2Bic  t)emenbet  ed^tlter  biefe 
3bec  in  ber  „^raut  t)on  9}Jeffina"?  3Bdre  biefe^  Srama 
ol^ne  bie  ©c^icffal^tbee  benfbar? 

Skitter,  SBil^ctm  Sett 

17,  9Kit  metd^en  ©rilnben  t)erteibigt  9?ubcn3  feinc  2ln^ 
pngUrf)feit  an  Ofterreid;?     (3I!t  II.) 

18,  Sefc^reiben  ©ie  bic  ^Sercinberung  im  Sl^arafter  XtlU^ 
tnetd^e  im  ^rama  t)or  fid^  gei^t;  burd^  tnelc^e  Sinfliiffc  mirb 
er  au^  einem  rul)igen  ^anbmann  gu  einem  tiitigen  Stopfer 
fiir  bie  grei!)eit  be^  ?anbe^? 

@oct()c,  ©oci?  Don  aSerltc^ingctt 

19,  ^efd^reiben  ®ie  @oe^,  triie  n)ir  i^n  au^  ben  SBorten 
feiner  greunbe  unb  feiner  geinbe  fennen  (emen. 

©oet^c,  ©gmont 

20,  3nmieU)eit  ift  e6  bered^tigt  gu  be^aupten,  ba^  ba^ 
!E)rama  „@gmont"  feine  Sragobie  ift? 

2L  SBetd^e  ©riinbe  bemegen  aj^argaret^e  t)on  ^arma  gu 
bem  5lu^fprud^:  „3d^  fUrd^te  Oranien  unb  id^  fiirc^te  fiir 
ggmonf  ?    (2I!t  I.) 

®0ct^c,  S<J^^9^nte  auf  S^autt^ 

22.  ^ntDiefern  berul^t  bie  ^ofung  be^  2)rama^  auf 
3p]^igenie^  ^a]^r!)aftig!eit? 

23,  3n  metd^e  inneren  tonfUfte  mirb  Spl^igenie  im  ?aufc 
ber  @anb(ung  Dermidfelt? 


98  GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

@octI)c,  Saffo 

24  ♦  S^ara!tert[leren  ®le  ?eonore  t)on  ©antitjate  In  tl^rcm 
SSerl^dltnl^  gur  ^rlnjeffin  imb  ju  2af[o, 

25.  S^arafterifieren  ®ie  3tntonio  in  feinem  SSerl^ciltni^  p 
Jaffo  unb  3u  Sllfon^. 

26  ♦  21u^  tDeld^em  ©runbe  untertt)irft  ftc^  §ombnrg  bent 
®efe^  unb  inn)iefern  bejelc^net  btefe  Untertnerfung  eine  Um=: 
tDanblung  in  feinem  S()arafter  unb  feiner  ?eben^anfd^auung? 

27.  $Sar  e^  bie  urfprilnglifd^e  §lbfi(^t  be^  Surfilrften,  ben 
•^rin^cn  ju  begnabigen? 

©ritt^jarscr,  ©a<j<j^o 

28-  S^ara!teri[ieren  ®ie  bie  beiberfeitigen  ©efii^Ie  ©ap== 
pl^o^  unb  "ipi^aon^. 

29.  S5orin  befte^t  3KeIitta^  Slnaie^ung^fraft  auf  ©app^o 
unb  ^^aon? 

^ebficl,  Signed  Scrnauer 

30.  5Son  melc^em  ®efid}t^punft  au6  tDar  Signed  93er^ 
nauer^  Sob  notmenbig,  unb  intnietijeit  ift  er  bered^tigt? 


SECOND   SERIES 

Longer  and  more  formal  themes. 

I.    Scffmg,  5!Jlinna  tion  aSarn^etm 

3txtDiefem  ift  Seffing^  „3}Jinna  t)on  Sarnl^etm"  ein 
nationale^  J)rania:  a)  in  begug  auf  bie  gorm;  h)  in  bejug 
auf  ben  3n^alt? 


SUGGESTIONS  FOR  THEMES  99 

^ufeem  ®ie  fid^  ilber  ben  ^iftorlfd^en  §intergrunb; 

ben  l^o^eren  3^^^  ^^^[^^  ?n[tfpiel6; 
bie  bentfd^en  33er^altniffe; 
ben  Sf)ara!ter  Xzll\)dm^  im  @egen* 
fa^  in  bemienigen  ^Kiccaut^, 


II.    Seffmg,  ©mUia  ©alotti 

S^araftertftif  be^  ^rln^en 

SBelfen  ©le  im  eingelnen  an^  bem  Srama  nad^: 
a)  bie  guten  Sigenfc^aften  be^  ^^rinjen; 
6)  feine  ©enufefuc^t  unb  feinen  Seid^tfinn; 

c)  $)^arinelli^  fd^lec^ten  (Sinfln^  auf  ben  "iprin^en; 

d)  bie  Jolgen  biefe^  (Sinftuffe^  anf  ben  ^^rin^en. 

III.    Sd^ittcr,  S)ic  gungfrau  tion  Orleans 

©d^ulb  unh  ®il!)ne  ber  ^nngfran 

9lad^  ®(^i(Ier6  Hu^fid^t  ift  e^  ein  n)e[entlid^e^  Srforbemi^ 
ber  Sragobie,  bafe  ber  §elb  berfelben  nid^t  nnfd^ulbig  (eibe,  bafe 
cr  i3ielme^r  eine  ©d^ulb  auf  fic^  tabe,  biefe  (gd^utb  aber  fll^ne, 

a)  SSeifen  ®ie  biefe  3:i^eorie  in  bem  ©rama  nad^, 
SBeld^e  Hufgabe  l^atte  bie  ^ungfrau? 
SSeld^e  ^ebingungen  tDaren  baran  gefniipft? 
aSie  erfiillt  fie  bie  Hufgabe? 

SSie  unb  marum  brid^t  fie  il^r  ©eliibbe? 
©urd^  meld^e  ^u^e  milt  fie  i^re  (Sd^utb  flt^nen? 
^eld^en  ginflufe  ^at  biefe  ^ufee  auf  fie? 

b)  (Btdlm  ®ie  ben  Unterfc^ieb  feft  ^mifd^en  bm  (Sx^id^ 
falen  ber  f)iftorifd^en  ^ungfrau  tion  Orleans  unb  ber  toon 


100         GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

©d^lKer  gefd^affenen  ©eftalt,  unb  erflaren  ©ie  au^fu^rlid^ 
tm  ®tnne  ber  ertDd^nten  S^eorle,  tDarum  ©chiller  ton  ber 
l^iftorifd^en  SBa^r^eit  abmeic^en  mufete. 

IV.    Skitter,  aSallenftein 

3ntr)iefern  fann  „S3aIIenftem^  Soger"  at^  S^pofition  be^ 
ganjen  SBaKenftelnbrama^  angefelfien  merben? 

a)  Orientierung  ilber  Oxt  unb  3^^t, 

h)  Slbbllb  ber  im  Srama  auftretenben  bebeutenbfteit 
Sl^araftere, 

c)  2lngabe  be^  SI)eTna^  filr  ba^  ganje  3)ranta, 

d)  Slnbeutung  ber  bror}euben  5SeriDidlung. 

V.    ©critter,  Wtatxa  ©tuart 

©rgiil^Ien  ®ie,  iDie  ©driller  in  feinem  3)rama  „9J?aria 
©tuart"  unferen  innigften  3lnteU  fiir  feme  §elbin  ertuecft, 
burd^: 

a)  i^re  Sieben^tDiirblgfeit  unb  ©c^on^eit; 

b)  ii)xt  traurige  ?age; 

c)  bie  53erjia]^rung  i^rer  ©d^ulb; 

d)  bie  9teue  i^re^  -gerjen^; 

e)  (gUfabetJ)^  ungered^te^  SSetragcn  gegcn  fie, 

VI.    QiottijCf  ®oc^  tiott  aScrt^ingctt 

a)  3)a^  ^iififd^e  ?eben, 

b)  S)a^  ?eben  ber  SRitter. 

c)  ®a^  ?eben  ber  ©tcibter, 

d)  35a^  ?eben  ber  iBauern. 

e)  T)a^  ?eben  ber  3i9^uner» 


SUGGESTIONS  FOR  THEMES  101 

gntmerfen  ®ie  ein  Silb  t)on  bem  Seben  unb  ben  3$er* 
^altniffen  eine6  bte[er  ^tiinbe  gur  3^^t  ®oe^  t)on  i8erU(^tn= 
gen^  genau  unb  au^fc^Ue^lid^  na(^  ben  Stuffd^Itiffen,  bie  ®ic 
barilber  in  ©oet^e^  S)rama  er^alten  fonnen, 

VII.    @0et^c,  Sorquatu  Saffo 

2af[o  unb  ?lntonio 

giil^ren  ®ie  tm  eln^elnen  au^,  in  meld^er  SBeife  [id^  in 
biefen  jhjei  S^arafteren  ^beali^mu^  unb  9^ea(i^niu^,  ©id^ter 
unb  (^taat^mann,  ba^  *^^antafieleben  be^  ©emiit^  unb  ber 
praftifd^e  SSelttierftanb  einanber  gegeniiber  ftel^en, 

VIII.    ®octf|c,  Hermann  nn\>  ^otoifjca 

S3ie  fal^  ba^  ©tdbtd^en  au^,  tDeld^e^  ©oetl^e  jum  ©d^au^ 
pla^  feine^  ©ebid^te^  „§ermann  unb  Sorotl^ea"  gemal^lt  ^at? 

Sntlnerfen  ©te  ein  ^ilb  biefer  ®tabt  nad6  ben  ^Ingaben 
be^  ©ebid^te^  liber: 

a)  bie  ?age, 

b)  ha^  2lu^[e^en  ber  ©iirten,  §(iufer  unb  ©trafeen, 

c)  ba^  ®a[tl^au^, 
6^)  bie  5lpot^efe, 

e)  ba^  §au^  be6  Saufmann^, 
/)  bie  Obrigfeit  ber  ©tabt. 

IX.    2>a^  giibelunfiCttUeb 

©d^reiben  ©ie  eine  au^fiil^rlid^e  (S^arafterfd^itberung  t)on 
^rieml^itbe  aU  ^ungfrau  unb  aU  ©attin,  aU  troftlofe 
SBittDe  unb  al^  rac^fud^tige^  ^eib,  unb  geigen  ©ie  im  ein- 


102         GERMAN  SYNTAX  AND  COMPOSITION 

jelnen,  vok  unb  marum  il^r  S^aratter  eine  fold^e  Ummanb* 
lung  burd^tnad^t, 

X.    SlHgemeine  2)t^|j0fitt0n  einer  g^araftcrftubie 

I.    35orQefc^id^te  be^  §elben  (ober  ber  ^elbin), 
II.    Stufeere  (Srfd^emung, 

III.  S^arafterelgenfd^aften,  feftgeftellt: 

a)  au^  feinen  eigenen  SBorten  unb  latcn; 

b)  au^  htn  $3orten  ber  anberen  ^erfonen. 

IV.  S)er  l^errfd^enbe  Sfiarafterjug  unb  beffen  glnmirfung 

auf  bie  §anblung. 
V.    Sufeere  Sinflilffe,  bie  auf  htn  El^arafter  hjcil^renb  be^ 

S)rama^  [ober  be^  3ioman^]  elntDirfen. 
VI.    gnttDidtung  ober  ©ntfattung  be^  S^arafter^  unter 

blefen  Slnftiiffen. 
VII.    ®er  ©eelen^uftanb  be^  §elben  am  Snbe  be^  S)rama^ 

[ober  be^  9toman^]  t)erglid^en  mit  bem  am  2ln* 

fang  be^felben^ 


VOCABULARIES 


VOCABULARIES 


ABBREVIATIONS  USED 


a. 

adjective 

n. 

neuter  gender 

(ace.) 

accusative 

npr. 

proper  noim 

ad. 

adverb 

pi. 

plural 

art. 

article 

pr. 

pronoun 

c. 

conjunction 

prp. 

preposition 

(dat.) 

dative 

refl. 

reflexive  verb 

(ec.) 

ecclesiastical 

(I) 

conjugated  with  fctn 

/. 

feminine  gender 

s. 

substantive 

(fig-) 

figurative 

(sep.) 

separable  verb 

(gen.) 

genitive 

(theat.)  theatrical 

(in  comp 

)  in  composition 

tr. 

transitive 

(insep.) 

inseparable  verb 

V, 

verb 

intr. 

intransitive 

* 

Old    (or    Strong)    or 

(jur.) 

jurisprudence,  legal 

irregular  verb 

m. 

masculine  gender 

Nouns;  the  declension  is  designated  by  numbers  as  follows: 
1,  gen.  -g,  pi.  like  sing. 
1",  same  with  Umlaut  in  pi. 
2y.  gen.  -S  or  -eg,  pi.  adds  -c. 
2",  same  with  Umlaut  in  pi. 

3,  gen.  -g  Sr  -eg,  pi.  adds  -ex. 
3",  same  with  Umlaut  in  pi. 

4,  gen.  -(e)n,  pi.  adds  -(e)n. 

Remember  that  feminine  nouns  make  no  changes  in  the 
singular.     See  table  of  noun  and  adjective  endings,  page  187. 

Adverbs;  adverbs  ending  in  -ly  are  not  given,  being  translated 
in  German  by  the  simple  adjective. 

Prepositions;  for  cases  which  follow  prepositions,  see  tables, 
page  188. 

Verbs;  all  Old  (or  Strong)  and  irregular  verbs  are  indicated 
in  the  vocabularies  by  an  asterisk,  *.  For  all  forms,  see  table, 
page  189. 

Verbs  compounded  with  the  prefixes  be-,  ent-  or  emp-,  gc-,  toer- 
and  gcr-  are  inseparable.  All  other  compound  verbs  are  separ- 
able except  those  compounded  with  burc^,  urn,  unter,  iiber  and 
toiebcr,  which  may  be  either.     These  are  marked  (sep.)  or  (insep.). 

Verbs  are  marked  as  transitive  or  intransitive  only  when 
there  is  a  difference  between  the  two  languages. 

104 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


ah,  ad.  off,  away. 

^bbitb,  n.  3.  image,  portrait. 

ahWin^cn,*  v.  bring  off;  dis- 
suade, divert. 

5(&cnb,  m.  2.  evening;  west. 
II — lanb,  n.  3''.  western  land 
or  country,  West. 

ahtx,  c.  but,  however. 

aft^angen,*  v.  depend. 

^bfunft,  /.  descent,  family. 

abfc^Iagcn,*  v.  strike  off;  re- 
ject, refuse. 

^Ibll^^t,  /.  4.  view,  aim,  inten- 
tion. 

aBujeic^en,*  v.  turn  away  or 
aside,  deviate,  depart. 

a^tcn,  V.  respect,  regard.  ||  intr. 
pay  attention;  regard,  con- 
sider. 

^tton,  npr.  Acre. 

aUf  pr.  and  a.  all,  entire,  whole. 
II  atle^,  all,  everything ;  every- 
one. 

aflgcmettt,  a.  common  to  all, 
general,  universal. 

attcrcrft,  a.  first  of  all,  very  first. 

at^,  c.  as;  as  being,  in  charac- 
ter of ;  than ;  else  than,  other 
than ;  as  if.  ||  ju  ebel  —  ha^ 
[it,  too  noble  to  or  for  her  to. 

alt,  a.  old,  aged. 


titter,  n.  1.  old-age.  jjdon — 3 
f)tx,  of  old,  of  yore. 

5C(tcrtum,  n.  3".  antiquity. 

5(mt,  n.  3".  office,  place. 

an,  prp.  at,  close  by,  by; 
about;  in,  of,  to,  by  means 
of. 

tlnbcnfcn,  n.  1.  remembrance, 
memory. 

anbcr,  a.  other,  else,  different. 

5(nbcutung,  /.  4.  indication, 
intimation. 

ancrfcnncn,*  v.  recognize,  ac- 
knowledge. 

5lncrfcnnung,/.  4.  acknowledg- 
ment, recognition. 

5(nfang,  m.  2".  beginning,  com- 
mencement. 

anfangctt,*  v.  take  up,  begin. 

anfii^rcn,  v.  lead  on,  command; 
adduce,  allege. 

^ngaBe,  /.  4.  statement,  dec- 
laration. 

angreifctt,*  v.  lay  hold  on,  seize, 
attack,  fall  upon. 

5lnf)(tngcr,  m.  1.  (/.  -in)  ad- 
herent, follower. 

5ln^ftng(i(3^Ictt,  /.  4.  attach- 
ment, adherence. 

5tnfttnft, /.  arrival. 

anlangcn,  v.  arrive,  come. 
105 


106 


GERMAN-ENGLISH   VOCABULARY 


onmutig,  a.  agreeable,  graceful, 
charming. 

anttcl^mcn,*  v.  take  on,  take; 
assume,  take  for  granted. 
\\refl.  (with  gen.)  take  an 
interest  in. 

Stltreguttg,  /.  4.  stirring  up,  in- 
citement, inspiration,  sug- 
gestion. 

anrufcn,*  v.  call  on,  invoke, 
appeal  to. 

2(nf(^auung,  /.  4.  view,  aspect, 
contemplation. 

SCnf(i^(ag,  m.  2'\  stroke;  plan, 
design,  plot. 

anfcl^cn,*  v.  look  on,  regard, 
consider. 

anftettcn,  v.  put  in  place,  ap- 
point. 

5(ttftcttuttg,  /.  4.  appointment, 
situation. 

^nteit,  m.  2.  share,  sympathy, 
interest. 

5(tt5a^t,  /.  4.  number,  multi- 
tude. 

anjicl^cn,*  v.  draw  on,  attract. 

^Injicl^Uttfl,  /.  4.  attraction. 
II — ^fraft,  power  of  attrac- 
tion. 

5(n5ug,  m.  2''.  dress,  attire. 

^pottjtU,  f.  4.  apothecary's 
shop,  drug-store. 

(irmltc^^  a.  poor,  needy;  miser- 
able. 

%xvt\t,  m.  2.  arrest. 

^Xif  /.  4.  kind,  sort;  manner, 
way. 


5CftCtt,  npr.  Asia. 

anii^,  ad.  and  c.  also,  too,  like- 
wise. 

auf,  prp.  upon,  on;  at,  in,  of. 

3(ufbau,  m.  building  up,  erec- 
tion; (drama)  structure. 

aufbcrfen,  v.  uncover;  disclose, 
reveal. 

5Cufent^alt,  m.  2.  stay,  sojourn, 
place  of  abode. 

auffatten,*  v.  (dat.)  fall  on, 
strike  the  notice  of,  appear 
striking. 

3(uffaffung,  /.  4.  conception, 
apprehension. 

5(upi>rung,  /.  4.  (theat.)  rep- 
resentation. 

SCufgalDc,  /.  4.  task,  theme, 
problem. 

auf^aWen,*  v.  hold  up.  \\refl. 
stop,  stay. 

aufne^meit,*  v.  take  up,  re- 
ceive, entertain. 

aufrcgcn,  v.  stir  up,  agitate. 

aufru^tcrifc!^,  a.  riotous,  muti- 
nous, revolutionary. 

5tuffa^,  m.  2''.  composition, 
essay. 

Stuff^luft,  m.  2".  disclosure, 
opening. 

5(ufft(!^t,  /.  oversight,  inspec- 
tion, superintendence. 

auf  trctcn,*  v.  step  up,  enter  upon 
the  stage,  make  appearance. 

Sfugc,  n.  (pi.  Hugen)  eye. 

^n^tnUid,  m.  2.  moment,  in- 
stant. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


107 


an^,  prp.  out  of,  from,  of. 

Stu^bturf,  m.  2".  expression. 

aui^einanber,  od.  apart,  asunder. 
II — fetjen,  v.  set  asunder,  ex- 
plain. 

au^fu^rctt,  V.  carry  out;  ac- 
complish, perform ;  work 
out  in  detail. 

au^fiil^rliiJ^,  a.  complete,  de- 
tailed. 

5Ju^0a6e,  /.  4.  delivery;  edi- 
tion. 

SCu^lanb,  n.  3".  foreign  lands 
or  places. 

au^ft^licfitid^,  a.  exclusive. 

ou^fcl^cn,*  V.  look,  appear, 
seem.  |1  s.  appearance,  as- 
pect. 

ftuftcr,  a.  outer,  external. 

5(U!§fi^t,  /.  4.  outlook,  view. 
II  in  —  ftetten,  hold  out  the 
prospect  of. 

au^fprec^ctt,*  v.  speak  out, 
pronounce,  express. 

5tUi^f)jnt(^,  m.  2".  utterance. 

au^iificn,  v.  exercise. 

au^jci^ncn,  v.  mark  out,  dis- 
tinguish. 


Balb,  ad.  soon,  shortly,  quickly. 
S3aHabc,  m.  4.  ballad. 
S3anb,  n.  2.  bond,  tie. 
Ibangen^    v.    be    anxious,    be 
afraid.     ||  s.  anxiety,  alarm, 
©art,  w.  2".  beard. 
S5aucr,  m.  (-erg,  -cm)  peasant, 


country  man.  || — ^nburfd^c, 
m.  4.  country  fellow,  young 
peasant.  || — nflcib,  n.  3. 
peasant's  dress  or  costume. 

ficbeuten,  v.  point  at,  mean, 
signify.  ||  bebeutenb,  signifi- 
cant, important. 

S3cbcutung,  /.  4.  meaning,  sig- 
nificance, importance. 

Scbingung,  /.  4.  condition, 
terms. 

Bcbiirfctt,*  v.  stand  in  need  of, 
be  in  want  of,  need. 

ftccinftuffcn,  v.  inspire  with, 
influence. 

JBcfcl^t,  m.  2.  command,  order. 

Bcfc^lcn,*  V.  commend;  com- 
mand, order. 

ficfoKgcn,  v.  follow,  obey. 

ficfrcmben,  v.  astonish,  sur- 
prise. 

Bcgciftcm,  v.  inspire,  fill  with 
enthusiasm. 

S^cgeiftcrung,  /.  4.  inspiration, 
enthusiasm. 

6egierig,  a.  desirous,  eager. 

Ibegnabigen^  v.  show  grace  to, 
pardon. 

SBe^anbtung,/.  4.  treatment. 

Bc^au^Jtcn,  V.  maintain,  assert. 

Ibci,  prp.  by,  by  the  side  of, 
near,  at,  in,  with,  to;  at  the 
house  of. 

icibe,  a.  both,  the  two. 

l&etbcrfettig^  a.  of  or  on  both 
sides,  mutual. 

SBeit,  n.  2.  axe,  hatchet. 


108 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


fStiipitl,  n.  2.  example.  ||  jum 
— ,  for  instance. 

Bcitoo^nctt,  V.  be  present,  as- 
sist. 

Befanni,  a.  known,  noted,  ac- 
quainted. 

]6cfcnncn,*  v.  confess,  acknowl- 


IDcfommCtt,*  V.  get,  obtain, 
gain,  receive. 

htlt^txif  V.  enliven,  animate. 

Mttfxmf  V.  teach,  inform,  in- 
struct. 

Bclctbigcn,  v.  offend,  insult. 

ficmitl^cn,  refl.  exert  one^s  self, 
endeavor,  try. 

htohatijim,  v.  observe,  watch. 

l&erotf ^(agcn,  v.  deliberate,  con- 
fer, consult. 

BcrauBcn,  v.  rob. 

berc(^tigcn,  v.  authorize,  en- 
title, warrant. 

Bcreit,  a.  ready,  prepared. 

^creit^,  ad.  already. 

S3  erg,  m.  2.  mountain. 

S3cruf,  m.  2.  vocation,  profes- 
sion, business. 

Beru^cn,  v.  rest  one's  self;  be 
founded,  depend. 

bcriil^mt,  a.  famous,  renowned, 
celebrated. 

bcf^iiftigcn,  v.  busy,  occupy. 

bcfdjctnen,*  v.  shine  upon,  il- 
luminate. 

6cf(i^rci6en,*  v.  describe,  write 
on. 

l^efonber^  a.  peculiar,  particu- 


lar, special.  |1 — ^,  ad.  in 
particular,  especially. 

Bcffcr,  a.  better. 

Bcft,  a.  best.  |1  auf^  bcftc,  in 
the  best  manner. 

Beftcl^cn,*  V.  endure,  bear,  in- 
sist, consist  (of,  au^,  in). 

Beftctgcn,*  v.  mount  upon, 
ascend. 

I6eftrafcn,  v.  visit  with  punish- 
ment, punish. 

23cfuc§,  m.  2.  visit. 

6etra(!^ten,  v.  consider,  view, 
look  at. 

fSttxaqtrtf  n.  conduct. 

l&ctmuen,  v.  entrust. 

Ibctrcffcn,*  V.  surprise,  have  to 
do  with,  concern. 

fictretcn,*  v.  tread  upon,  set 
foot  on  or  in. 

Betrtigeti,*  v.  deceive,  cheat, 
impose  on. 

6eurtet(en,  v.  judge,  estimate. 

JBcbiJlfcrung,/.  4.  population. 

]6ett)a!^ren,  v.  keep,  guard,  pre- 
serve. 

Bclticgcn,*  V.  induce,  impel, 
move,  stir,  agitate. 

BchJeifCtt,*  v.  show,  prove. 

Ibettiugt,  a.  known,  conscious 
of,  aware  of. 

bcjcid^nctt,  V.  mark,  denote, 
point  out. 

JBcjug,  m.  relation.  H  in  — 
auf,  in  relation  to,  with  ref- 
erence to. 

JBibel,/.  4.  Bible. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


109 


JBUb,  n.  3.  image,  picture,  por- 
trait. 

Bttben,  V.  make,  build;  edu- 
cate, cultivate. 

hi§,  ad.  as  far  as,  till.  ||  prp. 
as  far  as  to,  till,  imtil,  to. 
II  —  auf,  —  ju,  even  to,  un- 
til, all  but. 

JBtttc, /.  4.  request,  entreaty. 

bitten,*  V.  ask,  request,  beg. 

btcibcn,*  v.  continue,  stay,  re- 
main. 

f8ixd,  m.  2.  look,  glimpse,  sight. 

bttcfen,  V.  look,  show. 

blog,  a.  bare,  mere,  simple. 
II  —  ftettcn,  lay  bare,  expose. 

f8xaui,  f.  2".  bride,  betrothed. 

brct^cn,*  v.  break. 

brctt,  a.  broad,  wide. 

brcnncn,*  v.  bum,  scorch. 

23rcntt|junft,  m.  2.  focus. 

bringcn,*  v.  bring,  fetch. 

S3ruber,  w.  1''.  brother. 

SBunb,  m.  bond,  league,  con- 
federacy.   . 

S3urf(^c,  m.  4.  fellow. 

S3ufte,  /.  4.  atonement,  pen- 
ance. 


(J^araltcr,    m.     2.     character, 

disposition.  ||  — eigcnfc^aft, 
/.  4.  quality  or  trait  of 
character.  ||  — fcf)ilberung, 
/.  4.  character-drawing. 
II — ftuMc,  /.  4.  character- 
study.    II — jug,  m.  2''.  trait 


of   character,    characteristic 

feature. 
Shrift,  m.  4.  Christian. 
G^^riftcntum,    n.    Christianity, 

Christendom. 


ba,  ac?.  there,  then.  ||  c.  when, 
as,  whereas,  since. 

babet,  a.  thereby,  by  it  or  them. 

baburc!^^  ad.  through  or  by  or 
by  means  of  it  or  them;  by 
that  means. 

bagegen,  ad.  against  it;  on  the 
contrary,  on  the  other  hand. 

bftmonifd^,  a.  demon-like,  de- 
moniac. 

bann,  od.  then,  thereupon. 

batan,  ad.  thereon,  on  it ;  about 
it,  in  regard  to  it.  ||  e§  Uegt 
nid^t^  — ,  nothing  is  depend- 
ing on  it,  it  is  of  no  conse- 
quence. 

barauf,  ad.  thereupon,  upon  or 
on  it  or  that. 

barin,  ad.  therein,  in  or  at  it  or 
them. 

barftcffcn,  v.  set  forth,  exhibit, 
represent. 

batitber,  ad.  thereover,  con- 
cerning it. 

"^^^  c.  that,  so  that. 

baucrn,  v.  last,  continue. 

batjon,  ad.  thereof,  of  or  from 
it  or  that  or  them. 

baju,  ad.  thereto;  in  addition, 
besides. 


110 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


benlBat,  a.  imaginable,  con- 
ceivable. 

bcttfen,*  V.  think,  imagine. 

^enfmal,  n.  2.  or  3".  monu- 
ment, memorial. 

bcnn,  ad.  then ;  for.  ||  c.  for. 
II  after  comparative^  than. 

ber  (bic,  bttig),  def.  art.  the. 
\^dem.  pr.  a.  this,  that. 
llreL  pr.  who,  which,  that. 

bcrjentgc,  pr.  that  one,  the  one, 
he. 

bcrfelbc,  pr.  the  selfsame  or 
same;  he,  she,  it,  they. 

beSl^alb,  ad.  on  that  account, 
for  that  reason,  therefore. 

beutfc!^^  a.  German.  I|  as  s.  a 
German.  ||  — lanb,  n.  Ger- 
many. 

bid^ten,  -y.  compose,  invent. 

^i(^tfunft,/.  poetic  art,  poetry. 

^id^tcr,  m.  1.  poet. 

bt(!^tcrif(!^,  a.  poetical. 

^ti^tung,  /.  4.  poetry,  mental 
invention.  |I  — ^art,  /.  4. 
form  of  composition  or 
poetry,  poetic  style. 

btcnctt,  V.  serve,  be  of  service 
to,  be  useful  to. 

hxc^f  bicfcr,  pr.  and  a.  this,  this 
one. 

^i^^JOftttOtt,  /.  4.  disposition, 
arrangement,  outline. 

\>o(i^,  ad.  though,  nevertheless, 
yet,  after  all. 

bort,  ad.  there,  in  that  place. 

^tati^Cf  m.  4.  dragon. 


^rama,  n.  (-a8,  -en)  drama. 

^ramatifer,  m.  1.  dramatic 
writer,  dramatist. 

2)rattg,  m.  2".  pressure,  ar- 
dent desire,  impulse;  crowd. 
||®turm  unb  — ,  storm  and 
stress. 

brct,  a.  three. 

bringctt,*  v.  urge,  crowd;  pene- 
trate, pierce. 

brol^cn,  V.  threaten,  menace. 

biinfcn,  impers.  seem,  appear. 

burc!^,  ad.  through.  ||  prp. 
through,  by  means  of,  ow- 
ing to,  by. 

burd^blttttcm,  v.  (insep.)  turn 
over  the  leaves  of,  skim 
through. 

bur(!^ma^en,  v.  (sep.)  perform, 
accomplish;  go  through,  ex- 
perience. 

burrf|f(^tttttUrf|,  ad.  on  an  aver- 
age. 

biirfctt,*  V.  be  permitted  or  al- 
lowed, venture,  dare ;  may  or 
might.  II  {vnthneg.)  must  not. 


cbcl,  a.  noble,  lofty,  exalted, 
generous.  ||  — mut,  m.  mag- 
nanimity. 

ti^tf  c.  sooner  than,  before. 

e'^Ct,  ad.  sooner,  rather. 

@l^re,  /.  4.  honor,  glory,  re- 
spect. 

Q^tjXtnplaii,  m.  2".  place  or  seat 
of  honor. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


111 


e^tett;  V.  honor,  respect,  revere. 

^fcrfuri^t, /.  4.  jealousy,  envy. 

©igcnfrfiaft,  /.  4.  property, 
characteristic  quaUty,  char- 
acter. 

citt,  num.  one.  II  indef.  art.  a, 
an.  II  cincr,  -t,  -c«,  pr.  a 
person,  they,  one,  people. 

einanber,  indecl.  pr.  one  an- 
other, each  other. 

©inBitbung,  /.  4.  imagination, 
fancy.  |I  — gfraft,/.  2''.  power 
of  imagination. 

Qin'Otud,  m.  2".  impression, 
sensation.  \ 

^influft,  m.  2".  influence,  power. 

cingcbenf,  a.  mindful  of,  re- 
membering (gen.). 

eingrcifcn,*  v.  take  hold,  inter- 
fere, exert  influence.  /• 

©in^cit,/.  4.  oneness,  unity. 

cittig,  a.  one,  united,  single; 
any,  some. 

einlaben,*  v.  invite,  ask  in. 

etnmat^  ad.  one  time,  once. 

Cinncl^mcn,*  v.  receive,  take 
possession  of,  occupy. 

cinrttumcn,  v.  make  room  in, 
concede,  yield. 

cintrctcn,*  v.  step  in,  enter; 
commence. 

ctnhJtrKctt,  v.  work  in,  exert  in- 
fluence, operate. 

^inmirfuttg,  /.  4.  influence. 

cinjcttt,  a.  single,  solitary,  in- 
dividual. II  im  elnjclncn,  in 
detail. 


elnstCl^Ctt,*  V.  tr.  draw  in;  take 
in.     \\intr.  move  in,  enter. 

^tenb,  n.  exile;  misery. 

etenb,  a.  miserable,  pitiful, 
wretched. 

©Item,  pL  parents.  mk 

cm|jfangcit,*  v.  receive,  take, 
accept. 

cm|jfftttg(t(^,  a.  susceptible, 
sensitive. 

cm^finbcn,*  v.  be  sensible  of, 
perceive,  feel. 

tmpoXf  ad.  upward,  on  high. 

@nbc,  n.  (-eg,  -en)  end,  con- 
clusion. 

enbgultig;  a.  definitive,  final. 

enblt(!^^  ad.  finally,  at  last. 

cng,  a.  narrow,  close. 

cngtifti^,  a.  English. 

cntbcrfen,  v.  discover,  reveal. 

entcrbcn,  v.  disinherit. 

©ntfattung,/.  4.  unfolding,  de- 
velopment. 

eittfcmctt,  V.  put  far  off,  go  off, 
withdraw.  Ij  entfernt,  remote, 
distant,  far  off. 

entgegen,  ad.  against,  in  opposi- 
tion, forth  to  meet,  jl  prp. 
against,  to  meet. 

cntgcgcnfcl^en,*  v.  look  forward 
to,  expect. 

ent^itflett^  v.  unveil,  disclose. 

tnttommcn,*  v.  come  off,  get 
away,  escape. 

tnilax\)tn,  v.  unmask. 

cntfrffeibcn,*  v.  decide,  deter- 
mine. 


112 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


Sntf(iftctbuttg,  /.  4.  decision,  de- 
termination. 

cntfti^Uefectt,*  V.  resolve,  deter- 
mine, make  up  one's  mind. 
11  entfd^toffen,  resolved,  reso- 
lute. 

entft^ulbigctt,  v.  excuse,  justify. 

^nttftuf(^ung,  /.  4.  disabuse, 
disappointment. 

cnthjcrfcn,*  v.  sketch,  draw  in 
outline,  devise,  plan. 

©ntttiidlung,  /.  4.  unfolding, 
development,  evolution. 

cntjurfctt,  V.  ravish,  enrapture. 

(^piiOQ,  m.  2.  epilogue. 

@|jifobc, /.  4.  episode. 

cr,  jpers.  pr.  he,  it. 

erac^ten,  v.  deem,  hold,  con- 
sider. 

@rbc,  /.  4.  earth,  ground, 
world. 

(Srcignii^,  n.  2.  occurrence, 
event.    ~ 

©rfotg,  m.  2.  result,  issue. 

(Jrforbcnti)^,  n.  2.  requirement, 
requisite. 

crfiittcn,  v.  fill;  fulfil,  accom- 
plish. 

©rfiittung,  /.  4.  fulfilment,  ac- 
complishment. 

crtiattcn,*  v.  obtain,  receive; 
keep,  preserve. 

er^cbcn,*  v.  lift,  raise. 

crinitcrn,  v.  remind,  \\refl.  re- 
member, recall. 

(Srinncrung,/.  4.  remembrance, 
recollection,  memory. 


crfcnncn,*  v.  perceive,  under- 
stand, recognize. 

crftilrcit,  v.  explain,  declare, 
announce. 

erleBen,  v.  experience,  meet 
with. 

crlctrfltcni,  V.  make  lighter  or 
easier,  alleviate,  lighten. 

crlcibcn,*  v.  suffer,  bear,  en- 
dure. 

©rmorbung,/.  4.  murder. 

crncnncn,*  v.  nominate,  ap- 
point. 

©rnennung,  /.  4.  nomination, 
appointment. 

emcucm,  v.  renew. 

Q:xn)t,  m.  earnestness,  serious- 
ness. 

ernft,  a.  earnest,  serious,  grave. 

crreici^en,  v.  reach,  attain,  ar- 
rive at,  gain. 

©rrungcnfc^oft,/.  4.  acquisition 
by  effort. 

crf(^cmcn,*  v.  shine  forth,  ap-" 
pear. 

(Srfrfjeinung,  /.  4.  appearance, 
apparition. 

erfc^Ctt,  V.  restore,  replace, 
make  up  the  loss  of. 

erftnncn,*  v.  think  out,  devise. 
II  er[onnen,  invented. 

crflJarcn,  v.  spare,  save. 

crft,  a.  first.  II  ad.  firstly,  for 
the  first  time ;  but  just,  only, 
not  until. 

crftcn^,  ad.  firstly,  in  the  first 
place. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


113 


crftcr,  a.  former. 

crftrcben,  v.  gain  by  striving, 
procure  by  effort. 

©rtottguitg,  /.  4:  weighing,  con- 
sideration. 

ertuitl^ncn,  v.  make  mention  of, 
mention. 

IfttJartcn,  v.  wait  for,  await, 
expect. 

WtDcrfcn,  V.  awaken,  rouse. 

erstt^lcn,  v.  relate,  tell. 

©rjiciiung,  /.  4.  bringing  up, 
education. 

C§,  pers.  pr.  n.  it. 

tttoa,  ad.  nearly,  about. 

cttoa^f  indef.  pr.  indecl.  some- 
thing. II  ad.  somewhat,  a 
little,  rather. 

^uro^a,  npr.  Europe. 

curo^Jftifd^,  a.  European. 

©g^jofitton, /.  4.  exposition,  in- 
troduction. 


fcl^tett,*  V.  go,  drive,  sail. 
faflctt,*  V.  fall,  descend.   ||  fd^toer 

— ,  come  hard. 
fatt^,  ad.  in  case,  if. 
ganati^mu^,  m.  fanaticism. 
fangen,*     v.    catch,     capture, 

make  prisoner. 
faffctt,  V.  hold,  include,  lay  hold 

of,  grasp,  seize,  conceive. 
faft,  ad.  almost,  nearly. 
fcl^l,  ad.  wrong,  amiss,  in  vain. 

II  — (d^Iagcn,*   intr.   miscarry, 

fail. 


gcinb,  m.  2.  enemy,  foe. 

fjctb^crr,  m.  4.  commander-in- 
chief,  general. 

fern,  a.  and  ad.  distant,  far  off. 
IlintDtc — ,  how  far,  in  what  ^^ 
measure.  ^^ 

fcft,  a.  fast,  firm,  solid,  fixed. 
||--ftctten,  fix,  settle. 

finbcn,*  V.  find,  meet  with. 

finftcr,  a.   dark,   gloomy,   mo- 
rose. 

flc!^en^  V.  beg,  beseech.     ||  as  s. 
supplication. 

fticl^cn,*  V.  flee,  escape. 

fjlu(^,  m.  2".  curse,  oath. 

f{u(!^en,  V.  curse,  swear. 

gluft,  m.  2.  flow,  river,  stream. 

Solgc,  /.  4.  series,  order,  re- 
sult. 

fotgen,  v.  follow,  succeed,  obey. 

fijrbertid^,  a.  furthering,  bene- 
ficial. 

gorm,/.  4.  form,  shape. 

fort,    ad.    forth,    away,    gone, 
off. 

fortgel^cn,*  v.  go  forth  or  away, 
go  on,  continue. 

ijragc,/.  4.  question,  inquiry. 

granfrcici^,  n.  2.  France. 

fjrattjofc,  m.  4.  Frenchman. 

franjiJftfdl,  a.  French. 

grau, /.  4.  woman,  wife. 

fret,  a.  free,  clear. 

freif)>re(!^en,*   v.   declare   free, 
acquit. 

freihJtttig,  a.  voluntary. 

grei^eit,/.  4.  freedom,  liberty. 


114 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


frcmb,  a.  strange,  foreign.  1|  as 
s.  stranger,  foreigner. 

fJrcmbUng,  m.  2.  stranger, 
alien. 

IJrcube, /.  4.  joy,  pleasure,  de- 
light. 

freuen,  v.  tr.  give  pleasure. 
||re/Z.  be  glad,  feel  pleasure, 
rejoice. 

greunb,  m.  2.  friend.  || — ^^ 
treue,  /.  4.  fidelity  in  friend- 
ship. 

frcunbli^,  a.  friendly,  kindly. 

gricbc,  m.  4.  peace. 

grtcbric^,  npr.  Frederick. 

fritjol,  a.  frivolous. 

\x'i\)ix6),  a.  joyous,  gay,  merry. 

fritl^,  a.  early. 

fJrii^C,  /.  4.  early  time,  morn- 
ing. 

fiil^tcn,  V.  feel,  touch,  be  con- 
vinced of. 

fufirett,  V.  bring,  conduct,  lead, 
wield. 

gittircr,  m.  1.  leader,  guide. 

fjii^rung^/.  4.  leading,  guiding, 
direction. 

fiinf ,  num.  five.  1|  — gel^n,  num. 
fifteen. 

fitr,  prp.  for,  in  behalf  of. 

fiirrf|tcn,  v.  be  afraid  of,  fear, 
dread.    ||  refl.  be  afraid. 

gtitf^rad^c,  /.  4.  speaking  for 
any  one,  intercession,  medi- 
ation. 

fjilrft,  m.  4.  sovereign,  prince. 

guff,  m.  2".  foot. 


©ang,  m.  2".  motion,  progress, 
walk,  passage. 

ganj,  a.  whole,  complete.  ||  ad. 
wholly,  entirely,  quite. 

©arlcn,  m.  V.  garden. 

©aft,  m.  2".  guest,  visitor. 
II  — f)au«,  n.  Z".  inn,  hotel. 

©atte,  m.  4.  husband. 

©attin,/.  4.  wife. 

Qcbftren,*  v.  bear,  give  birth  to. 

©cbaubc,  n.  1.  building. 

QClbcn,*  V.  give,  confer,  bestow. 

©cl^ictct,  m.  1.  commander, 
ruler. 

©cburt,/.  4.  birth.  ||  — gftftttc, 
/.  4.  birthplace. 

©cbanfc,  m.  4.  thought,  idea. 

©cfa^r, /.  4.  danger,  risk. 

©cfftngm^,  n.  2.  prison. 

®cfu(|l,  n.  2.  feeling,  sensation, 
sentiment. 

gegen,  pry.  against,  toward. 
II — \q,%,  m.  2".  opposition, 
contrast.  ||  — teil,  n.  2.  con- 
trary, reverse. 

gegeniiber,  ad.  opposite.  ||  prp. 
opposite,  over  against,  in 
presence  of,  in  relation  to, 
as  concerns. 

gcl^ctm,  a.  secret.  ||iin  — en, 
in  secret,  privately. 

gcl^en,*  v.  go,  walk,  leave,  de- 
part. II  in  (Srfilttung  — ,  be 
accomplished  or  realized. 

®cpr,  n.  hearing,  attention. 

gc^0rrf|Ctt,  V.  listen  to,  obey. 

gcprcn,  v.  belong  to. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


115 


ft,  m.  3.  spirit,  mind. 

geiftig,  a.  spiritual,  mental. 

gelangen,  v.  arrive,  reach. 

gcUngcn,*  V.  prove  successful. 
II  eg  gelingt  x^m,  he  succeeds 
or  prospers  (in  something). 

gcUen,*  V.  have  value,  pass. 
II  {with  dat.)  concern,  apply- 
to. 

&tinbhc,  n.  1.  solemn  promise, 
vow. 

©cmiit,  n.  3.  ^spirit,  state  of 
mind,  mood. 

genau,  a.  close. 

genug,  ad.  enough. 

gentigcn,  v.  be  enough.  ||  gc* 
nligenb,  satisfactory,  suffi- 
cient. 

(Scttuft,  m.  2.  enjoyment,  pleas- 
ure. II — fud^t,  /.  greed  or 
desire  for  enjoyment. 

gerabe,  a.  straight,  direct.  ||  ad. 
directly,  just,  precisely. 

gerec^t,  a.  righteous,  just. 

gereic^en,  v.  be  conducive,  re- 
dound to. 

gem,  ad.  with  pleasure,  gladly, 
willingly. 

gefammt,  a.  united,  joint,  col- 
lective, total.  II  — bct)(5tfe= 
rung,  /.  4.  total  population. 

©cfd^i^tc,/.  4.  story,  tale,  his- 
tory. 

gcf(^icl^tU(^,  a.  historical. 

©cfettf d^af t, /.  4.  company,  so- 
ciety. 
^,  n.  2.  law. 


QbtSx^if  n.  2.  or  3.  face,  visage. 
II — gpunft,  m.  2.  point  of 
view,  aspect. 

gefinnt,  a.  minded,  disposed. 

©cfmnung,/.  4.  intention,  sen- 
timent. 

gcfonncn,  a.  disposed .  ||  —  fein, 
be  resolved. 

©cf^jcnft,  n.  3.  ghost,  phantom. 

©cftalt,  /.  4.  form,  shape, 
figure. 

©cftftnbnt)^,  n.  2.  confession. 

gctoinnett,*  v.  win,  gain,  ob- 
tain. II  neugctDonnen,  newly 
won. 

getuii^inen,  v.  accustom  to. 

getDofint,  a.  wont,  accustomed 
(an,  to). 

®(an5,  m.  radiance,  brightness, 
splendor. 

glau^en,  v.  believe,  have  faith 
in,  think. 

gtcid^,  a.  like.  ||  — setttg,  a.  at 
the  same  time,  simultane- 
ous. 

glciti^ett,*  V.  be  like,  resemble. 

©lorfc,/.  4.  bell. 

%ivid,  n.  luck,  good  fortune, 
happiness,  prosperity. 

gtittftid^,  a.  fortunate,  lucky, 
happy.  II — eriDcifc,  ad.  for- 
tunately, luckily. 

©ilnncr,  m.  1.  well-wisher,  pa- 
tron. 

grctfcn,*  V.  grasp,  sei^e. 

@ric(^e,  m.  4.  Greek. 

(^txiii,  m.  2.  rancor,  ill-will. 


116 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


gwff,  a.  great,  large,  big. 
II  — ftaat  (-g,  -en),  m.  great 
power  or  nation. 

©riJfte,  /.  4.  greatness,  magni- 
tude, size. 

gritl^eln,  v.  brood,  ponder. 

©ntnb,  m.  2".  ground,  bottom, 
basis ;  cause,  grounds.  |1  gu 
©runbe,  to  the  bottom,  to 
destruction.  ||  — i3erf(^ieben, 
a.  radically  different. 

gUnfttg^  a.  favorable,  gracious. 

gut,  a.  good,  excellent,  jj  ad. 
well. 

©iite,  /.  goodness,  kindness. 


l^aBcn,*  V.  have,  possess. 

i|al6,  a.  half. 

^laltcn,*  V.  hold,  keep,  retain; 
endure,  esteem,  think,  con- 
sider. II —  filr,  deem,  con- 
sider as. 

$anb,/.  2".  hand. 

I^anbeln,  v.  act,  behave,  deal. 

^anblung,  /.  4.  action,  deed. 

l^art,  a.  hard,  stiff,  difficult. 
II  — ^ncicfig,  a.  stiff-necked, 
stubborn. 

^aft,  m.  2.  hate,  hatred. 

^au^t,  n.  Z".  head,  chief. 
II — perfon,  /.  4.  chief  per- 
son or  character.  ||  — fiid^* 
Xx^f  a.  chief,  main. 

S^aw^f  n.  W\  house. 

S^ttXf  n.  2.  host,  army. 

l^eftettr  V,  fasten,  attach,  fix. 


^txmaiff.  4.  home. 

iicitaten,  v.  marry. 

tfcitct,  a.  clear,  bright,  cheerful. 

J^clb,  m.  4.  hero,  champion. 
II — engeftalt,  /.  4.  heroic 
figure. 

J^clbin,  /.  4.  heroine. 

^cr,  ad.  hither,  along;  ago. 

^err,  m.  4.  master,  sir,  Mr. 

^txx\6)a\if  /.  4.  dominion,  gov- 
ernment. 

%ztx\^tn,  V.  rule,  reign,  govern. 

I^ertjorgc^cn,*  v.  come  forth, 
proceed,  follow. 

^crt)ortagcn,  v.  be  prominent, 
be  distinguished. 

^tx^,  n.  4.  heart,  courage. 

\)tx^\\^,  a.  hearty,  cordial. 

^crjog,  m.  2.  duke. 

I^eute,  ad.  to-day,  this  day. 

I^icr,  ad.  here. 

\)mci\>,  ad.  down.  || — jlc^cn,* 
ir.  draw  down,  pull  downT 

l^tnau^,  ad.  out,  hence,  forth, 
away,  out.  ||  — rctten,*  intr. 
ride  out. 

^tnbemi^,  n.  2.  hindrance,  ob- 
stacle. 

l^inrctften,*  v.  tear  or  carry 
away,  carry  along  with  vio- 
lence. 

^mhtx,  ad.  over  thither,  over, 
across. 

l^iftorifc^,  a.  historical. 

^tiHOjf  a.  high,  tall,  great, 
exalted,  subhme.  ||  superl. 
'i)'66)\t,  highest.     |j  as  ad.  in 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


117 


the    highest    degree,    most, 

extremely. 
l^offcn,  V.  hope,  expect, 
^offnung,  /.  4.  hope,  expecta- 
tion.     II  — ^lo^,  a.  hopeless. 
pfifc^,  a.  courtHke,  courteous, 

at  court. 
^ilfling,  m.  2.  courtier. 
^Ol^n,  m.  scorn,  mockery.    ||  — 

lad^en,    v.    laugh    scornfully, 

laugh  to  scorn. 
prcn,  V.  hear,  Usten. 
^iiOf(§,  a.  pretty,  fair. 
l^utbifiCtt,   V.    pay   homage   to, 

devote  oneself  to. 
^umor,  m.  humor. 
](|unbctt,  num.  hundred. 


i(^,  pr.  I. 

gbcatt^mu^,  m.  idealism. 

gbcaltft,  m.  4.  ideaUst. 

3bec,  /.  4.  idea,  notion. 

i^r,  pers.  pr.  2nd  pi.  you.  ||  — 
pr.  poss.  sing.  f.  her.  \\pl. 
their.     ||  ^i)X,  your. 

tl^rcrfcit^,  ad.  on  her,  its  or  their 
side,  for  .  .  .  part. 

i^rctttJcgcn,  ad.  on  her,  its  or 
their  account,  for  .  .  .  sake. 

immcr,  ad.  ever,  always. 

in,  prp.  (ace.)  in,  into.  ||  (dat.) 
within,  at,  in. 

in^riinftig,  a.  ardent,  fervent. 

Snl^att,  m.  2.  contents,  sub- 
stance. 

inner,  a.  inner,  interior. 


tnntg,     a.     intimate,     hearty, 

warm. 
3nfcl,/.  4.  island. 
^ntcrcffe,  n.  4.  interest. 
3^^>l^igemc,  npr.  Iphigenia. 
ttgcnb,  ad.  ever,  whatever,  at 

all.     II  —  ein,  any  .  .  .  soever, 

some,  any. 
Stalicn,  npr.  Italy. 
ita(icntf(^,  a.  Italian. 


^at)tf  n.  2.  year.     ||  — l^unbert, 

n.  2.  century,  hundred  years. 
\tf    ad.    always,    ever.      ||  t)on 

ie(^er),  always. 
iebcr,  -t,  -t^,  pr.  and  a.  each, 

every. 
jc^tg,  a.  present. 
jlc^t,  ad.  at  the  present  time, 

now. 
Sugenb,/.  4.  youth.     ||  — {a^rc, 

years  of  youth,  youth. 
jugcnbK^,  a.  youthful. 
jung,  a.  young,  youthful,  new. 
3ungfrau,/.  4.  maiden,  virgin. 
Siingling,  m.  2.  young  man, 

youth. 


^atfcr,  m.  1.  emperor, 
tam^f,  m.  2".  fight,  combat, 

battle. 
^om^jfcr,    m.    1.    combatant, 

fighter, 
^ort,  npr.  Charles, 
^aftanic,/.  4.  chestnut. 


118 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


Staitjolx^x^mn^,  m.  Catholicism. 

^aufmann,  m.  {pi  ^aufleute) 
merchant,  tradesman. 

{aunt,  ad.  hardly,  scarcely. 

(c^ren,  v.  turn. 

fcin  (felncr),  pr.  and  a.  no, 
none,  not  one,  not  any. 
II — c^tDeg^,  ad.  in  no  wise, 
noways,  by  no  means. 

fenncn,*  tr.  know,  be  ac- 
quainted with. 

^enntnt)^,  /.  2.  knowledge,  in- 
formation, science. 

^inb,  n.  3.  child.  1| — cria^rc, 
pi.  childish  years,  childhood. 

^inb^cit,  /.  4.  childhood,  in- 
fancy. 

^tagc,  /.  4.  lament,  complaint, 
accusation. 

f(afftf(^,  a.  classical. 

^(eib,  n.  3.  garment,  clothing, 
dress. 

{(eiben,  v.  clothe,  dress. 

iUxUf  a.  Httle,  small.  ||  — aficn, 
Asia  Minor.  ||  — ftaat,  minor 
state,  small  country. 

fnii|)fcn,  v.  fasten  together, 
unite,  tie. 

fommcn,*  v.  come,  approach, 
arrive. 

^onftift,  m.  2.  conflict,  prob- 
lem. 

UM^f  m.  2.  king. 

^anigin,  /.  4.  queen. 

ttnnen,*  v.  can,  be  able. 

^raft,  /.  2".  strength,  vigor, 
power,  force. 


franfcn,  v.  give  pain  to,  mor- 
tify, insult. 

^ranf^cit, /.  4.  illness,  disease. 

^rei^,  m.  2.  circle. 

^ttVL^f  n.  2.  cross,  crucifix. 
II — jug,  m.  2".  crusade. 

^rieg,  m.  2.  war,  strife.  |I  — 3* 
fc^auplalj,  m.  2.  seat  of  war. 
II  — gpg,  m.  2".  military  ex- 
pedition, campaign. 

^titifcr,  m.  1.  critic. 

^ronc, /.  4.  crown. 

^riinung,  /.  4.  crowning,  coro- 
nation. 

^unft,  /.  2".  skill,  art. 

^urfiirft,  m.  4.  Elector. 

im^f  a.  short,  brief. 

VXx^W^f  ad.  shortly,  briefly;  a 
short  time  ago,  recently. 


\^6ntXif  V.  laugh. 

taben,*  v.  load,  charge,  burden. 
II —  auf,  take  upon. 

Sage,  /.  4.  situation,   position. 

Sager,  n.  1.  couch;  camp,  en- 
campment. 

Sanb,  n.  2.  or  Z".  land,  coun- 
try. II  — mann,  country  man, 
farmer.  || — e^filrft,  ruler  of 
a  country,  sovereign. 

lang,  a.  long. 

laffcn,*  V.  let  alone,  leave ;  let, 
permit,  allow,  suffer.  ||  be- 
fore infin.  cause,  make,  have. 

Sauf,  m.  2".  run,  course. 

launifc^,  a.  capricious,  peevish. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


119 


Ufttn,  V.  live,  exist,  dwell. 
II  as  s.  life,  living.  ||  — ^= 
fro^,  a.  enjoying  life,  joyful. 
II — Sn)a{)r^eit,  /.  4.  truth  to 
life. 

Sel&jcit:  ju  feincn  — en,  in  his 
lifetime. 

Scflation,/.  4.  legation. 

Icgcn,  V.  lay,  place. 

(e^rcn,  v.  teach. 

Sel^rcr,  m.  1.  teacher. 

lei(!^t,  a.  light;  easy. 

Sei(t|tfintt,  m.  levity,  frivoUty, 
indiscretion. 

Icibcn,*  V.  suffer,  endure,  put 
up  with,  allow. 

Scibcnf d^af t, /.  4.  passion. 

Ictfc,  a.  soft,  low,  gentle. 

leiftcit,  V.  perform;  do,  render. 

Seitung,  /.  4.  guidance,  direc- 
tion. 

Unltn,  V.  direct  aright,  steer, 
govern. 

Icmcn,  V.  learn. 

tefcn,*  V.  read. 

Scfcr,  m.  1.  reader,  lecturer. 

Ui^i,  a.  last,  latest,  final. 

(c^tctr  a.  latter. 

Ixth,  a.  dear. 

SicBc,  /.  love.  II  — t)0tt,  a.  lov- 
ing, affectionate. 

lieden^  v.  love,  like.  ||  geliebt,  a. 
beloved;  as  s.  lover,  sweet- 
heart. 

SieBcn^hJiirbigfeit,  /.  4.  loveli- 
ness, amiableness. 

SicBKng,  m.  2.  darling,  favorite. 


Sicb,  n.  3.  song. 

Kcgen,*  v.  lie,  be  situated,  be. 
II  e«  Uegt  i^m  Die!  baran,  it  is 
of  much  importance  to  him. 

Sinbc, /.  4.  linden,  lime-tree. 

Sift,  /.  4.  craft,  cunning,  arti- 
fice. 

Siifung,/.  4.  loosening,  release, 
solution. 

^Utoc,  m.  4.  Hon.  || — nfierj, 
npr.  Lion-hearted,  Cceur-de- 
lion. 

Sttft,  /.  2".  pleasure,  delight, 
joy,  desire. 

SuftflJicl,  n.  2.  comedy. 

luftmanbctn,  v.  walk  for  pleas- 
ure, walk. 


madden ;  v.  make,  bring  about, 
do.  II  \\6)  auf  htn  SBeg  — , 
set  out,  depart. 

SJlain,  npr.  Main  (river). 

Wdi,  n.  2.  token;  time,  turn. 

matcrtf(!^,  a.  picturesque. 

man,  indef.  pr.  subject,  one, 
people,  they. 

mantlet,  -c,  -t§f  indef.  pr.  and 
a.  many  a,  many  a  one. 
\\pl.  many. 

mand^mat,  ad.  many  a  time. 

mangctn,  v.  impers.  be  want- 
ing, lack,  be  in  want  of. 

SSStanxXf  m.  Z".  man,  husband; 
soldier,  men. 

9R(tr(!^cn,  n.  1.  story,  tale,  le- 
gend. 


120 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


9Jlargarctc,  npr.  Margaret. 

mc^t,  ad.  more. 

mt\)XtXtf  pr.  pi.  more  than  one, 
several. 

mciftcn^,  ad.  for  the  most  part, 
mostly. 

ntilb,  a.  mild,  gentle,  benevo- 
lent, charitable. 

miUtttrif(^,  a.  military. 

ayiittion,  /.  4.  million. 

SJliniftcr,  m.  1.  minister. 

aUinutc, /.  4.  minute. 

mift fatten,*  v.  displease,  be  dis- 
agreeable to. 

mxi,  prp.  with,  along  with,  by. 

mitcinanber,  ad.  with  one  an- 
other, together. 

Mxittlalitx,  n.  1.  Middle  Ages. 

mitten,  ad.  midway,  in  or  into 
the  midst  of. 

miigen,*  v.  may,  might;   like, 

.  choose,  care,  desire. 

mj)gli(^,  a.  possible. 

ajliigU^fcit, /.  4.  possibility. 

SJlonat,  m.  2.  month. 

SJlorb,  m.  2.  murder.  1| — be^ 
fel^I,  m.  2.  order  to  put  to 
death. 

SWorgcn,  m.  1.  morn,  morning. 

SJlotiiJ,  n.  2.  motive,  theme. 

motitJtcren,  v.  motivate,  fur- 
nish ground  or  reason  for, 
account  for. 

SD'lotioicrnng,  /.  4.  explanation 
of  motives,  justification. 

mUbe,  a.  tired,  weary. 

W^^tf  f.  4.  toil,  labor,  pains. 


muff  en,*    v.    must,    be    com- 
pelled, have  to. 
abutter,/.  V.  mother. 


naci^,  prp.  after,  behind;  for, 
about;  to,  toward,  for. 

na(j^bcm,  c.  after  the  time  that, 
after.      ||  ad.  afterwards. 

na^folgen,  v.  follow  after,  suc- 
ceed to. 

nfti^ft,  a.  next,  nearest,  closest. 

na^ttjeifen,*  v.  point  out,  show, 
prove. 

S^lation,  /.  4.  nation. 

national,  a.  national. 

S^latur,  /.  4.  nature,  character. 

natiirUti^,  a.  natural.  ||  ad. 
naturally,  as  a  matter  of 
course. 

S'lcapel,  npr.  Naples. 

ncBcn,  prp.  beside,  by  the  side 
of,  by. 

S^lcbenftul^ler,  m.  1.  competitor, 
rival. 

nel^men,*  v.  take,  take  away. 

S'lcignng,/.  4.  inclination, affec- 
tion, attachment. 

ncnncn,*  v.  name,  call,  speak  of. 

ncu,  a.  new,  fresh;  late.  ||  —  « 
QCtDonnen,  newly  won  or  ac- 
quired. 

nit^t,  ad.  not. 

S^i^tiglcit,  /.  4.  vanity,  noth- 
ingness. 

nit^t^,  pr.  nothing. 

nie,  oaI.  never,  at  no  time. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


121 


nicbcr,  ad.  down, 
ttiemanb,  pr.  nobody,  no  one. 
notij,  ad.  besides,  still,  yet. 
^otf  f.  2" .  need,  necessity. 
nottoenbig^    a.    necessary,    in- 
dispensable. 
nun,  ad.  now. 
nur,  ad.  only,  simply. 


06,  prp.  for,  on  account  of. 
II  c.  whether,  if. 

ofiglcit^,  c.  although,  though. 

o6cr,  a.  upper,  chief.  ||  — l^anb, 
/.  upper  hand. 

Ofirigfcit,  /.  4.  magistrate, 
authorities. 

ubcr,  c.  or. 

offctt,  a.  open,  frank,  sincere. 

dffentU^,  a.  public,  open. 

Offtsicr,  m.  2.  officer. 

oft,  ad.  oft,  often,  frequently. 

ol^ne,  prp.  without,  except. 

Onfcl,  m.  1.  uncle. 

D|)fer,  n.  1.  offering,  sacrifice, 
victim. 

opfem,  v.  make  an  offering  of, 
sacrifice. 

Otanien,  npr.  Orange. 

Dtcft,  npr.  Orestes. 

unctttaUft!^,  a.  Oriental,  East- 
em. 

Oricnttcrung,  /.  4.  finding  one's 
bearings,  setting  right,  find- 
ing out. 

Ort,  m.  2.  or  3".  place,  spot. 

£)ftcrrci(i^,  npr.  Austria. 


<Paar,  w.  2.  pair,  couple.  ||  cin 
paar,  two  or  three,  a  few. 

^alaft,  m.  2".  palace. 

tgatcftina,  npr.  Palestine. 

$arf,  m.  2.  park. 

^Scriobc,  /.  4.  period,  space  of 
time. 

%tx\m,f.  4.  person,  character. 

^f arret,  m.  1.  parson. 

SPfatt^aU)^,  n.  Z".  parsonage. 

Spjlid^t,/.  4.  obligation,  duty. 

^^antajtc,/.  4.  fancy,  imagina- 
tion. 

^Uger,  m.  1.  pilgrim. 

$Ian,  m.  2".  plan,  scheme,  plot. 

^oUtif(i^,  a.  political,  politic. 

$0ft,  /.  post,  post-office,  mail. 
II  — tDagen,  m.  1.  mail-coach. 

?Pra(^t,/.  show,  splendor,  mag- 
nificence. 

^raltifc!^,  a.  practical. 

^rcuften,  npr.  Prussia. 

^tin^,  m.  4.  prince. 

^rtnscffttt, /.  4.  princess. 

Sprojent,  n.  2.  per  cent. 

?Pu6Ufum,  n.  public,  audience. 


rat^ftid^ttg,  a.  revengeful. 
Dda^imcn,  m.  1.  frame,  border, 
ragmen,  v.  frame. 
^ai,  m.   2".   counsel,   advice; 

council,  counselor,  adviser. 
ratcn,*  v.  give  advice,  advise, 

counsel. 
9ittu6er,  m.  1.  robber. 
rftumen,    v.    make    room    in, 


122 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


leave  vacant,  clear  away, 
remove. 

IRcalti^mu!^,  m.  realism. 

Ddcatift,  m.  4.  realist. 

rcrfjt,  a.  right. 

dtttiitf  n.  2.  right,  justice. 
II  — ggclc^rtcr,  a.  as  s.  lawyer, 
jurisconsult. 

rcgcltt,  V.  regulate,  order. 

rcgicrcn,  v.  reign  over,  rule, 
govern. 

JRcgierung, /.  4.  reign,  govern- 
ment. 

Sflcgung,  /.  4.  movement,  agi- 
tation, emotion. 

rctd^,  a.  rich. 

92et(!^,  n.  2.  empire,  realm,  king- 
dom. 

DUcid^^ftabt,  /.  2".  imperial  city. 

Sflctc^tum,  m.  3''.  riches,  wealth. 

rcifcn,  v.  ripen,  grow  ripe,  ma- 
ture. 

^tii}t,f.  4.  row,  series,  rank. 

rein,  a.  pure,  clean,  clear. 

tRcifc,/.  4.  journey,  travel,  trip. 

tcifen,  V.  journey,  travel. 

rciten,*  v.  ride,  go  on  horse- 
back. 

rcItgiiJ^,  a.  religious. 

tctten,  V.  rescue,  save. 

IRettct,  m.  1.  deliverer,  pre- 
server. 

9ficttung,/.  4.  rescue,  escape. 

IRcuc,/.  repentance,  remorse. 

rit^tig,  a.  right,  correct,  true, 
proper. 

suing,  m.  2.  ring. 


ffixtitXf  m.  1.  chevalier,  knight 

moUt,f.  4.  roll;r61e,  part. 

fRoxtlf  npr.  Rome. 

xoif  a.  red. 

fRMU^X,  /.  return. 

Siiirftocg,  m.  2.  way  back,  re- 
turn. 

ffiu^f  m.  2.  call,  cry;  report, 
fame,  reputation. 

ru!^ig,  a.  quiet,  calm. 

Sflufim,  m.  fame,  glory. 

rii^mcn,  v.  extol.  ||  refl.  boast, 
glory. 

rti^rctt,  V.  stir,  move. 


Saal,  m.  2".  hall,  saloon. 

fagen,  v.  say,  tell,  speak. 

©ftngcr,  m.  1.  singer,  minstrel. 

ft^aben,  v.  do  harm  to,  hurt, 
injure. 

fcj^affcn,*  V.  shape,  create, 
make. 

f(!^(tmcn,  V.  put  to  shame. 
II  refl.  be  ashamed. 

(St^ar,  /.  4.  troop,  host. 

@(!^a^,  m.  2''.  treasure. 

f(!^a^cn,  2;.  value,  esteem. 

Sti^au,  /.  show,  spectacle. 

fc^cibcn,*  V.  tr.  divide.  ||  intr. 
part,  separate,  depart. 

fti^cincn,*  v.  shine;  seem,  ap- 
pear. 

ft^cnfcn,  V.  pour  out;  give,  be- 
stow, grant. 

©rficrj,  m.  2.  joke,  jest,  fun. 

^^idtUf  V.  send,  despatch. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


123 


©(^idfal,  n.  2.  fate,  destiny. 

fc^Kbem,  V.  paint,  describe. 

©(i^Ubcrung,  /.  4.  delineation, 
description. 

(S^lat^t,  /.  4.  battle,  combat, 
fight.  II  — felb,  n.  3.  field  of 
battle. 

f(^(e(^t,  a.  bad,  base,  mean. 

Bd\io^,  n.  S".  lock;  castle, 
palace. 

fc^mci(^cln,  v.  flatter. 

f(!^on,  ad.  surely,  indeed;  al- 
ready, often. 

fd^ijn,  a.  beautiful,  handsome, 
fair,  fine. 

(St^iJn^cit,  /.  4.  beauty. 

f^iJpfcn,  V.  draw,  scoop;  de- 
rive, obtain.  ||  SSerbac^t  — , 
conceive  a  suspicion. 

((^rcificn,*  v.  write. 

<B^nit,  m.  2.  step,  stride,  pace. 

©c^ulb,/.  4.  debt;  fault,  guilt. 

\tijnihio^,  a.  guiltless. 

((i^ulbig,  a.  owing;  culpable, 
guilty  (of). 

Sc^utc,/.  4.  school. 

©d^hjcbc,  m.  4.  Swede. 

S^ttJcij,  npr.  f.  Switzeriand. 

fc^ttJCr,  a.  grievous,  sore,  heavy, 
hard,  difficult. 

©(^itJcrt,  n.  3.  sword. 

©rfltticftcr, /.  4.  sister. 

fc(i^^,  niim.  six. 

©cclc,  /.  4.  soul.  II  — nguftanb, 
m.  2".  state  of  one's  soul, 
of  mind. 

fc^en,*  V.  see,  look,  behold. 


fcl^ncn,  V.  refl.  long,  yearn.    ||  as 

s.  longing,  yearning. 
(ScifitfiK^t,  /.  4.  longing,  desire, 

yearning. 
fcl^r,    ad.    very,    greatly,    very 

much, 
fctn,*    V.    be,    exist.     ||  c«    fei 

benn,  unless. 
fcin,  jposs.  a.  and  pr.  his,  its. 
fcinei^gtci^cn,  inded.  a.  or  pr. 

of  his  kind,  such  as  he. 
fcinctttJegCtt,  ad.  on  his  account, 

for  his  sake. 
fcittcthJtttcn,  ad.  on  his  account, 

for  his  sake. 
fctnig,  poss.  pr.  his,  its. 
fcit,  prp.  since,  from. 
fclftft,    a.   self.     II  — biograpl^tc, 

/.  4.  autobiography. 
^tpttmhtx,  m.  1.  September. 
fc^cn,  V.  set,  place,  put. 
^\6),  refl.   pr.   himself,   herself, 

itself,  themselves. 
{Id^er,  a.  sure,  certain,  safe. 
ft(!^tbar,  a.  visible,  evident. 
fie,  pers.  pr.  (3<i  sing.)  she,  her, 

it.      \\{M   pi.)    they,    them. 

II  ©ic,  you. 
©inn,  m.  2.   sense,  mind,  in- 
tent, meaning. 
fo,  ad.  so,  thus.     ||  fo  .  .  .  h)ic 

. .  .,  as  .  . .  as  .  .  .     II  —  \oo\)\, 

ad.  as  well.    ||  [on)ol)I . . .  al^, 

as  well ...  as,  both  .  .  .  and. 
@0^n,  m.  2".  son. 
foI(3^,  pr.  and  a.  such,  such  a. 
fottcn,*  V.  shall,  should;  owe, 


124 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


ought;  be  to,  be  expected  to; 
be  said  to. 

©ommcr,  m.  1.  summer. 

fottbcrit,  c.  but. 

©onnc,  /.  4.  sun,  sunshine. 
II — nbcfrfiiencTi,  a.  bathed  in 
sunshine. 

fonnig,  a.  sunny,  sunhke. 

SotfiC,  /.  4.  care,  anxiety. 

forgcn,  v.  care,  take  care,  pro- 
vide. 

<Bpankx,  m.  4.  Spaniard. 

ipat,  a.  late. 

Spiegel,  m.  1.  mirror,  looking- 
glass. 

fptelctt,  V.  play,  sport;  act. 

©prad^e,/.  4.  speech,  language. 

\pntiitt)&ttlx^,  a.  proverbial. 

©taat,  m.  4.  state,  country. 
II — gtnann,  statesman. 

Stabt,/.  2".  city,  town. 

Stanb,  m.  2" .  stand,  state,  sta- 
tion (in  life),  class.  ||  gu 
ftanbe  .  .  .  fommen,  come  to 
pass,  be  accomplished. 

ftarf,  a.  strong,  vigorous; 
heavy,  numerous. 

ftcrr,  a.  stiff,  rigid,  fixed.  ||  — - 
fintiic^,  a.  headstrong,  stub- 
born, obstinate. 

ftatt,  7?rp.  instead  of. 

Static,/.  4.  place,  site,  spot. 

ftattUd^,  a.  stately,  splendid. 

ftel^en,*  v.  stand,  remain,  be. 

fteigcm,  v.  heighten,  increase. 

Stcttc, /.  4.  place,  spot,  situa- 
tion. 


ftcttett,  V.  place,  put,  set,  fix. 

fterl&cit,*  V.  die. 

fteti^,  ad.  steadily,  ever,  always. 

©toff,  m.  2.  stuff,  material, 
subject. 

ftol^,  a.  proud,  haughty. 

Strafe,  /.  4.  punishment,  pen- 
alty. 

ftrafen,  v.  punish,  rebuke. 

Strafic,/.  4^  street,  road,  high- 
way. II  — ^nbilb,  n.  3.  street 
scene. 

ftrefien,  v.  strive,  struggle,  as- 
pire. 

fttciten,*  V.  contend,  fight,  dis- 
pute. 

ftreng,  a.  severe,  strict. 

Stubent,  m.  4.  student. 

Stubte, /.  4.  study,  sketch. 

ftubicren,  v.  study. 

Stubtum,  n.  (pi  ©tubicn) 
study. 

Sturm,  m.  2".  storm,  tempest, 
violence. 

fturmen,  v.  storm,  rush  vio- 
lently, rage. 

fu^cn,  V.  seek,  search  for. 

SUI^tie,  /.  4.  expiation,  atone- 
ment. 

ftil^nen,  v.  reconcile,  expiate, 
atone  for. 

f^mpatl^if^,  a.  sympathetic. 


^abe(,  m.  1.  fault,  blame,  re- 
proach, censure. 
2;ag,  m.  2.  day. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


125 


tttglid^,  a.  daily. 

Xat,  f.  4.  deed,  act.     j|  — fad^c, 

/.  4.  fact,  actual  occurrence. 
tfttig,  a.  active,  stirring,  busy. 
2;au(^cr,  m.  1.  diver. 
2;auricr,   m.   4.    inhabitant  of 

Tauris. 
t(iuf(^en^  V.  deceive,  disappoint. 

\\refl.  be  deceived  or  disap- 
pointed. 
taufcnb,  a.  thousand. 
tcitcn,     V.     di^dde,     separate, 

share. 
Xf^tma,  n.  (-a«;  pi.  2:^cmeti  or 

2:^emata)  theme,  subject. 
^%i)tmt,f.  4.  theory. 
S^^iiringcrlanb,    npr.    Thurin- 

gia. 
ticf,  a.  deep,  low,  profound, 
^tcfe,  /.  4.  depth,  abyss. 
%9^itXff.  V,  daughter. 
2;ob,  m.  2.  death.     1| — c^urteil, 

n.    2.    sentence    of    death, 

death  warrant. 
tilrtc^t,  a.  foolish,  stupid,  silly. 
Xragiibic,  /.  4.  tragedy. 
traurig,  a.  mournful,  sad,  mel- 
ancholy. 
Ireffcn,*    v.    hit,    strike,    fall 

upon,  meet. 
trctbcn,*  v.  drive,  impel,  urge 

on.     lias  s.  driving,  doings, 
trctcn,*  V.  step,  go,  enter. 
Ircu,  a.  true,  faithful,  loyal. 
Xxtut,   f.    4.    truth,    fidelity, 

loyalty. 
%nU^xt,  f.  4.  trilogy. 


ttoftIoi3,  a.  comfortless,  incon- 
solable. 

tro^,  jn-p.  in  spite  of,  notwith- 
standing. 

tro^bcm,  ad.  in  spite  of  that, 
notwithstanding. 

%mp)^tf  f.  4.  troop,  company; 
pi.  troops,  forces. 

%VL6)i\^Uxif  f.  ability,  capacity. 

tun,*  V.  do,  perform,  make,  put. 

XlXxit,  m.  4.  Turk. 

2:^rannei,/.  4.  tyranny. 


itficr,  prp.  over,  above,  higher 
than;  across,  by  way  of,  re- 
specting, concerning. 

iX^txoSif  ad.  everywhere,  all 
over. 

JiBcrgafic, /.  4.  surrender. 

iil&ctlaffcn,*  v.  turn  over,  re- 
linquish, resign. 

tiBctlcgcn,  a.  superior  {dat). 

UBcrfc^ung,  /.  4.  translation, 
version. 

iificrtrafiung,  /.  4.  transfer, 
translation. 

iiBcrtreffcn,*  v.  surpass,  excel. 

iti^ergeugen;  v.  convince,  per- 
suade. 

iifing,  a.  left  over.  |I  — bleiben, 
be  left,  remain. 

ubung,/.  4.  exercise,  practice. 

um,  prp.  around,  about,  for. 
.||6e/ore  gu  a/^i  an  m^n.  in 
order,  so  as.  ||  —  ...  f)er, 
round  about,  around. 


126 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


tttttficBctt,*  V.  surround,  en- 
close. 

umra^mcn,  v.  frame  in,  en- 
circle. 

Umnjanbtung,  /.  4.  change. 

unbebingt,  a.  biconditional,  im- 
plicit. 

nnbt^tdi,  a.  unstained,  unsul- 
lied, spotless. 

uttb,  c.  and. 

unbanfbar,  a.  unthankful,  un- 
grateful, thankless. 

unbi!^3t^)Iimctt,  a.  undisciplined. 

ungedilbet,  a.  unformed,  im- 
cultivated,  uneducated. 

ungcmein,  a.  imcommon,  ex- 
traordinary. 

ungercci|t,  a.  imjust,  unfair. 

ungtUrfUdi,  a.  unfortunate,  un- 
happy. 

Uniform,/.  4.  imiform. 

UmtJcrfitftt, /.  4.  university. 

unmiJgU(!^,  a.  impossible. 

unfti^ulbtg,  a.  guiltless,  inno- 
cent. 

nnittf  prp.  under,  beneath, 
among,  during.  ||  —  an* 
bcrm,  among  other  things. 

untcmc^mcn,*  v.  undertake,  at- 
tempt. 

untcrrici^tcn,  v.  instruct,  teach. 

Untcrfti^icb,  w.  2.  distinction, 
difference. 

untcrf(i^rei6cn,*  v.  subscribe, 
sign. 

Untcrtan,  m.  4.  subject. 

unternjcgiS,  ad.  on  the  way. 


unterhJerfcn,*  v.  subject,  sub- 
due.    \\refl.  submit. 

UntcrttJcrfnng, /.  4.  subjection, 
submission. 

untteu,  a.  unfaithful,  untrue, 
false. 

unmici^iig^  a.  unimportant,  in- 
significant. 

UrIanB,  m.  2.  leave  of  absence, 
furlough. 

urf^rnngli(!^,  a.  original,  prim- 
itive, first. 

Urtcil,  n.  2.  judgment,  sen- 
tence. 


fSaittf  m.  1".  father.  |1  — lanb, 
n.  native  country,  fatherland. 

tjcrafifti^cncn,  v.  abhor,  detest. 

S^^criinbcrung,  /.  4.  alteration, 
change. 

JBcranlnjortnng,  /.  4.  account- 
ing, vindication. 

tjcrficrgen,*  v.  hide,  conceal. 
II  toerborgen,  hidden,  secret. 

bcrficffcm,  V.  make  better,  im- 
prove. 

SBcrBlcnbnng,  /.  4.  blindness, 
infatuation,  fascination. 

ticrfircttcn,  v.  spread  abroad, 
extend  widely. 

S^erbad^t,  m.  suspicion,  dis- 
trust. 

ticrbanfcn,  v.  thank  for,  owe, 
be  indebted  for. 

JBcrbicnft,  m.  or  n.  2.  gain, 
profit,  desert. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


127 


tierebeitt,  v.  ennoble,  improve. 

JBercl^rer,  m.  1.  worshiper,  ad- 
mirer. 

fStxttixnnq,  f.  4.  honoring,  rev- 
erence, respect. 

Ucrgcfien^,  ad.  in  vain,  to  no 
purpose. 

toergcffcn,*  v.  forget. 

tjcrgleit^cn,*  v.  Hken,  com- 
pare. 

JBcrgnitgcttr  n.  1.  satisfaction, 
enjoyment,  pleasure. 

fStxtfiSLUmS,  n.  2.  relation,  con- 
dition, circumstance. 

t>tti)txxi\6)tn,  V.  glorify,  extol, 
exalt. 

JBcrjrt^tung,  /.  4.  superannua- 
tion. 

tierfcl^rctt,  v.  hold  intercourse, 
associate. 

tocrfttti)3fen,  v.  tie  together,  con- 
nect, unite. 

tjcrfrii^j^jctn,  v.  cripple,  be  crip- 
pled. 

t)cr(angcn,  v.  desire,  require,  de- 
mand. 

tiertaffctt,*  v.  leave,  forsake,  de- 
sert. 

tjcrltcrcn,*  v.  lose. 

JBcrrat,  m.  2".  treason,  treach- 
ery. 

SJcrttttcr,  m.  1.  traitor,  be- 
trayer. 

JBcrf(!^rticnbung,  /.  4.  waste,  ex- 
travagance. 

Scrfd^ttjcnbung^fuc^t,  /.  4.  lav- 
ishness,  prodigality. 


tjcrfittlcn,*  v.  sink  away,  be 
submerged. 

tocrf^jrcd^cn,*  v.  promise.  ||  as  s. 
promise. 

JBctrftanb,  m.  2".  understand- 
ing, intellect,  judgment, 
sense. 

JBcrftftnbni^,  n.  2.  understand- 
ing, comprehension,  intelli- 
gence. 

tJcrftcJien,*  v.  understand. 

tytt^toxhtn,  a.  deceased,  dead. 

bcrftoftcn,*  V.  thrust  away,  re- 
ject, repudiate. 

t)crfu(^cn,  V.  attempt,  try. 

ticrtcibigcn,  v.  defend,  justify. 

tierttiatftr  a.  orphaned,  bereaved, 
desolate. 

tjerttjanbetn,  v.  change,  trans- 
form. 

Ucrhjanbtfd^aftU^,  a.  kindred, 
allied. 

t)txtt)tXQtxn,  V.  refuse,  deny. 

t)txttjtn\>tn,  V.  turn  away,  avert. 
II  apply,  spend. 

t)txtt}xdtin,  V.  complicate.  ||  ttcr= 
tDidclt,  compUcated,  intri- 
cate. 

JBcrtotrflung,/.  4.  compHcation, 
entanglement. 

ticrtotrJcn,  v.  forfeit,  lose. 

bcr^cl^rcit,  v.  consume,  devour. 

SBcfutJ,  npr.  Vesuvius. 

tJtcI,  a.  much,  many. 

ftettetd^t,  ad.  and  c.  perhaps, 
may  be,  by  chance. 

tielmel^r,  a.  much  more,  rather. 


128 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


toicr,  num.  four.  ||  — fad^,  four- 
fold. 

fSoltf  n.  3''.  people,  nation. 

Uott,  a.  full,  complete,  whole. 

topttcr,  a.  full. 

tjon,  prj).  from,  of,  among,  by. 
II  —  ...  au«,  from. 

tJor,  jorp.  before,  in  front  of,  for, 
on  account  of ;  from,  against. 

Uotau^fagctt,  v.  predict,  proph- 
esy. 

toorgeficn,*  v.  give  out,  assert, 
plead. 

tJorgctfcn,*  v.  go  before,  pro- 
ceed; take  place,  occur. 

JBorgcfti^ic^tc,/.  4.  previous  his- 
tory. 

tjorl^er,  ac?.  beforehand,  before, 
previously. 

toprnc^m,  a.  distinguished,  aris- 
tocratic, elegant. 

SJorttJurf,  m.  2".  reproach,  re- 
proof. 

©prjug,  m.  2".  preference,  su- 
periority, advantage.  ||  — ^= 
XQt\\tf  ad,  especially,  by  pref- 


er/. 4.  weapon,  arms. 
toagen,  v.  hazard,  risk,  venture. 
hJtt^lcn,  V.  choose,  select. 
toal^r,  a.  true,  veritable,  real. 
tDCil^renb,   'prp.   during,   in  the 

course  of.      ||  c.  while. 
SSal^r^aftigfcU,     /.     veracity, 

truthfulness. 


SSa^r^eit,/.  4.  truth. 

toal^r^citi^tjott,  a.  full  of  truth, 
sincere. 

SSamung,/.  4.  warning. 

luarum,  ad.  why,  wherefore. 

hJa^,  pr.  what,  that  which. 

SEScg,  m.  2.  way,  path,  road. 
llfic^  auf  ben  —  mac^en,  set 
out. 

Uiegen^  prp,  on  account  of,  be- 
cause of,  for  the  sake  of. 

ttJcff,  a.  sad,  painful. 

hjcfjfkgcn,  v.  wail,  lament, 
moan. 

99Sci5,  n.  3.  woman,  wife. 

SScigcrung,  /.  4.  refusal,  de- 
nial. 

SBeifc,/.  4.  manner,  way. 

ttJCtfen,*  V.  point  out,  indicate. 

SSct^l^cit,  /.  4.  wisdom,  pru- 
dence. 

Xotxif  a.  wide,  far,  distant. 
II  inmie — ,  how  far. 

tt)Cttau§,  ad.  by  far. 

which,  what,  that;  some, 
any. 

aSettc,  /.  4.  wave. 

SSctt,/.  4.  world,  earth. 

SBclttocrftanb,  m.  2".  knowledge 
of  the  world,  worldly  wis- 
dom. 

tnentg,  a.  little,  few,  not  many. 

\otx\w,  c.  when,  whenever;  if. 

totx,  pr.  who. 

tocrbcn,*  v.  become,  grow, 
turn. 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


129 


SBcrf,  n.  2.  work,  deed,  pro- 
duction, composition. 

SBcrt,  w.  2.  worth,  value,  price. 
II — fc^fi^ung,  /.  4.  esteem, 
regard.     _ 

SScfcn,  n.  1.  being,  demeanor, 
conduct. 

ttJcfcnttit^,  a.  essential,  real. 

X0t^\\aXhf  ad.  or  c.  on  which  ac- 
count, wherefore,  why. 

toiti^tig,  a.  weighty,  impor- 
tant. 

Ujibcr,  jprp.  against. 

hiibcr^attcn,  v.  resound,  echo. 

njibcrlcgcn,  v.  refute,  confute, 
disprove. 

toic,  ad.  in  what  way?  ||  c. 
how,  as,  like  as,  like.  ||  — 
. . .  aud),  however,  howsoever. 
II  iniDiefern,  how  far,  in  what 
measure. 

hJtcbcr,  ad.  again,  anew. 

toicbcrfc^en,*  v.  see  or  meet 
again. 

SSit^elm,  nj)r.  William. 

SSiffc(n),  m.  1.  will,  design, 
purpose. 

SSittfur, /.  4.  arbitrariness,  ca- 
price. 

SBintcr,  m.  1.  winter. 

ItJtr,  pr.  we. 

n)trf(i(^,  a.  real,  true. 

totffcn,*  V.  know,  be  aware  of. 
II  with  following  infin.  know 
how  to. 

SBittoc,/.  4.  widow 

tt>o,  ad.  where?     ||  c.  where,  in 


which,  when.  ||m  camp, 
with  prp.  which,  what. 

SSo(^c,/.  4.  week. 

toot^lf  ad.  well,  indeed,  prob- 
ably, I  presume.  ||  — ge* 
fatten,  n.  1.  satisfaction, 
gratification,  contentment. 
II — ttttcr,  m.  1.  benefactor. 

toottcn,*  V.  will,  wish,  be  will- 
ing, intend;  be  on  the  point 
of;  claim  to. 

SSort,  n.  2.  or  3".  word,  term. 

SBunf(^,  m.  2".  wish,  desire. 

toiinf^cn,  v.  wish,  desire. 

toiirbtg,  a.  worthy  of,  deserv- 
ing. 

totirbtgctt,  V.  deem  worthy  of, 
deign,  vouchsafe. 


"^^^X,  /.  4.  number,  tale. 

5aubcrit,  v.  delay,  linger,  be 
hesitating. 

^eid^nen^  v.  design,  depict, 
draw. 

Seigen,  v.  show,  point  out,  in- 
dicate. 

3cit,/.  4.  time,  season,  period. 

jcrrcigcn,*  v.  tear  in  pieces 
or  apart. 

jtel^en,*  v.  draw,  pull;  go, 
move.  II  in  @rhj(igung  — , 
take  into  consideration. 

3tcl,  n.  2.  end,  limit,  goal,  aim. 

jiemttt^,  a.  suitable,  moderate, 
tolerable,  pretty. 

Bigcuncr,  m.  1.  gypsy. 


130 


GERMAN-ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 


jiJgem,  v.  linger,  loiter,  hesi- 
tate. 

5W,  prp.  to,  unto,  at,  in ;  to,  in 
order  to. 

jufiringcn,*  v.  pass  (time), 
spend. 

3ut^t,  /.  training,  bringing 
up,  discipline.  ||  In  —  \)aU 
ten,  keep  under  discipline. 

5it(^tigen,  v.  chastise,  discipline. 

jucrft,  ad.  at  first,  first. 

3ujlu(i^t,  /.  refuge,  recourse, 
shelter. 

jufricbctt,  a.  content,  satisfied. 

5Ufu^tcn,  V.  lead  to,  conduct. 

3ug,  m.  2'\  drawing,  pull,  tug, 
impulsive  emotion.  ||  breath, 
gasp.  II  lineament,  feature, 
trait .  II  procession ,  train ,  ex- 
pedition. 

3wge]^iing!ctt,  /.  4.  belonging 
to. 

S^^h  ^-  1-  rein,  bridle. 
II — lo^f  a.  imbridled,  unre- 
strained. 

5Urti((,  ad.  backwards,  back. 

^nxMUtixtn,  v.  turn  back,  re- 
turn. 

jurtirffc^ncn,  v.  refl.  wish  one's 
self  back,  long  to  return. 


5«rttrfttJcifcn,*  v.  send  back,  re- 
pel, reject. 

SUtiirfstc^cn,*  v.  withdraw,  re- 
treat, retire. 

jufagcn,  v.  promise.  ||  impers. 
agree,  suit. 

jufammen,  ad.  together. 

Sufammcntrcffcn,*  v.  meet,  en- 
counter. II  as  s.  meeting, 
encounter. 

5ufammcntrctcn,*  v.  come  to- 
gether, meet. 

3utraucn,  n.  1.  trust,  confi- 
dence. 

jujtc^cn,*  V.  draw  on,  occa- 
sion, bring  upon,  contract. 

3tottng,  m.  2" .  compulsion, 
constraint,  force. 

jhjar,  ad.  it  is  true,  to  be  sure, 
indeed: 

3tt>crf,  m.  2.  aim,  object,  pur- 
pose. 

gttici,  num.  two. 

5h)Ctcrlet,  a.  of  two  kinds,  two- 
fold. 

5n)eit,  a.  second. 

jtociten^,  ad.  secondly,  in  the 
second  place. 

jttJtngcn,*  v.  force,  compel. 

jtoifc^Ctt,  prp.  between,  among. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN   VOCABULARY 


a,  an,  art.  ctn. 

able,    a.    (capable)    fa^ig,    im 

ftanbc. 
about,  ad.  Ijcrum,  uml^er,  liber. 

II  (more     or     less)    ungefft^r. 

II — )  WV'  (around)  um  .  .  . 

lucrum, 
above,    ad.    oben.     || — ,    prp. 

llbcr.       II —  all,   t)or  aHcnt. 

II  — ^mentioned,    — named, 

a.    oben    cmfil^nt,    genannt. 

II  be  — ,  ilberlegen  fein  (dat.). 
abroad,    ad.    braufeen.        1|  (in 

foreign    countries)     im,    in§ 

5lu«Ianb. 
absence,  s.  5lbh)efent)eit,  /.  4. 
absolute,  a.  abfolut.     ||  (uncon- 
ditional) unbebingt. 
abstract,  s.  (summary)  Sluggug, 

m.  2". 
academy,  s.  Slfabcmie, /.  4. 
accept,  V.  anne^men.* 
accessible,  a.  gugiingUcS^. 
accompany,  v.  begteiten. 
accomplish,  v.  tjotletiben,  burd^* 

fUl^ren.    ||  (obtain)  erreid^en. 
accomplishment,  s.  3lu«fili)ning, 

according  to,  prp.  gemtt^,  iaut, 
nac^  (dat.).  \\ —  to  his  idea, 
feiner  Slnfid^t  nad^. 


account,  s.  (explanation)  (Sr« 
flarung,  /.  4.  ||  (narrative) 
(Srjftl^tung,  ^arftellung,  /.  4. 
II  to  call  to  — ,  gur  dit(i)tn^ 
fc^aft  giel^en. 

accurate,  a.  gcnau,  forgfattig. 

accuse,  v.  anflagen,  befc^ulbigen 
(gen.  and  ace).  [if)n  bc^ 
©iebfta^Ig  — .] 

accustomed,  a.  gelDO^nt  (to,  an 
ace.). 

achievement,  s.  Setftung,/.  4. 

acknowledge,  v.  anerfennen.* 

acquaintance,  s.  ^efanntfd^aft, 
/.  4.  II  (knowledge)  ^ennt* 
ni«,/.  2. 

acquainted,  a.  befannt, 

acquiesce,  v.  (submit)  ftd^  fiigen 
(in,  in  ace),  {[(assent)  tin* 
milligen  (in,  in  ace),  beiftim* 
men  (in,  dat.), 

across,  prp.  mitten  burc^,  liber, 
lion  the  way  — ,  untermeg^ 
auf  (dat.). 

act,  s.  (deed)  Xat,  f.  4.  ||  (theat.) 
TO,  m.  2.,  Sluftug,  m.  2". 

act,  V.  (theat.)  barftetten,  geben,* 
fpielen,  auffU^ren.  ||  intr.  (be- 
have) ()anbcln,  fic^  betrageilf* 
fi^  benel^men.* 

action,     s.     (deed)     §anblung, 


131 


132 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


§anblunggn)cife,    Zat,  f.    4. 

\\{theat)    ^anblung;   ascend- 

"ig   — ,    ftcigcnbe    §anblung. 

Ij  descending      — ,       fallenbc 

^anblung. 
activity,  s.  jlfttigfeit, /.  4.    ||life 

and  — ,  Seben  unb  Xxdhm. 
actor,  s.  X'ditx,  m.  1.     ||  (theat.) 

©c^aufpieler,  m.  1. 
actual,  a.  tDirfUd^ 
acute,  a.  fpiig.     ||  (of  the  senses) 

fein. 
add,  V.  f)mjufilgen.     || — ed  to 

which,  bagu  fommt  noc^. 
address,   s.   {speech)   5lnfprad;e, 

Seebe,-/.  4. 
address,  v.  (irnYe  io)  fd^reibeti* 

an  (ace).      II  (direct)  fic^  rid^* 

ten  an,  fid^  icenben*  an  (ace), 

fi(^  befd^aftlgen  mit. 
adequate,    a.    angemeffen,    cnt* 

fprcd^enb. 
adhere,  v.  (fig.)  feftl^atten*  (to, 

an  dat.),  bleibcn*  (f.)  (to,  bei). 
adherent,  s.  3ln^ anger,  m.  1. 
admiration,  s.  S8ert)unberung, /. 
admire,  v.  betDunbem. 
admirer,  s.  S8ett)unberer,  m.  1. 
admissible,  a.  plftffig. 
admit,      v.      elnlaffen.*     ||  (ac- 
knowledge)    einrttnmen,     gu* 

geben* 
adorn,  v.  ^iercn. 

advance,      s.      (improvement) 
,  gortf^ritt,    m.    2.,    53ert)oa= 

fommnung,/.  4. 
advance,  v.  tr.  (bring  forward) 


bormart^bringen.*    ||  (further) 

fijrbem.   ||  intr.  (progress)  gort* 

fd^ritte  madden. 
advantage,  s.  ^oxtdi,  m.  2. 
adventure,  s.  Hbenteuer,  n.  1. 
advice,  s.   (counsel)  D^Jat,  9iat* 

fd^Iag,  m.  2". 
advise,    v.    raten,*    empfelfilen* 

(dat.). 
aesthetic,  a.  aftl^etifd^. 
affair,  s.  Hngelegent)eit,  /.  4. 
affect,   V.    (influence)   einlDirfen 

anf  (ace),  beeinftuffen. 
afford,  V.  (supply)  gemttl^rcn. 
afraid,    a.    furdjtfam.      ||  be   — 

of,  fid^  filrcf) ten  t>or  (dat.). 
after,  prp.  nadt).      ||  —  all,  to'vch 

X\6).     II  book  —  book,  ^u(§ 

auf  S^u&j. 
again,  ad.  ttiieber. 
age,  s.  5llter,  n.  1.,  3eit,  /.  4. 

11  (historical)  3cttaUer,  n.  1. 
agent,  s.  (instrument)  SBerfgeug, 

n.  2.      II  (cause)  Urfad^c,  /.  4. 
aggressor,   s.   Slngreifer,  m.   1. 

II  to  become  the  — ,  gum  5ln* 

griff  iibergef)en. 
agitate,  v.  (excite)  crregcn,  be* 

unru^igen.    ||to  be    — d    by 

unrest,  toon  Unru^e  befcelt  fein. 
agitation,  s.  (Srregung,/.  4. 
agony,  s.  ^ein,  Ouat,/.  4. 
agree,  v.  (be  of  one  mind)  tlbcr* 

einftimmen   (mit    dat.),  einig 

fein  (f.)  (about,  ilber). 
aim,  V.   (have  in  view)  ftreben 

(to,  nad^),  beabfic^tigen. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


133 


aim,    s.    {object)    3^*^^/    ^-    2. 

II  (purpose)  3^ccf,  m.  2.,  5lb^ 

[ic^t,  /.  4.     II  —  in  life,  Se^ 

ben^jmecf,  m.  2. 
all,    a.    gan^,    all,,  alleg.     H  — 

Germany,    gang    !Deutfcl)lanb. 

II—,  ad.  ganj,  gctngUci).    Unot 

at   — ,    burcliau^   nid)t.     ||  — 

but,  fa[t  gang,  bclna^e. 
alliance,    s.    ^crbinbung,  /.   4. 

II  (league)  SBunb,  m.,  ^iinbm^, 

n.  2. 
allied,  a.  toerbiinbet. 
allow,    V.    (concede)    gemal)ren. 

II  (permit)   erlauben,   geftatten. 

II  (adinit)  einraumen. 
allude,  V.  anfpielen  (to,  auf  ace), 

ertt)ttl)neTi. 
almost,  acZ.  beinal^e,  faft. 
Alpine,  a.  ^llpen-  (in  comp.). 
already,  ad.  \^on,  bcreit^. 
Alsace,  npr.  (Slfafe,  n. 
also,  ad.  and  c.  aiid^,  ebenfall^, 

gleic()[all^,  ferner,  aufierbem. 
alter,  v.  anbern. 
although,  c.  obgleid^,  oblco^l. 
always,  ad.  immer,  ftet^. 
ambition,  s.  (Sl^rgeij,  m. 
America,  npr.  5lmerlfa,  n. 
American,  s.  5lmerifaner,  m.  1. 

II -in,/.  4. 
among(st),  prp.  unter,  jiDifd^en, 

bei. 
amuse,  v.  unter^alteix,  ergfi^en, 

belu[tigen. 
amusement,     s.     Unterl^altung, 

/.  4.,  SBergnilgcn,  n.  1. 


amusing,    a.    unterl)altenb,    er- 

giii^Uc^. 
analogy,  s.  5lnalogie, /.  4.,  @Tit= 

fprec^enbeg,  a.  as  s.     \\  libera 

einftimmung,  /.  4.,  ©egenftiicf, 

n.  2. 
and,  c.  unb,  unb  auc^. 
anew,  ac?.  t)on  neuem,  auf^  neue, 

mieberum. 
anger,  s.  Srger,  3oi^n,  w.,  Uti= 

njille  (=n)illeng),  w. 
angry,  a.  argerltd^,  gornig. 
annoimce,    v.    befannt   madden, 

anjeigen. 
announcement,      s.      iBefannt* 

mac^ung,   /.     ||  (news)    "HJltU 

bung,    5^ac^rid)t,  /.    4.     Hat 

the  — ,  bei  ber  — . 
annoyance,  s.  'ipiage,/.  4.,  Srger, 

m.  1. 
annual,  a.  jcil^rUd^,  3cii^vc^=  (in 

comp.). 
answer,  s.  HntiDort,  Srmlberung, 

/.  4. 
answer,  v.  beanttDorten,  antn)or= 

ten  (auf,  ace). 
antagonism,   s.   Hntagoni^mu^, 

SSiberftreit,  m. 
Anthony,  npr.  3Intoniug,  m. 
antique,  a.  antit,  alt. 
antiquity,    s.    Slltertum,   n.   3., 

^Sorjeit,  /.    4.      ||  antiquities, 

Slttertumer,  pi. 
anxiety,  s.  5lng[t,  SBeforgnig,/.  2. 
anxious,  a.  bange,  beforgt,   un= 

rul)ig. 
any,    a.    irgenbein,   ein,   einigc, 


134 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


njeld^e.  i|  not  — ,  tdn.  \\  not 
—  longer,  nic^t  I  anger  or  tne^r. 

anybody,  anyone,  s.  lemanb, 
irgenb  eincr.  ||not  — ,  iiie= 
manb.  |i  scarcely  — ,  fa[t  nie- 
manb. 

apology,  s.  ^ntfc^ulbigung,  /.  4. 
II  to  make  an  — ,  fic^  entfd^ul- 
bigen.  ||  to  send  apologies, 
fi(^  entfc^ulbigen  laffen  (to,  bei). 

apparent,  a.  fcfieinbar.  ||  {vis- 
ible) fic^tbar.  il  (evident)  augen- 
fd^einUc^. 

appeal,  v.  (invoke  aid)  anrufen.* 
II  (apply)  fi(^  tr>enben*  (an, 
ace).  II — to,  (please)  gefaU 
len*  (dat.),  5lnflang  finben* 
(bei),  angie^en,*  fic^  tDenben* 
an,  II —  to  one's  sympathy, 
SSol^lgefatlen  erregen,  ^eifall 
finben. 

appear,  v.  erf($eincn.* 

appearance,  s.  (Srfd^eincn,  n. 
II  (aspect)  5lnbU(f ,  m.  ||  (ex- 
terior) Su^ere^,  a.  as  s. 

appease,  v.  berul^igen,  befcinf^ 
tigen. 

apply,  V.  (employ)  antDcnben. 

appoint,  V.  (nominate)  ernennen* 
(m).  II  (fix)  beftimnten,  feft- 
fe^en. 

appointment,  s.  58eftimmung, 
/.  4.  II  (office)  Hmt  n.  3''., 
©tetle,/.  4. 

appreciably,  ad.  (considerably) 
betr(id)tU(^.  j|  (noticeably) 

mcrfUc^. 


appreciate,  v.  (estimate  rightly) 

fc^ci^en,  miirbigen. 
appreciation,  s.  ©d^tii^ung,  ^ux^ 

apprehension,  s.  (mental)  5luf= 

faffung,/.  4.    ||  (dread)  gurd^t, 

/.,  ^eflird^tung,  /.  4. 
approach,   v.    (come  near)   fic^ 

na^em  (dat.). 
approaching,   a.   balbig,  bet)or^ 

fte{)enb,  na^enb. 
April,  s.  5lpril,  m. 
arbitrariness,  s.  SSiltfilr, /. 
arbitrary,  a.  n)itlfiirU(^.     ||  (ah- 

solide)  unnmfd^rdnft. 
ardent,  a.  (hot)  i)ei6,  glU^enb. 
arise,  v.  auffte^en*  (f.),  fic^  er= 

t)eben.*     ||  (come  forth)    tnU 

fte^en*  (I). 
arm,    s.    (limb)    5lrm,   m.    2". 

II  (weapon)  SSaffc,  /.  4. 
arm,  v.  betnaffnen. 
army,  s.  ^eer,  n.  2.,  Hrmee,/.  4. 
arotmd,  ad.  and  prp.  nm  .  .  . 

]^er(um). 
arouse,  v.  (excite)  erregen,  aiif- 

regen. 
arraignment,    s.    Hnfiagc,    33e* 

fd^ulbignng,   /.    4.    (against, 

gegcn). 
arrest,    s.    (act)    5luf]^alten,    n. 

II  (detention)  SIrreft,  m.  §aft, 

/. 
arrest,     v.     (stop)     an^alten.* 

II  (legal,  of  persons)  t)er{)aften. 
arrival,  s.  Slnhinft,  /.,  ^Infom- 

men,  n. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


135 


arrive,  v.  {reach)  anfommen*  (f.) 
(at,  in).  II  {gain)  gelangen  (f.) 
(at,  gu). 

arrow,  s.  ^feil,  m.  2. 

ait,  s.  tutift,  /.  2''.  II  —  of 
war,  ^rieg^funft. 

article,  s.  {object)  ©egcnftanb, 
m.  r.  II  —  of  value,  SSert- 
gegenftanb. 

artist,  s.  ^linftler,  m.  1. 

artistic,  a.  fiinftlerifd^. 

as,  c.  vok.  II  ad.  mic,  aU,  ebenfo 
h)ie,  fo  gro6  hJte.  ||  —  a  child, 
aU  tinb.  ||  —  much  — ,  fo 
toiel  alg.    II  —  well — ,  fomo^J 

ascend,  v.  be[teigen.*  \\intr. 
{mount)  l^inauffteigen*  (f.). 
\\  {drama)  — ^ing  action,  ftei- 
genbe  ^anblung,  /. 

ashamed,  a.  befc^ftmt.  l|to  be 
—  of,  fid^  f(§aTneTi  {gen.). 

ask,  V.  {request)  bitten*  {ace.  of 
pers.)  (for,  urn).  I|  {demand) 
berlangen,  forbem.  ||  {ques- 
tion) fragen  (for,  nad^). 

Asia,  npr.  5lfien,  n. 

aspect,  s.  {view)  5lnbU(f,  m.  2. 
II  {appearance)  (Srfd^einung, 
/.  4.     II  {fig.)  ©eitc,  /  4. 

aspiration,  s.  {desire)  ^^rad^tcn, 
©treben,  n.,  ©c^nfu(§t,  /. 

aspire  (to),  v.  erftreben. 

assert,  v.  {maintain)  berfed^ten,* 
berteibigen. 

assign,  v.  {allot)  gnteilen  {dat.). 
II  {attribute)  jufd^reiben*  {dat.). 


association,  s.  SSercinigung,  Srin* 

ncrung,/.  4. 
assimie,  v.  annet)men.* 
astonish,   tr.    befremben.       ||be 

— ed,  intr  erftaunen  (at,  liber 

ace). 
at,  prp.  an,  auf,  au^,  bei,  in, 

liber,  dor,  p.      ||  —  all,  liber= 

]^an|)t.      II —     last,     enblic^. 

II  —  once,  fofort. 
attack,   s.   Slngriff,  m.  2.   (on, 

auf  ace). 
attack,  V.  angreifen.* 
attain,  v.  eriangen,  erreid^en,  ge= 

langen  (f.)  gu. 
attempt,  v.  Derfud^en. 
attend,  v.  {apply  the  mind)  be* 

ad^ten,  merfen  auf.     ||  {school, 

etc.)  befud^en.     ||  {be  present) 
.  gugegen  fein  (f.),  ba  fein  (f.), 

beimol^nen     {dat).     \\ —    to, 

beforgen. 
attention,     s.     Slufmerffamfeit, 

/.  4.     II  to  draw  or  call  —  to, 

Slufmerffamfeit  auf  {ace.)  len* 

fen.     II  to  give  — ,  ^ufmerf* 

famfeit  fd^enfen  {dat.). 
attitude,  s.  ©teltung,  ^attung, 

/.  4.     II  —  of  mind,  ®emlit«:= 

guftanb,  /.    2.     II -p  toward 

life,  !2eben^auffaffung, /.  4. 
attract,  v.  angiel^en*  (by,  burd^), 

]^ingie()en*  (to,  gu). 
attraction,   s.   Slngie^ung,  /.   4.    » 

II  {attractive     power)      3Ingie= 

^unggfraft,  /.  2". 
audience,    s.    (hearing)    &tf)'6x, 


136 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


n.     II  (assemblage)     ^ui)'dxtv=^ 

fd^aft,  /.,  ipubUfum,  n.,  gw 

f)'6xtx,  pi. 
auditor,    s.    (hearer)    ^u^'6xzx, 

m.  1. 
Austria,  npr.  t)\itxxd^,  n. 
Austrian,  s.  Ofterreld^er,  m.  1. 

II — in,/.  4.    II a.  iifterreid^ifc^. 
author,    s.    33erfaffer,    m.    1., 

©d^riftftetler,  m.  1. 
autobiography,  s.  ©elbftbiogra- 

p^ie,  /.  4. 
avenge,  v.  rctd^en,  a^nbcn,  ftrafen. 

II  to  —  oneself,  ftc^  rdd^en  oxi 

(dot.  of  per s.)  tDegen  (gen.). 
avenue,  s.  ©trafec,  /.  4.    ||  (of 

trees)  5ll(ec,  /.  4.,  (mit  ^au* 

men  bepflanjte)  ©trafee,  /.  4. 
average,  s.  ^urc^fd^nitt,  m.   2. 

II  on  an  — ,  burc^fd^nittUd^,  im 

^urd^fct^nitt. 
avoid,  V.  t)ermeiben.* 
await,    V.    ermarten,    cntgegen* 

fe^en*  (dat). 
awake,  v.  (er)medfen. 
aware,  a.  getDal^r.    |I  to  be  —  of, 

n)iffen,*  ^enntni^  ^ahm  Don. 
away,  ad.  fort,  n)eg,  fiintoeg. 
awe,     s.     (dread)     gurrfit,    /. 

11  (reverence)  (Sd^eu,  (Sl^rfurd^t, 

/.  (of,  t)or  dat.) 


back,  at?,  gurildf,  mieber  jurlldf. 
background,  s.  §intergrunb,  m. 
bar,  V.  fperren,  tierfperren. 
barrier,  s.  ©durante, /.  4. 


base,  t\  griinben. 

be,  V.  fein*  (f.),  tDcrben*  (f.),  be* 
fte{)en.*  ||  to  —  about  to  do 
something,  ettoa^  tun  lootten. 
II  to  —  well  off,  gut  baran  fein. 
II  to  —  in  love,  Derliebt  fein 
(with,  in  ace.).  \\ —  pres- 
ent at,  beimo^inen  (dat.). 
II  that  is,  bag  t)d^t  ||  there 
is,  eg  gibt. 

beach,  s.  ©tranb,  m.  2.,  ®e* 
ftabe,  n.  1. 

bear,  v.  (carry)  tragen.*  ||  (give 
birth  to)  gebftren.*  |1  —  upon, 
(have  relation  to)  fid^  begie= 
l^en,*  ^egug  l^aben  auf  (ace). 
II  to  —  in  mind,  fid^  erin* 
nem  an  (ace),  fid^  berg  eg  en- 
tBcirtigen. 

beautiful,  a.  fc^tJn. 

beauty,  s.  ©d)5n'^eit,  /.  4., 
(charm)  Hnmut//. 

because,  c.  tDeil.  ||  —  of,  toe* 
gen  (gen.). 

become,  v.  toerben*  (f.). 

before,  prp.  t)or.     ||  c.  tt)t,  beDor. 

beg,  V.  Utimf  (for,  urn),  fle^en. 

beget,  V.  geugen. 

begin,  v.  anfangen,  beginnen. 

beginning,  s.  5lnfang,  m.  2"., 
^eginn,  m.  |Iin  or  at  the 
— ,  im  Slnfang.  Hfrom  the 
— ,  Don  Hnfang  an. 

behmd,  prp.  l^inter. 

being,  s.  (person)  SBefen,  n.  1. 
hmnan  — ,  3)^enfd^,  m.  4., 
menfd^Ud^eg  SSefen. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


137 


believe,  v.  glauben  (in,  an  ace). 
belong,  V.  ge^iiren  (to,  dat.). 
beloved,  a.  geliebt. 
benefit,  s.  (kindness)  SBolfiltat, 

/.  4. 
bent:     ||  to  be  —  upon  .  .  ., 

ftc^  anftrengen,  [ein  9JJi3gUd)= 

fte^  tun. 
besides,  ad.  au^erbem. 
best,  a.  beft.     ||  ad.  am  beften, 

au[g  be[te. 
betake,  v.     \\  to  —  oneself,  [ic^ 

begeben*  (place,  nac^;  person, 

gu). 
betray,  v.  Derraten.* 
betrothed,  s.  Srauttgam,  m.  2., 

^raut,/.  2".,  berlobt  (a.  as  s.). 
better,  a.  and  ad.  beffcr. 
between,  prp.  jtnifc^en,  unter. 
bewail,  v.  bemclnen,  beflagen,  be^ 

trauem. 
beyond,  prp.  iiber  .  .  .  l^inau^. 
Bible,  s.  ^ibcl,/.  4. 
bid,    V.    (command)     gebieten,* 

^eifeen.* 
bill,  s.  (account)  9le(^nnng,/.  4. 
birth,  s.  ®eburt,  /.  4.  ||  (line- 
age) Slbftammung,  ;©cr!unft,/. 
birthday,  s.  ©eburtStag,  m.  2. 
birthplace,  s.  ©cburtSort,  m.  3. 
bit,  s.  (bite)  Sig,  m.  2.    ||  (piece) 

©tM,  n.  2. 
black,  a.  \d}toax^. 
blame,  v.  tabeln. 
blameless,  a.  fd^ulblo^. 
blend,  v.  ijcrmengcn,  mifd^cn. 
8.  <Scgcn,  m.  1. 


blindness,  s.  SBUnb^clt,  S5crblcn* 

bung,/.  4. 
blood,  s.  58Iut,  n. 
boast,  V.  rut)men.     ||  to  —  of, 

[id^  ru()men  (gen.),  ftolj  fcin 

auf .  .  .  (ace). 
boat,  s.  ^oot,  n.  2.,  ^a^n,  m.  2''. 
body,  s.  ^orper,  m.l.  \\  (corpse) 

^eic^nam,  m.  2.,  2dii)t,f.  4. 
Bohemian,  a.  (gipsy)   gigeuner* 

^aft.     II  (fig.)  leic^tlcbig. 
bold,  a.  fil()n. 
book,  s.  53ud^,  n.  Z" . 
bom,  a.  geboren.     ||  (fig.)  —  of, 

t)crurfac^t  burd^  .  .  .  (ace). 
borrow,  v.  borgen. 
both,  a.  beibe,  beibeS,  pi.  bic  bet* 

\itxi.    II  —  ...  and  .  .  .,  fon)of)l 

.  .  .  al«  aud^  .  .  . 
bottom,  s.  (lowest  part)  S3oben, 

m.l.     II  to  be  or  lie  at  the  — 

of,  lu  ©runbe  Uegen  (dat.). 
bow,  V.  beugen,  fic^  l)erbeugen. 
box,  s.  58ii^fe,  /.  4.,  ©d^ad^tel, 

/.  4.      II  (theat.)  gogc,  /.  4. 
boy,  s.  ^nabe,  3ungc,  m.  4. 
branch,    s.    2lft,   m.   2".     ||(o/ 

study)  gad^,  n.  3". 
brand,  v.  einbrennen*  (upon,  in 

ace). 
break,  s.  (breach)  SBrud^,  m.  2''. 
break,    v.    bred^en.*     ||  to    — 

down,  tr.  nieberrci^en. 
bridge,  s.  33riidfc, /.  4. 
bring,  v.   brtngen,*  mitbrtngen. 

II  to  —   back,    guriidfbrtngen. 

II  to  —  anything  upon  one- 


138 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


self,  ctmag  felbft   bcrfd^ulben. 

II  to  —  on,   ergriffcn  iDerbeti. 

II to  —  up  (a  child),  ergie^en,* 

aufgle()en.* 
brink,  s.  dianb,  m.  3.     ||  to  lead 

to  the  — ,  beina^e  baju  bringcn. 
brook,  s.  ^a^,  m.  2". 
brother,  s.  SBruber,  m.  V. 
building,    s.    {edifice)   ©cbftube, 

n.  1.,  SBaumerf,  n.  2. 
bum,  V.  brennen.* 
bush,  s.  ^u\^,  m.  2".,  ©traud^, 

m.  Z\ 
but,  prp.  auger.     ||  c.  aber,  ic- 

bod^,    atlein,    fonbern.      ||  ad. 

nur. 
by,     ad.     na^e     babel.     Ilprp. 

{after  passive  verb)  toon.    ||  — 

doing,  baburci^,  ha^  er  .  .  .  tut. 


call,  s.  {cry)  9?uf,  m.  2. 

call,  V.  rufen*  (for,  nad^). 
II  {name)  nennen,*  l^eifeen.* 
II  {summon)  berufen.*  ||  to  — 
in  question,  angtijeifeln.  ||  so- 
called,  fogeuannt.  jjto  — 
upon  one  for  .  .  .,  toon  einem 
erbitten,*  forbem.  I|  to  —  to 
account,  jur  SSerantn^ortung 
gie^en.*  ||  to  —  from,  abbe= 
rufen*  toon. 

calm,  a.  ruf)lg. 

camp,  s.  {mil.)  ?ager,  n.  1. 

campaign,  s.  gelbgug,  m.  2". 

can,  V.  ftinnen.* 

capable,  a.  f(if)ig. 


capricious,  a.  launtfc^. 

care,  s.  ©orge,  SJiil^c,  /.  4. 
II  free  from  — ,  forgcnfrei, 
II — ^wom,  abgeprrnt. 

care,  v.  {like)  gem  l^aben.  ||  {de- 
sire) ben  3Sunfd^  l^egen. 

career,  s.  {progress)  2au\baf)n,f. 

careful,  a.  {solicitous)  beforgt 
(for,  urn  ace).  ||  {exact) 
forgfaltig,  forgfam. 

carriage,  s.  {vehicle)  SBagen, 
m.  1. 

carry,  v.  tragen.*  ||to  — 
away,  fortreifeen,*  {fig.)  l^in* 
reifecn,*  be^errfd^cn.  ||  to  — 
in,  ()ineinbringen,*  ^ineins 
tragen.*  ||  to  —  on,  —  out, 
au^flil^ren,  burc^fii^ren. 

case,  s.  gait,  m.  2".  ||  in  — , 
im  garr(e),  fatt^.  ||  in  the  — 
of,  in  betreff  {gen.)  or  auf 
(ace),  im  8atl(e)  {gen.),  bcl. 

cast,  V.  {throw)  toerfen.*  Jlto 
—  out,  {)inau^merfen,  auS« 
ftogen.* 

castle,  s.  ©(^Io6,  n.  3.,  33urg,/.  4. 
II  in  the  — ,  auf  bem  ©d^Iofe. 

catastrophe,  s.  ^ataftrop{)e,  /.  4. 
II  {drama)  Sfifung,  /.  4. 

cathedral,  s.  ^atl^ebrale,  /.  4., 
®om,  m.  2. 

Catholic,  a.  fatl^oUfd^. 

Catholicism,  s.  ^at^oUgi^muS,  m. 

cause,  s.  ©ac^e,  Slngelegenl^eit, 
/.  4.  II  {reason)  ®runb,  m.  2"., 
Urfac^e,/.  4. 

caution,  s.  SBorJd^t,  /. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


139 


cease,  v.  auf^fircn. 

center,  s.  9D^itte{punft,  m.  2. 

central,  a.  jcntrd,  §aupt*  {in 

comp.).     II —  point,   WitttU 

puitft,  m.  2. 
century,  s.  ^a^tr^unbert,  n.  2. 
certain,  a.  (sure)  [i^er,  QetDife. 
certainty,  s.  @ett3iP)eit,  ®i(i)er= 

^cit,  ^eftimmt^eit,  /.  4. 
chafe,  V.  ft(^   (irgerti  (at,   liber 

ace). 
chamberlain,    s.    ^ammer^err, 

m.  4. 
champion,  s.  (superior)  9}?eifter, 

m.    1.      II  (defender)    3Serfec^= 

ter,  w.  1.,  ^Sorfftmpfer,  m.  1. 

(fiir,  ace). 
chance,    s.    (fortune)    ©c^icffal, 

w.  2.,  ©liidf,  ?2.    II  (possibility) 

mo^XWdiJ.  4.,  5lu^[ic^t,/.  4. 
chance,  v.  gefd^el^en*  ([.)•     1!  I 

— d  to  be  there,  id)  roar  gu= 

fcilUg  ba. 
change,    s.    (alteration)    Snbc- 

rung,  58eranberung, /.  4. 
change,  ^\  <r.  anberti.    |1  intr.  \x6) 

anbern,  \\6)  t)erir)aTibeIn  in  .  .  . 

(ace). 
chapter,  s.  (of  a  book)  ^apitct, 

n.  1.     - 
character,  s.  (qualities)  (^^axat^ 

ter,    m.    2.      ||  (person)    ^tx- 

fonUc^feit,  /.  4. 
characteristic,  s.  (^arafteriftifd^c 

(Sigenfd^aft, /.  4. 
charm,  s.  B^uber,  m.        ||  (at- 
traction) didi,  ^iebreij,  m.  2. 


charm,  v.  (be)saubern,  reijcn. 
charming,  a.  begaubcrnb,  reigenb. 
check,    s.    (stop)    (5in!^alt,    m., 

§emmung,  /.  4.     Ijto  hold, 

keep  in  — ,  im  3aume  fatten,* 

SUgeln. 
cherish,  v.  l^egen. 
chief,    a.    I^auptf ftd^Ud^.     || — ly, 

ad.  meiften^,  {)auptf(id^U(^. 
child,  s.  $tinb,  n.  3. 
childhood,  s.  ,^lnbl)eit,  /.  4. 
choose,  V.  (au^)iDa'^Icn. 
chorus,  s.  (singers)  (S^or,  m.  2" . 
christening,  s.  ^^aufe,  /.  4.    ||  — 

cake,  Jauffuc^en,  m.  1. 
church,  s.  ^irc^e,/.  4. 
circle,  s.  ^rei§,  m.  2. 
circmnstance,  s.  Umftanb,  m.  2". 

II— s,  pi.  Umftcinbe,  S3erpU= 

niffe,  n.  pi.     ||  under  present 

— s,  unter  ben  gegentijartigen 

3Ser^a(tnt[[en. 
city,  s.  etabt,  ©rofeftabt,  /.  2". 

II  —  girl,  (gtabterin,  /.  4. 
civil,  a.  biirgcrtic^,  git)tl.      ||  — 

service,     ^^^i^^^^^ttltung,    /. 

II  (manners)  ^o[Uc^. 
civility,  s.  §ofli(^feit,  5lrtigfeit, 

/.  4. 
claim,  V.  in  2{nfpru(^  nel^men,* 

forbem,  tiertongen. 
clash,   s.    (conflict)  SSiberftreit, 

m.  2. 
clash,    V.    (collide)    gufammen= 

fto^en.*       II  (interfere)       im 

SSiberfpruc^  ftel^en*  (^.  or  f.) 

or  geraten*  (f.)  (with,  mit). 


140 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


class,  s.  -Piaffe,/.  4. 

classic,  a.  flaffifd^. 

cleanse,  v.  reitiigcn. 

clear,    a.    ^tU,    tlax.     \\  (lucid) 

beutlid^. 
clear,  v.   \\  to  —  out,  au^rttutnen. 
clerg5naian,  s.  ©eiftUd^er,  m.  1., 

^farrer,  m.  1. 
clever,    a.    (intelligent)  gefd^eit, 

geiftreic^,  f(ug. 
cliff,  s.  tUppc,/.  4.,  gelfen^m.  1. 
climax,  s.  (fig.)  (5>3ipfel,  m.  1., 

{)0(^fter  ®rab,  w.     ||  (drama) 

^'d^tpuntt,  m.  2. 
climb,  V.  crfUmmen,*  erfteigen.* 
close,  s.  <Sd^IuJ3,  m.  2".,  (^nbc, 

n.  (pi.  -n). 
close,  a.  and  ad.  (accurate)  gc* 

nau.    \\  (careful)  emfig,  eifrig. 
clothes,  clothing,  s.  ^(eib,  n.  3. 

(pZ.). 

coarse,  a.  berb,  grob. 

collision,  s.  3ufcimmenfto6,  m.  2". 
II  (fig.)  SSlberftreit,  m. 

Cologne,  npr.  ^'6ln,  n. 

color,  s.  iVttrbe,/.  4. 

come,  V.  fommen*  (f.)-  II  to  — 
to  pass,  fi(f)  ptragen,*  gc= 
fc^e^en*  (f.).  II  —  from,  (orig- 
inate) entfprhigcn. 

comedy,  s.  ^om'dW,  f.  4.,  2u\U 
fpiet,  n.  2. 

comic(al),  a.  fotnifc^. 

conmiand,  s.  33efef)I,  m.  2.,  5luf= 
trag,  m.  2" .  ||  (military) 
Oberbefef)!.     ||  at  — ,  auf  S8e= 


comment,    v.    {)inrt)eifen*    (on, 

auf  ace). 
commentator,  s.  Commentator, 

m.  2.,  Slu^leger,  m.  1. 
commit,  v.  bege{)en,*  t)eruben. 
common,  o.  (usual)  ^m'6^n{i(i), 

gemetn. 
companion,  s.  @enoffe,  m.  4. 
companionship,  s.  ®emeinfd)aft= 

Uc^feit,  /.  4. 
company,  s.  (^cfcKfc^aft, /.  4. 
comparative,  c/.  t3crf)a(tni^mQ^ig. 
compare,    v.    Dergleidjen*    (to, 

with,  mit). 
comparison,  s.  5Sergteic^,  m.  2. 

II  to  draw,  make  a  — ,  cinen 

5ScrgIei(^  auftelteu. 
compass,  s.  Crei^,  yn.  2.    \\  (fig.) 

^erei(^,  m.  2. 
compel,  ?;.  gtDmgen.* 
complete,  a.  bollftdiibig. 
complete,  v.  (finish)  t)oItenbcn. 
completion,  s.  33c(Ienbung,  /. 
complex     a.      gufammetigefcl^t. 

II  (fig.)  fompUjicrt. 
comply,  V.  tDlEfaf)ren,  nad^geben 

(dat).    II to  —with,  (fulfil) 

erfiitlen. 
compose,  v.  (bd  author  of)  t)er= 

faffen,  bic^tcn. 
composition,  s.   (form,ing)  ^u^ 

fammenfe^ung,/.  4.     ||  (vjork) 

SSerf,  n.  2. 
comprise,   v.   einfd^llefeen,*  um- 

faffen. 
comrade,  s.  Camerab,  m.  4. 
conceal,  v.  berbergcn.* 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


141 


conceive,  v.  (invent)  erfinnen.* 
conception,    s.    (idea)   3SorftcI* 

lung,/.  4.     II  (judgment)  2luf= 

faffung,/.  4. 
concern,  ?;.   (regard)  ange^ien,* 

betreffcn.*     ||to    —    oneself 

with,  fi(^  filmmem  urn  .  .  ., 

fid^  befc^dftigen  mit. 
concerning,  prp.  liber,  urn. 
conclusion,   s.   ©d^lu^,   m.   2". 

II  to  draw  a  — ,  einen  ©c^lufe 

gie^en. 
conclusively,    ad.    ilbergeugenb, 

cnbgiiltig. 
condemn,  v.  berurtctlcn. 
condition,    s.   SBefc^affett^eit,  /., 

3u[tanb,  m.  2". 
conduct,  s.  (beJmvior)  SSetragen, 

w-    II  {of  affairs)  Seitung,/.  4. 
conduct,    V.    (lead)   fii^ren,   ge= 

leiteti. 
confess,  v.  geftel^en,*  befennen.* 
confession,  s.  ©eftanbtii^,  n.  2. 

||(re%.)  ^eic^tc,/.  4. 
confidence,  s.  (irwsO  33ertrauen, 

n.    (in,   gu,  auf,   ace).     ||to 

place,  put,  repose  —  in,  SBer- 

traueti  auf  .  .  .  (ace.)  fe^en. 
confident,    a.    (positive)    iiber= 

geugt.      II  (trusting)  iu)otx\i^U 

M). 
confirmed,  a.  befttttigt. 
conflict,    s.    (collision)   ^wfam- 

mcnftofe,  m.  2".       ||  (drama) 

toTiftift,  m.  2. 
conflict,  t;.  njiberftreltcn.* 
conflicting,  a.  tDiberfpred^cnb. 


confront,  v.  entgegcntreten*  (f.) 
(dat.). 

confusion,  s.  S3ermirrung, /. 

congenial,  a.  (kindred)  getfte^* 
bermanbt.  ||  (sympathetic) 

fijmpat{)ifc^. 

connect,  v.  berbittben.*  ||  (asso- 
ciate) berfniipfen.  ||  be  — ed 
with,  in  ^itftJ^^^tt^tti^S 
fte^en*  (^.  or  f.)  (mit). 

connection,  s.  3u[ammen]^ang, 
m.,  33e5ie{)ung, /.  4. 

conscious,  a.  betnufet.  ||to  be, 
feel  —  of,  iiberjeugt  fein  bon, 
\x6)  belDufet  fein  (gen.). 

consent,  s.  ©inmilUgung,  3^* 
ftimmung,  /.  4. 

consequence,  s.  (importance) 
SSii^tigfeit,  ^ebeutimg,  /.  4. 
II  of  no  — ,  unn)i(§tig,  unbe* 
beutenb. 

consider,  v.  (estimate)  betrac^tcn 
(as,  al^  .  .  .  ace).  ||  (take 
into  account)  ertDiigen,  in  Sc* 
trad^t  gie'fien.*  ||  (think  over) 
llberlegen. 

considerable,  a.  betrad)tUc^,  be* 
beutenb. 

consist,  V.  befte{)en*  (of,  au§). 

console,  v.  trfiften. 

constant,  a.  (unchanging)  be* 
ftdnbig.  ||  (unceasing)  fort= 
n)af)renb,  unauf^brlic^. 

constraint,  s.  ^rudf,  m.  ||  (re- 
straint) 33efd^rantung,  /.  4. 
II  (compulsio7i)  3^ttng,  m. 

construct,  v.  (fig.)  erfinnen.* 


142 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


consult,  V.  (ask  advice  of)  unt 
9?at  fragcn,  p  $Rate  giel^en* 
(about,  iiber  ace).  ||  (refer 
to)  nac^fc^lagen.* 

consummate,  a.  boKenbet. 

contact,  s.  S3erut)rung,  /.  4, 
II  (association)  S3erfe^r,  m. 

contain,  v.  ent^alten.* 

contempt,    s.    33era(^tung,    ®e 

content,  contents,  s.  ^ntjoitf  m. 
contest,  s.  SBettfpiet,  m.  2. 
continual,    a.   forth)  cil^renb,   ht 

fttttibig,  immer  tDieber. 
continuation,  s.  gortfe^ung,/.  4, 
continue,  v.  fortfe^en,  au^fii^ren, 
contrary,   s.   SSiberfpiet,  n.   2 

©egenteil,  m.  2.     ||  on  the  — 

tm  ©egenteil. 
contrast,    s.    ^ontraft,    m.    2 

©egenfa^,    m.    2\     \m   — 

tm  ©egenfa^. 
contribution,  s.  33eitrag,  m.  2" 
control,    s.    (restraint)   3^ciHg, 

m.      II  (authority)  ©etualt,  /. 
control,  v.  (restrain)  einfc^ran 

fen. 
convalescence,  s.  ©enefung, /. 
convent,  s.  ^lofter,  n.  V. 
conventional,     a.     (customary) 

l^erfommlic^,         font)entloiiett» 

II  (fig.)  alttaglic^. 
conventionality,      s.     ^ont)cn^ 

ttoit(aUtat),  /.  4.,  ba^  §erge* 

brad^te  (a.  as  s.). 
conversation,    s.    Unterl^altung, 

/.  4.,  ©efprad^,  n.  2. 


converse,    i;.    fic^   untcrl^altcn,* 

fpred^en.* 
conviction,  s.  (sentence)  SBcrur- 

teilung,  /.  4.     ||  (persuasion) 

liberjeugung,  /.  4. 
convince,    v.   iiberseugen,   ilber* 

fii^ren. 
cool,  a.  filf)L 
coolness,  s.  ^^k,f. 
copy,  s.  5lbf(^rlft,  /.  4.     H  (imi- 
tation)   5^ac^bilbung,    /.    4., 

mUib,  n.  3. 
cordial,  a.  (hearty)  J^crgUd^. 
comer,  s.  (Scfe,/.  4. 
correspond,  v.   (agree)  ilbcrein* 

fttmmen     (with,     mit),    tnU 

fpred^en  (to,  dat.). 
correspondence,   s.    (congruiiy) 

Ubereinftitnmung,/.    ||  (letters) 

^Briefmed^fel,  m.  1. 
corroborate,  v.  beftfttigen. 
costume,  s.  Jrad^t,/.  4. 
coimcil,  s.  $Hat,  m. 
coimt,  s.  (title)  ®raf,  m.  4. 
coimt,  V.  ll^^^n.      \\  (be  of  value) 

gtt^Ien,  in«  ©emic^t  fatlcn*  (f.). 
country,  s.  ©egenb,  /.  4.,  ?anb, 

w.  2.  or  3''.     II  —  girl,  Sanb- 

mftbd^en,  n.  1.     I| seat,  s. 

^anb^aug,    n.    3''.,    Sanbfi^, 

m.  2. 
couple,  s.  "ipaar,  n.  2.     ||  a  — 

of  days,  ein  paar  Jagc. 
coiurse,  s.   (direction)  9iid^tUTig, 

/.  4.      y  (progress)  gortfd^ritt, 

m.   2.,    gortgang,  m.      ||  (of 

time)    SBerlauf,   m.     ||  —  of 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


143 


action,  §anblung«tt)eife.     Ilof 

— ,  natiirlid),  felbftoerftcinbUd^. 
court,  s.  §of,  m.  2".     ||  {of  a 

sovereign)  §of.      1|  —  of  Just 

tice,  ©erid^t^^of,  m.  2'\,  ®e* 

rid^t,  n.  2.      ||at  — ,  bei  §ofe. 

II  —  life,  §ofIeben,  n. 
courtier,  s.  ^ofltng,  m.  2. 
crafty,  a.  fc^Iau,  liftig. 
crane,  s.  ^xani^,  m.  2.   ||  swarm 

of  — s,  ^ranic^fd^marm,  m.  2''. 
creation,    s.    ©c^iJpfung,  /.    4. 

II  (production)  ^rgeugni^,  w.  2. 
creative,  a.  fc^opfertfc^. 
credit,   s.   (honor)   @^re,  5Iner= 

fetinimg,  /.  4.     l|to  do  one 

— ,   ©^re  madden   (dat),   jur 

©()re  gereic^en  (c?oi.)- 
crime,    s.    SSerbred^en,    n.    1., 

gretjel,  m.  1. 
cripple (d),  a.  la^m,  berfriippelt. 
criticize,  v.  fritifieren.    ||  (blame) 

tabeln. 
criticism,  s.  Stxitit,  f.  4. 
cross,  s.  ^reuj,  n.  2. 
cross,  v.  ilberfe^en  (sep.)- 
crowd,  s.  SO^engc,  /.     ||  (throng) 

©ebrttnge,  n. 
crowd,  V.  (press)  brftngen.  ||  (fill) 

(uber)futleti. 
crown,  V.  froncn  (as,  gu).  ||  (^1^^.) 

bie  ^rone  auffe^en  (dat.). 
crowning,  s.  ^ronimg,  /.  4. 
cruelty,  s.  ©raufamfcit,  /.  4. 
crusade,  s.  ^reujjug,  m.  2'\ 
crusader,  s.  ^reujfal^rer,  m.  1. 
cry,    s.    (exclamation)    ©d^rei, 


m.  2.     II  —  for  help,  §ilferuf, 

m.  2. 
cimiulative,      a.      t)erftarfenb. 

II  (med.)  pisyid^  mirfenb. 
cimning,  s.  ©d^Iau^eit,  Sift,/. 
current,     a.     fitefeenb.     1|  (fig.) 

(present)    gegenttiartig.     ||  (of 

money)  gatigbar.     ||  (general) 

umlaufenb. 
curtain,    s.    3SorI)ang,    m.    2". 

II  to  raise  the  — ,  ben  53orl^ang 

aufgie^en.* 


dagger,  s.  ^o(c§,  m.  2. 

daily,  a.  and  ad.  taglid^. 

danger,  s.  @efa^r,/.  4. 

dangerous,  a.  gefci^rUd^. 

dare,  v.  tDagcn. 

darken,  v.  berbunfcln. 

daughter,  s.  jj^od^ter,  /..  1''. 

dawn,  s.  2)^orgen,  m.  1.,  3:ageg- 
anbrud^,  m.  ||  at  — ,  t)or,  bei 
jtage^anbrud^. 

day,  s.  %,^%,  m.  2. 

dead,  a.  tot. 

deal,  s.  5lnga()l,/.  ||  a  great  — , 
Diel,  toicte^. 

deal,  V.  (distribute)  tcllen.  I|  to 
—  with,  beljanbcin,  fic^  bc^ 
faff  en  (mit). 

dear,  a.  lieb,  teuer. 

death,  s.  j^ob,  m.  |I war- 
rant,   sentence,   Xoht^uX' 

teil,  m.  2.  ||to  die  the  — , 
beg  ITobeg  fterben*  (f.). 

debt,  s.  ©d^ulb,/.  4. 


144 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


decade,  s.  ^efabe,  /.  4.,  3at)r* 
ge^nt,  n.  2. 

deceit,  s.  iBetrug,  m.  2.,  !i?ift,/. 

deceive,  v.  taufd^ett,  betriigcn.* 
\  decide,    v.    entfc^etben,*   bcftttn' 
men,    fid)  ,  entfd^eiben*     (on, 
iibcr  ace). 

decided,  a.  entfd^ieben,  beftimmt. 

decisive,  a.  entfc^eibenb.  ||  {of 
manner)  entfd^leben. 

declaration,  s.  (Srflarung, /.  4. 

declare,  v.  ernciren.  |1  (main- 
tain) belfiaupten. 

deem,  v.  I^alten  fiir. 

deep,  a.  tlef,  griinblic^. 

deepen,  v.  toertiefen. 

defeat,  s.  5^ieber(age, /.  4. 

defect,  s.  9)?angel,  m.  V. 
\\  (fault)  %d)kx,  m.  1. 

defense,  s.  53erteibigung,  /.  H  in 
— of,  gur  9?ed^tfertiguTig  (gen.). 

define,  v.  beftimmen,  feftftetlen. 

defy,  V.  Zxoi^  bieten*  (dat.). 
11  (challenge)  forbern. 

degree,  s.  (step)  ©tiife,  /.  4. 
\\  (grade)  @rab,  m.  2.  1|  by 
— s,  at(mtt()Ud^.  |lto  a  cer- 
tain — ,  bl^  gu  einem  gc= 
njiffen  ®rabc.  1|  to  take  one's 
— ,  promottieren. 

dejected,  a.  niebcrgefc^Iagen. 

dejection,  s.  9ltebergc[c^Iageu= 
^eit,/: 

deliberately,  ad.  mit  3Sorbebac^t, 
abfic^tUd^,  augflt!)rac^. 

deliverance,  s.  S3efreiung,  Sr- 
I5fung,/.  4. 


delivery,  s.  33efrelimg,  /.   ||  (style 

of  speaking)  53ortrag,  m.  2"., 

SCiebergabe, /.  4. 
demand,    s.    (claim)    33egc]^rcn, 

^Berlangen,  n.  1. 
demand,  v.  t)crlQngen,  forbern. 
denounce,  v.  (accuse)  angelgen. 
depart,  v.  (go  away)  toeggeben* 

(f.)/  abreifen   (f.).     II  (desist) 

abrt3eid^en*  (f.)  (from,  t)on). 
department,  s.  Slbteilung,  /.  4. 

\\  (sphere)   gad),  n.    3''.,    @e- 

Met,  n.  2. 
departure,  s.  5lbreife,  /.  4.,  SSeg* 

gang,  m.  2'\ 
depend,   v.    (be  dependent)   ab- 

pngen,    ab^  cingig    fein    (on, 

ton). 
dependent,  a.  (of  persons)  ah^ 

pngig  (on,  t)on). 
deprive,  v.  berauben  (of,  gen.). 

II  (jur.)    entfc^en    (of,    gen.). 

II  —  of  a  position,  abfe^en. 
depth,  s.  ^iefe, /.  4. 
descend,  V.  ^inabfommen*  (f.),  ab= 

fteigen  (f.).     ||  (drama)  — ing 

action,  fadenbe  .^anblung,/.  4. 
,descriptive,   a.   befd^rcibenb,   er- 

lauternb. 
desert,  v.  t)erlaffen,*  im  <3tid)e 

laffen.* 
desirable,  a.  iDiinfc^cn^lDert. 
desire,  s.  SSunfd^,  m.  2".,  35er= 

langeit,   n.    L,    ©ef)nfu(^t,  /. 

(for,  nad^). 
despair,   s,   53ergtDclf{ung,  ^off= 

nunggloflgfeit,    /.     4.       ||to 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


145 


drive  to  — ,  jur  3Serjmeif(uug 
bringen*  (ace). 

desperation,  s.  33ergn)eiflung, /. 

despicable,  a.  derac^tlid^. 

despise,  v.  t)erad^ten. 

destroy,  v.  gerftfiren.  ||  (anni- 
hilate) teruic^ten. 

destruction,  s.  ^emid^tung, /. 

destructive,  a.  berberblid^,  fd^ttb* 

detail,  s.  ^injel^eit, /.  4. 
determination,  s.  (settling)  53c* 

ftimmung,  (Sixtfd^eibung,  /.  4. 

II  (decision)     Sntfc^luS,     ^e* 

fd^Iufe,  m.  2". 
determine,  v.  (conclude)  beftint* 

men.    1|  (influence)  beftimmen. 

II  (decide)  fic^  entfd^Uefeen. 
determined,   a.   entfd^Ioffen  (to, 

gu). 
detest,  V.  t)erab[d^euen. 
develop,  v.  entmidCeln,  entfalten. 
development,     s.     (Sntmicflung, 

/.  4. 
deviate,  v.  abtueici^en*  (f.)  (from, 

t)on). 
deviation,  s.  ^Ibmeid^ung, /.  4. 
devote,  v.,  to  —  oneself  to,  ft(^ 

h)ibmen  (dat.),  fid^  befd^ttftigen 

mit. 
devoted,    a.    (attached)    ergeben 

(dat.). 
devotion,    s.    (act)    SKtbmung, 

/.  4.     II  (attachment)  Ergeben* 

^eit,/.4. 
die,  V.  fterben*  (\.),  im  ©tcrben 

liegen*  (f.). 


difference,  s.  Unterfc^ieb,  m.  2., 

S5erf(^iebeTi]^eit, /.  4. 
different,  a.  tierfc^ieben,  anbcr. 
difficult,    a.    fc^mer,    fd^hjterig. 

II  to  make  — ,  crfc^mereti. 
difficulty,  s.  (Sc^mierigfeit,  /.  4. 

II  (obstacle)  ^inberni^,  n.  2. 
dim,  a.  (obscured)  biifter,  bunfel. 

II  (indistinct)  blafe,  unbeutdc^. 
direction,    s.    OJic^tung,   /.    4. 

II  (management)  Seitung,  /.  4. 
disadvantage,  s.  ^^ac^tetl,  m.  2. 
disappear,  t).  Derfd^minbcn*  (f.). 
disappoint,  v.  enttiiufc^en. 
discipline,    s.    (training)    !5)ig* 

giplin,  /.  4.,  3u^t,  /.     II  (pwn- 

ishment)    SBeftrafung,   3^^^^^^* 

gung,/.  4. 
disclose,  v.  (uncover)  aufbcdfen. 

II  (publish)     offenbareti,     ent* 

^iiaen. 
discover,  v.  (disclose)  aufbedfen. 

II  (^w(i)  entbed'en,  finbeti.* 
discovery,  s.  (Sntbecfung, /.  4. 
discreditable,  a.  unel^ren^aft  (to, 

fiir). 
discuss,  V.  eriJrtcm,  befpred^en.* 
discussion,   s.   SriJrterung,  33cs 

fpred^ung,/.  4. 
disdain,  v.  berfd^mtt^cn. 
disfigure,  v.  eittftelten. 
disgrace,  s.  (B^anbt,  f.  4.  (to, 

fiir).     II  (disfavor)  Ungnabe,  /. 
disguise,  s.  (dress)  ^Serfleibung, 

/.  4. 
disgusted,  a.  milbe,  ilberbrilffig 

(gen.). 


146 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


disinherit,  v.  cnterbcn. 
dispense,  v.   {distribute)  bertei- 

len.     II  to  —  with,  entbe()ren, 

Derjid^ten  auf  {ace). 
display,  v.  gur  (Sd^au  tragen,* 

aeigen. 
displease,  v.   mifefalten*  {dat.), 

9JJi6fal(en  erregen. 
disquisition,  s.  Unterfud^ung,/.  4. 
disregard,  s.  9^id^ta(^tung, /.  4. 
disregard,    v.   tnifeac^ten,   aufeer 

ac^t  laffen.* 
dissuade,  v.  {one  from  a  thing) 

abbringen,*  abrateu*  (t)on). 
distance,    s.    ^ntfemung,  /.   4. 

II  at   a  — ,  toon   tDeitem,  toon 

feme. 
distant,    a.    {remote)    entfernt, 

ttodt; 
distinct,  a.  {different)  toerfc^ieben. 
distinguish,    v.     {discriminate) 

unterfd^eiben.*      ||  {see)  erien* 

nen,*  fe'^en,*  bemerfen.    ||  {no- 
tice, make  eminent)  au^jeid^* 

nen. 
distinguished,  a.  t^ertoorragenb. 
distracted,  a.  jerrlffen. 
distraction,  s.  {change)  ^erftreu* 

ung,  /.  4. 
disturb,  v.  {confuse)  toerh)irren.* 

II  {annoy)  ft5ren. 
divide,    v.    teilen.     ||  {separate) 

trennen. 
do,  V.  tun,*  madden.     || —  vio- 
lence, ®e)Dalt  antun*  {dat.). 

II  to  —  a  deed,  eine  Xdi  be* 

gel^en.* 


doctor,  s.  ^otiQX,  m.  {-9,  pL 
-en)  II  {physician)  Slrgt,  m.  1". 

document,  s.  2)ofument,  n.  2., 
Urfunbe,/.  4. 

documentary,  a.  urfunblid^. 
II  —  evidence,  SBetoeiSmate* 
rialien,  pi. 

doom,  s.  Untergang,  m.  \\  {sen- 
tence) Urteil,  n.  2. 

double,  V.  {multiply  by  two) 
(fid^)  toerboppeln. 

doubt,  s.  3^^if^^/  ^-  1- 

doubt,  V.  {disbelieve)  mtgtrauen 
{dat.).     II  {suspect)  begtoeifeln. 

doubtless,  a.  gtoeifetlo^. 

dozen,  s.  !Du^enb,  n.  2. 

drama,  s.  !^rama,  n.  {-a^,  pi. 
-en),  ©d^aufpiel,  n.  2. 

dramatic (al),  a.  bramatifd^. 

dramatist,  s.  3)ramatifer,  ©d^au- 
fpielbid^ter,  m.  1. 

draw,  V.  {pull)  lu^m.*  \\  —  com- 
parisons, S3ergleid^e  jle^en.* 

drawing,  s.  {pulling)  S^^^^^f 
n.    1.     II  {sketch)    ^d^nun^, 

f.   4.    II room,   s.    ©efell* 

fd^aftggtmmer,  n.  1.,  (Balon,  m. 

dream,  v.  trttumen  (of,  toon). 
II  {imagine)  fid^  ctloa^  trttu* 
men  laffen. 

dress,  s.  Hngug,  m.  2".,  ^leib, 
n.  3. 

drift,  s.  {direction)  !2auf,  m.  2".^ 
$Rid^tung,  /.  4.  I|  {of  a  cur- 
rent) ©triJmung, /.  4. 

drive,  v.  treiben*  (to,  gu).  ||  to 
—  out,  augtrciben,*  toerjagen. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


147 


droll,  a.  broHig,  fomifc^. 
drown,  to  be  — ed,  v.  ertrinfen* 

due,  a.  {owing)  fd^ulbig.  |1  it  is  — 
to  him,  eS  ift  i^m  511  derbanfen. 

duke,  s.  ^erjog,  m.  2". 

dukedom,  s.  ^eqogtum,  n,  4. 

dull,  a.  {stujyid)  bumm. 

diuing,  prjp.  n)a{)renb. 

dusk(y),  a.  bammerig. 

II  {gloomy)  biifter. 

dust,  s.  @taub,  m. 

duty,  s.  "ipfac^t,/.  4.  (to,  gegen). 
II  {respects)  (Sf)rerbietung,  /. 


eagfer,   a.  begierig   (about,  for, 

auf,  nac^). 
early,  a.  and  ad.  \vuf),  friil^seitig. 

II —  in    the   morning,   frll^^ 

morgen^,  in  alter  grut)e. 
earth,  s.  Srbc,/.  4. 
east,  s.  Often,  m. 
easy,  a.  leic^t.    ||  {unconstrained) 

ungejh)ungen.      ||  {well-fitting) 

bequem. 
eat,  V.    effen.*     ||  to   —  one's 

heart  out,   fic^   (t)or  @ram) 

t)erge'()ren. 
edge,   s.    {brink)    ^ante,  /.   4. 

II  {extreme  part)  S^^anb,  m.  3''. 
edition,  s.  Hu^gabe,/.  4. 
educate,    v.    {train)    erjietien,* 

bilben.     ||  {teach)  unterrtd^ten. 
educated,  a.  gebitbet. 
education,    s.    Srgiel^ung,    SBil- 

bung,/.  4. 


effect,  s.  SSirfung, /.  4. 

effectiveness,  s.  2Birf[antfeit, 
/.  4. 

effort,  s.  5lnftrengung,  /.  4.,  S8e* 
ftreben,  n.  1. 

eight,  a.  ad^t. 

eighty,  a.  ac^tjig. 

either,  pr.  einer,  eine,  ein^  bon 
beiben.  || — ,  c.  entn3eber,  fei 
e^  {literary  style)/ 

element,  s.  Element,  n.  2. 

elimination,  s.  5lugfd^elbung,/.4. 

elucidate,  v.  aufflciren,  erlciutem. 

emotion,  s.  ©emiit^bemegung, 
/.  4. 

emotional,  a.  ©efii^t^-,  ©emiitS* 
{in  composition).  \\  —  pleas- 
ure, fcelifd^eg  SBo{)IgefalIen, 
n.  1. 

emperor,  s.  ^aifer,  m.  1. 

empire,  s.  ^aiferreid^,  n.  ^.^ 

enable,  v.  befci^igen. 

enclose,  v.  einfc^Uefeen.* 

encouragement,  s.  (grmutigung, 
@unft,  gorberung,  Untcr* 
ftii^ung,  /.  4. 

end,  s.  (Snbe,  n.  4.  \\  {object) 
3iel,  n.  2,  Hbfid^t,/.  4.  1| — 
and  aim,  S^td  unb  ^k\.  \\  in 
the  — ,  am  Snbe,  gum  ©d^lufe. 

end,  V.  intr.  enbigen,  auft)3ren. 

endanger,  v.  gefttl^rben,  ©efo^r 
brofien  {dat.),  imp.  (eS  brot)t 
mff  ®efa()r  burd^). 

ending,   s.    {end)   Snbe,   n.   4., 

©(^tu6,  m.  2". 
endless,  a.  enbloS. 


148 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


endow,  v.  au^ftatten. 

energy,  s.  (Snergie,  /.  4.,  XaU 
fraft,  /  2''.  II  creative  — , 
f(^5pferifc^e  traf t,  /.  2". 

engage,  v.  (occupy)  befd^ttftigen. 
II  (attract)  in  5lnfpruc^  nd)^ 
men.*  ||  (hold  the  attention) 
feffein,  intereffieren. 

engagement,  s.  (of  marriage) 
S3erIobung, /.  4.  (to,  mit). 

England,  npr.  (Snglanb,  n. 

enhance,  v.  fteigern,  ert)0^en, 
t)ergriiBern. 

enjoy,  v.  (delight  in)  genic^en,* 
fic^  erfreuen  an  (dat.). 

enjoyment,  s.  ®enu6,  in.  2''., 
Jreubc, /.  4. 

enliven,  v.  beleben. 

ennoble,  v.  (fig.)  t)erebcln. 

enough,  ad.  genug.  ||that  is 
—  for  me,  ba^  geniigt  mir. 

enrich,  v.  bereidjem. 

enter,  v.  get)en*  (f.)  in,  eintretcn* 
(f.)  in  (ace),  betreten.  i|  (pene- 
trate) einbringen*  (f.)  in  (ace). 

enthusiasm,  s.  Sntt)ufia6mug,m., 
^egcifterung,  /. 

entrance,  s.  (entry)  (Sintritt, 
m.  2.  II  (solemn  entry)  (£in= 
gug,  m.  2'\ 

entrust,  v.  ani3ertrauen,  betraucn 
(with,  mit). 

entmierate,  v.  au\i'di)kn. 

episode,  s.  (Spifobe,/.  4.  ||  (inci- 
dent) 3^if(^enfatt,  m.  2". 

equal,  a.  gleic^.  || — ly,  od. 
ebenfo,  glctd^. 


equerry,  s.  ©tallmeifter,  m.  1. 

II —  of   the    court,   §offtall* 

meifter. 
error,  s.  ^rrtum,  n.  Z".,  gel^Ier, 

w.  1. 
escape,     v.     entfommen*     (f.) 

(from,  au^).     ||  entge^en*  (f.) 

(dat.)^  fic^  entgleljen.* 
especial,  a.  befonber,   ^auptfad^* 

U(^.     II  — ly,  ad.  befonber^. 
essence,  s.   (chief  part)  SSefen, 

n.  1.,  ^em,  m.  2. 
essential,  a.  mefentUt^,  erforber- 

establish,   v.    (found)   errid;ten, 

grllnben.     1|  (law)  feft[tellen. 
established,  a.  befteljenb. 
estrange,   v.  entfremben  (from, 

t)on  or  dat.). 
eternal,  a.  etuig. 

even,  a(^.,gerabe,  eben,  felbft,  fd^on. 
evening,  s.  5lbenb,  m.  2. 
event,  s.  (Sreigni^,  n.  2. 
ever,      ad.      (always)     immcr. 

II  (continually)  beftanbtg,  ftet^. 

II  (at  any  time)  jc,  jemalg.    ||  for 

— ,  fiir  immer,  auf  immcr. 
every,  a.  and  pr.  jeber,  jebe,  jebc^. 

II —  day,   tcigUd^,   attc   jtage. 

II  — thing,     alleg.     ||  — ^where, 

ad.  iiberatt. 
evidence,    s.     (proof)    58eh)eig, 

m.  2.     II  (documents)  SBetoei^* 

material,  n.  (pi.  -ien). 
evil,    s.    (ba^)    85fe,   a.    as   s. 

II  good  and  — ,  ®ut  unb  33fifc. 
exact,  a.  genau. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


149 


exaggerate,  v.  iibertreiben.* 
example,    s.    (sample)    9J?u[tcr, 

n.    I.     11  (instance)    ^eifpiel, 

n.  2.,  gafl,  m.  2". 
exceedingly,  ad.  aujjerorbentUc^; 

aufeerft. 
exception,   s.   5lu§naf)me,  /.   4. 

II  with  the  —  of,   au^genom^ 

men  (ace). 
exchange,   v.   (barter)   taufd^en, 

tDec^feln. 
exciting,  a.  erregenb.    ||  (drama) 

—  force  or  impulse,  ba^  er* 

regenbe  SO^oment,  n.  2. 
exclamation,  s.  2lu^ruf,  m.  2. 
excursion,    s.    (digression)   5lb= 

fc^meifung,  /.    4.     ||  (ramble) 

Slu^flug,  m.  2". 
execute,  v.  (perform)  au^fill^ren. 

II  (kill)  ()inri(^ten. 
execution,      s.      (performance) 

Slu^fii^rung,  /.  4.     ||  (of  death 

sentence)  §inrid)tung,  /.  4. 
executioner,  s.  §enfer,  m.  1. 
exercise,  v.  (employ)  gebraud^en. 

II  (perform)  auSiiben. 
exertion,  s.  Hnftrengung, /.  4. 
exhibit,  i;.  (show)  geigen. 
exhibition,  s.  (showing)  ^tx^tn, 

n.  1.     II  (announcement)  33e= 

funbung,/.  4. 
exist,  V.  eriftieren,  beftel^cn.* 
existence,  s.  (g^ifteng, /.,  !Dafein, 

n.,  Sebcti,  n.  1. 
existing,  a.  befte^enb. 
expect,   V.   ermarten.     ||  (think) 

toermuten,  benfen.* 


expectancy,      expectation,      s. 

(hope)  (Srmartung,  /.  4.  (of, 

auf   ace),   §offuutig,  /.   (of, 

auf  ace). 
expedition,  s.  (speed)  ©d^nettig- 

ttii,  f.      II  (journey,    voyage) 

ga^rt,   Unterne^mung,  /.   4., 

HugfTug,  w.  2''. 
experience,  s.  (^rfafirung,/.  4. 
experience,  2?.  erfaf)ren.*    ||  (sw/- 

/(sr)   erleiben,*   erieben,  burd^* 

mac^en  (sep.)- 
experiment,  s.  3Serfu(^,  w.  2. 
explain,  v.  erftftren. 
explanation,  s.  ©rnttning,  /.  4. 
expose,  v.  au^fe^en,  prd^geben.* 
exposition,  s.  (ginleitung,  /.  4. 

II  (drama)  (Sjpofition,  /.  4. 
exposure,   s.   Slu^fe^uitg,  /.   4., 

9}?angel,  m.  1''.,  ^ntbel^rung, 

/.   4.      II  (revelation)    (Snt()lll= 

lung,  (Sntlarijung, /.  4. 
express,  v.  (declare)  au^brlldEcn, 

fiufecm.     II  to  —  oneself,  fic^ 

au^brtlcfen. 
expression,  s.  (declaration)  Sufec* 

rung,  /  4.,  Slu^brucE,  m.  2". 

II  (wore?,  phrase)  ^uSbrucf . 
exquisite,   a.   au^erlefen,   au^ge= 

geld^net. 
extensive,  a.  au^gebe^nt. 
extent,     s.     (compass)     SSettc, 

©rfige,  /.  4.,  Umfang,  m.  2". 

II  (degree)  @rab,  m.  2.,  SD^afe, 

w.  2.     II  to  a  certain  — ,  bt^ 

gu  etnem  getuiffen  ®rabe,  ge= 

tDiffermafeen. 


150 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


extravagant,  a.  (excessive)  iiber= 

mafeig. 
extreme,    a.     au^erft.     ||  (most 

intense)  ttufeerft,  l^od^ft. 
extricate,  v.  {)erau^rei6en,*  fret- 

mac^en. 
eye,  s.  Sluge,  n.  (pi.  5lugen). 


fable,  s.  gabel,  (grbld^tung, /.  4. 

II  (legend)  ©age,  /.  4. 
face,  s.   (visage)  ©efid^t,  n.  3., 

5lnta^,  n.  2. 
facial,  a.  ®efi(^tS=  (m  composi- 
tion). 
fact,  s.  Xatfad^e,  /.  4.     l|from 

— ,    au^    ber    ©efc^id^te.    ||in 

— ,  in  ber  Zat 
faded,  a.  tjerblii^t. 
fail,    V.    (miscarry)   mtfetingen* 

(f.),    fe^ilfd^lagen    (f.)    (sep.), 

(both    impers.)    (he    — s,    e^ 

TTiifeliTigt  i^m). 
failure,  s.  (want  of  success)  9JJi6= 

Ungen,  n.  1.,  ge^ilfd^Iag,  m.  2". 
faith,     s.     (loyalty)    Xxmc,    f. 

II  (relig.)    ©laube,    w.    (-en^, 

-en).     II  break     — ,     treub^ 

fein. 
faithful,  a.  el^rltc^,  treu. 
fall,  s.  gatl,  m.  2''.     ||  (autumn) 

§erbft,  m.  2. 
fall,  V.  fatten,*  ftUrgen.     j|  to  — 

on,    (attack)    angreifen,*    an* 

fatten.* 
false,  a.  fatfd^  (to,  gegen). 
fame,  s.  dluf)m,  m. 


familiar,  a.  (intimate)  bertraut  j 

II  (well-known)  iDot)tbefannt.       1 
familiarity,  s.   (knowledge)  ^e= 

fanntfc^aft,  33ertrautt)eit,  /.  4. 

(with,  mit). 
family,  s.  Jamitie, /.  4. 
famous,  a.  berill^mt  (for,  n)egen). 
fanaticism,  s.  ganatiSmug,  m. 
fancy,  s.  (imagination)  (Sinbil- 

bung(^fraft)J.,  *5pt)antafie J.  4. 
fancy,    v.    (imagine)    \\6)    t)or= 

ftetten,  ftc^  benfen.* 
far,  a.  fern,  entfemt.    ||  (far  off) 

todt      II  (by    far)    melt,    bet 

n)eiteni.     || reaching,  melt- 

reid^enb. 
farm,  s.  ®ut,  n.  3''.,  35anem]^of, 

m.  2". 
fashion,  s.  9}^obe,  /.  4.     |1  (form) 

gorm,  /.  4.     II  in  a  — ,  auf 

eine  SSetfe. 
fatal,  a.  (deadly)  gefa^rtic^,  ber* 

berbtid).       |I  (ruinous)  unt)eit= 

t)Ott. 

fate,  s.  (destiny)  ©d^idfal,  ®e* 

fd^idf,  n.  2. 
father,  s.  33ater,  m.  V. 
favor,  s.  ®unft,  /.  SSot)tn)otten, 

n.     I.      II  (material)     Unter* 

ftiiigung,    /.    4.,    ®(^u^,    m. 

II  in  —  of,  gn  ©unften  (^en.). 
favor,    V.    begiinftigen.     ||  (show 

partiality  to)  beborgugen  (ace). 
favorable,  a.  (friendly)  freunb* 

tid^,  genjogen,  gllnftig  (to,  dat.). 
favorite,    s.    (person)    Siebling, 

©xinftling,  m.  2. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


151 


fear,  s.  gurd^t,/.,  Slngft,  m.  2". 

fear,  v.  fiirc^ten,  fic^  fiird^ten 
(dor,  dat.). 

feature,  s.  {of  the  face)  ©efld^t^- 
Sug,  3ug,  rn.  2".  II  (charac- 
teristic) ajJerfmal,  n.  2. 

feel,  V.  (perceive)  fu()len,  cmp= 
finbcn.  II  (be  touched  by)  fid^ 
gu  §ergen  ne^men.*  ||  to  — 
to  be,  empfiuben  aU  (ace). 

feeling,  s.  (SmpfinbuTig,  /.  4., 
®eful)l,  n.  2. 

fevensH,  a.  fieberfranf.  ||  (fig.) 
fieber()aft. 

few,  a.  iDemg(e). 

fianc6(e),  s.  3Scrtobte,  a.  as  s. 

fiction,  s.  (invention)  Srbic^* 
tung,  ©rfhibung,  /.  4. 

fictitious,  a.  erbid^tct. 

field,  s.  gelb,  n.  3.  ||—  of 
battle,  ©d^Iac^tfetb.  \\(fig.) 
©ebiet,  n.  2. 

figure,  s.  gorm,  /.  4.  ||  (s/tape 
of  the  body)  gigur,  ©eftalt, 
/.  4. 

fill,  V.  (make  full)  fUffen.  ||  (en- 
^treZi/  occupy)  crfiitten.  I|to 
—  in,  au^fUlten.  ||to  — 
out,  au«=  or  tjotlfiillen. 

final,  a.  (ultimately)  leljt,  enbUd^. 
II  (decisive)  ctitfd^eibenb,  cnb= 
gtlltig.  II— ly,  ad.  guletjt, 
fd^IlefeUd^,  enbllc^. 

find,  V.  finben*  ||to  —  out, 
^erau^bcfommen,*  entbcdfen. 

finish,  V.  (complete)  becnbigm, 
tJoHcnbcn. 


fire,  V.  (kindle)  anjiinben.   ||  (fig.) 

entflammen,  anfeuern. 
first,  a.  and  ad.  erft.      ||  — ,  ad. 

guerft,  erfteng.     ||at  (the)  — , 

anfang^,  anfttngtic^.    ||  for  the 

—  time,  gum  erftcn  9)?al. 
fixed,  a.  feft,  fi^. 
flatter,  v.  fc^meid^eln  (dat.). 
flee,  V.  ftie^en*  (f.),  entftie^en*  ' 

(f.)  (from,  dat.). 
fleece,  s.  331ie^,  n. 
flesh,  s.  (and  fig.)  \^ld\<i),  n. 
flight,  s.  (escape)  gtud^t, /. 
flock,     s.     (of     birds)     glug, 

©c^tDarm,  m.  2". 
fluency,  s.  ©elttufigfeit, /.  4. 
flush,  s.  (impulse)  5luftt)aHung, 

/.  4. 
fly,  V.  fliegen*  (f.). 
focus,  s.  ^reunpunft,  m.  2. 
foible,  s.  ©d^mad^e,/.  4.,  Grille, 

/.  4. 
follow,  V.  folgen  (dat.). 
food,  s.  ©peife,  9^a^rung,/.  4, 
foot,  s.  gu6,  m.  2".      II  on  — , 

l^x    gufee.     ||to    fall    at   his 

feet,  i^m  ju  giifeen  fatten*  ([.)• 
for,  prp.   fiir.     ||  —  my  part, 

tneitierfeitg.      ||  —    instance, 

gum  SBeifpld.     ||  — ,  c.  benn. 
forbid,  V.    (prohibit)   tierbieten* 

(dat.  of  person). 
force,  s.  (power)  Tlai^t,f.  2". 
force,  V.  gmingen.* 
foreboding,  s.  5l^nung,  /.  4. 
forecast,   v.   oor^cr  enttucrfcn,* 

platien. 


152 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


foreign,  a.  frcnib. 

foreigner,  s.  ^uglanber,  m.  1., 

grembe,  a.  as  s. 
foreshadow,    v.    tjorl^er    anbeu= 

Un. 
forest,  s.  ^a\b,  m.  S\ 
forget,  V.  dergeffen.* 
form,  s.  (shape)  gorm,  ©eftdt, 

/.    4.      Uprose    — ,    "^Profa^ 

faffung,  /.   4.     ||  to   give  — 

to,  ©eftdt  t)er{elt)eTi*  (Ja/.). 
former,   a.    (preceding)   t)or^er= 

gel^enb.    ||  (past)  frii^er.    ||  the 

— ,  ber  erftere,  iener. 
fortress,  s.  geftung, /.  4. 
fortimate,  a.  glMid^.      || — ly, 

ad.  gliidfUd^ermeife. 
fortune,    s.     (luck)    QdlM,    n. 

II  (fate)  ©efd^idf,  w.  2.,  ©d^icf. 

fd,  71.  2".      \\  (wealth)  IBer^ 

mfigen,  w.  1. 
found,    V.    (establish)   errt(§ten, 

griinben.       ||  (endow)    ftiften, 

griinbcn. 
foimdation,  s.  (^gf.)  ©riinbung, 

/.      II  (basis)  ©runblage,  /.  4. 

II  to  lay  the  —  of,  ben  ®runb 

legen  su  .  .  . 
fragment,   s.   33rud^ftii(f,   grag* 

ment,  n.  2. 
frame,  s.  58au,  w.  2.     || —  of 

mind,    ©timmung,    ©emiit^- 

berfaffung,  /.  4. 
France,  npr.  granfreid^,  n. 
frank,  a.  offeix. 
free,  v.  befreien. 
French,  a.  frangiififd^. 


frenzy,  s.  S[Baf)nfinn,  m.,  Stafcrci, 
/•4. 

frequent,  a.  pufig. 

fresh,  a.  frifd^.     ||  (new)  neu. 

freshness,  s.  grifd^e,  /. 

friend,  s.  greunb,  m.  2.,  greun* 
bin,  /.  4. 

friendship,  s.  g^eunbjc^af t, /.  4. 

from,  prp.  tjon,  bon  .  .  .  l^er, 
au^,  aM  .  .  .  ()eraug.  ||  — 
the  conversation,  au3  ber 
Unter^altung. 

fulfil,  V.  erfillten. 

full,  a.  and  ad.  botl.  ||  (com- 
plete) t)i3(Itg,  t)ottftftnbig. 

fxmction,  s.  (duty)  ^ienft, 
m.  2.  II  (math.)  guiiftion, 
/.  4. 

further,  a.  and  ad.  (more  re- 
wx)te)  meiter,  entfemter.  ||  ad- 
ditional) xoditx. 

fury,  s.  (passion)  SSut,  /.  ||  the 
Fiuies,  bte  gurien,  /.  pi. 

fuse,  V.  (melt)  fd^melgen.* 
II  (unite)  (fid^)  Dcrfd^melgen.* 

futiUty,  s.  gf^id^tigfeit,  5lu«fid^t«* 
lofigfeit, /.  4. 


gable,  s.  ©icbel,  m.  1. 
gain,  V.  (win)  getDinnen.* 
garb,  s.  Zxa&ii,  ^leibung,/.  4. 
garden,  s.  ©arten,  m.  I". 
garment,   s.  ^leib,  n.  3.,   ®e* 

njanb,  n.  3".,  Hngug,  ?w.  2''. 
garrison,    s.    (mil.)    ©amifon, 

S3efafeung,  /.  4. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


153 


gate,  s.  Xox,  n.  2. 

gay,  a.  ^eitcr. 

gaiety,  s.  ipeltcrfeit,  /.  |1  {dis- 
sipation) Suftbarfeit,  /.  4. 

general,  s.  {mil.)  (General, 
m.  2". 

general,  a.  allgemein.  ||  in  — , 
im  allgemeinen. 

generation,  s.  {age)  (feneration, 
/.  4. 

generosity,  s.  {nobility)  (Sbel- 
mut,  m.,  ©rofemut,  /. 

generous,  a.  grofemiltig,  ebel* 
miitig;  freigcbtcj. 

genius,  s.  {faculty)  ©enlc,  n., 
2:alcnt,  n.  2.  1|  poetic  — , 
bid^terifd^e  ^egabung,  /.  4. 

German,  a.  beut[d).  ||  {lan- 
guage) ba^  3)eutf(^e.  ||  {per- 
son) a.  as  s.  !Deutf(^e. 

Germany,  npr.  ^eutfc^Ianb,  n. 

gesture,  s.  ©ebiirbe,  SBemegung, 
/•4. 

get,  V.  befommen,*  er^altcn.* 
II  to  —  at  {find  out)  erfal^ren,* 
l^crau^befommen,*  ergriinben. 
II  to  —  hold  of,  t)er[tc!)en. 
II  to  —  to  know,  fennen  lemen. 

ghost,  s.  {soul)  <£eele,  /.  4. 
II  {apparition)  ©eift,  m.  3. 

gifted,  a.  begabt. 

girl,  s.  9)?abd)en,  n.  1. 

give,  V.  geben.*  I|  {bestow)  t)er= 
lei^en,*  erteilen.  ||to  —  up 
{surrender)  aufgeben,*  ()in= 
gebcn.*  ||  to  —  an  appoint- 
ment to,  anftetten  (ace). 


glad,  a.  {pleased)  erfreut.   ||  — ly, 

ad.  gem. 
glance,  s.   {look)  58U(f,  ©treif^ 

blicf,  m.  2.     II  at  a  — ,  belm 

erften  5lnblicf. 
glitter,    V.    gli^ern,    fd^immern. 

II  {fig.)  gtanjen. 
glow,  s.  {flush)  mut,  f.  4. 
go,  V.  get)cn*  ([.)/  fa()ren*  (f.), 

reifen  (f.),  ftc^  begeben.     ||to 

—  on,  h)eiterge^en*   (f.),  ge* 

fd^e^en*  (f.). 
goad,  V.  antreiben,*  anftadjeln. 
God,  s.  (5)ott,  m.  3''. 
goddess,  s.  ©ottin,  /.  4. 
good,    a.    gut,    giitig,    licbenS* 

iDlirbig.     |1— ,   s.   ha^   ®ute. 

II— s,     ©titer,     n.    pi     || — 

and    evil,   ®ut  unb   ©(^led^t 

{indecl.). 
government,  s.   {direction)  D^c- 

gierung, /.  4. 
governor,    s.   §errfd)er,  m.    1., 

?anbbogt,  m.  2". 
grant,  v.  gen)a()ren. 
grass,  s.  ®ra^,  n.  o".,  9?afen,  m. 
grateful,  a.  banfbar  {dat.). 
grave,  a.  {serious)  ernft. 
great,   a.  grofe.      ||  {noble)   t)or= 

ne^m,    ebel.      1|  {famous)    be^ 

rii^mt.     I|  — ly,  acl.  in  ()o^em 

®rabe,  fel^r. 
greatness,  s.  ®r5^e,  /. 
Greece,  npr.  ©rted^enlanb,  n. 
Greek,  s.  ©riec^e,  m.  4.,  ®ric= 

d^in,  /.  4. 
Greek,  a.  gried^ifd^. 


154 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


greet,  tr.  grilgeti,  begrilgcn. 
gross,  a.  (enormous)  ungel^eucr, 

group,  V.  Qruppicrcn,  jiifammen= 

grove,  s.  §atn,  m.  2. 
grow,  V.  mad^fcn*  (f.). 
guess,  V.  (divine)  (cr)raten.* 
guilt,  s.  (Sd^iilb, /.  4. 
gulden,  s.  @ulben,  m.  1. 


hand,  s.  §anb, /.  2".  Hon  the 
one,  on  the  other  — ,  elner- 
feit«,  anbrerfeitg. 

happiness,  s.  QdiM,  n. 

happy,  a.  glii(!Ud^. 

hard,  a.  ^axt  \\  (difficult)  fd^tDcr, 
fd^tDierig. 

hardly,  ad.  (scarcely)  faum. 

hardy,  a.  friiftlg,  abgeprtct. 

harmony,  s.  ©ntrac^t, /. 

hasten,  intr.  ellen  (().  or  I),  fi(^ 
bcellcn. 

hate,  V.  l^affen,  derabfd^euen. 

hatred,  s   §a6,  w. 

have,  V.  I)aben.*  ||  (cause)  Iaf= 
fen.*  II  —  done,  tun*  laffen.* 
i|to  —  to,  milffen.*  ||to  — 
much  pleasure  in  doing  it, 
ftd^  freuen  c^  gu  tun. 

he,  pr.  cr.  ||  —  who,  bcr,  totU 
c^cv;  tDer. 

head,  s.  ^opf,  m.  2".,  ©aupt, 
n.  3''.  II  (fig.)  (chief)  gUtirer, 
Setter,  m.  1.  II  at  the  — , 
an  bcr  ^pttje. 


health,  s.  ©cfunbl^eit,/.  4.    ||  out 

of  — ,  franf. 
hear,  v.  ^'6vm.     \\  (of  news)  cr= 

fa{)ren. 
heart,  s.  ^erj,  n.  (§ergen,  pi). 

\\(fig-)^^n,n.(Bttk,f.4t.  II  at 

— ,  t)on  ganjem  ^erjen.      |I  — 

and  soul,  mit  Seib  unb  ©eele. 
heat,  s.  $i^e,  /. 
heaven,  s.  §immel,  m.  1. 
heighten,    v.     (raise)    er^51^en. 

II  (increase)  t)erme{)ren. 
heir,  s.  (Srbe,  m.  4. 
help,  s.  ^ilfe,  /.,  33eiftanb,  m. 

II  for  — ,  nad^  <§ilfe. 
help,  v.  l^clfen,*  beifte^en*  (dat.). 

II  to  —  forward,  on,  fiirbem, 

unterftii^en. 
hence,  od.  (of  place)  t)on  f)ier. 

II  (in  consequence)  bat)er. 
her,  a.  l^r.     \\pr.  bcr  i^rigc. 
hero,  s.  §etb,  m.  4. 
heroic(al),    a.    l)cxox\<i),    l^elben- 

miltig. 
heroine,  s.  ^elbin, /.  4. 
hesitation,    s.    (doubt)    3^9^^^ 

71.   1. 

hesitate,  v.  jogem,  nnfc^Iilffig  fein. 
hide,  V.  t)erbergen,*  tjerfteden. 
hideous,  a.  njibemartig.     || — ly, 

ad.  pfetid^ertDeife. 
high,  a.  and  ad.  ]j)od^.      ||  (great) 

bebeutenb,  grofe. 
himself,  pr.  felbft,  fic^. 
hinder,   v.    f)inbem   (from,    an 

dat). 
his,  a.  fein.    j]  pr.  bet  fclnige. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


155 


historian,  s.  ©efc^ic^t^fd^reibcr, 
m.  1. 

history,  s.  ©efd^id^te,/.  I|  histo- 
ries, (hist,  dramas  of  Shake- 
speare) §iftorten,  /.  pi 

hitherto,  ad.  bi^  fe^t. 

hold,  V.  {)alten.*  H  —  a  place, 
eine  (Stellung  einne^men.* 
II  (consider)  anfe^eti,*  betra(^= 
ten  (a\^,  ace.).  ||to  —  up, 
(exhibit)  jeigen,  l^mftellen, 
prei^geben.* 

hollow,  a.  ^0^1. 

home,  s.  §eim,  n.  \\  (country) 
§eimat,/.  4.  ||  at  — ,  gu  §aufe. 
II  go  — ,  nac^  §aufe  ge^eix.* 

honest,  a.  d)xl\<i),  rec^tfd^affcn. 

honor,  s.  @§re,/.  4. 

honor,  v.  e^ren.  ||  (exalt)  tier* 
]^errlt(^en. 

honorable,  a.  e^ren{)aft. 

hope,  V.  I^offen  (for,  auf  ace). 

hopeless,  a.  f)offnung^Iog. 

house,  s.  §au8,  n.  3''.  ||  coun- 
try — ,  Sanb]^au«,  n.  \\  at  the 
—  of,  bei. 

how,  ad.  ttiic,  auf  m\6)t  SScifc. 
II  —  far,  IntDictDeit. 

however,  c.  aber,  inbeffen,  ben* 
no(^;  gleid^tDO^l.  1|  ad.  fo  .  .  . 
auc^. 

human,  a.  menfc^Itc^. 

humanity,  s.  (mankind)  9}icnfd^' 
^eit,/. 

humble,  a.  bemiitlg,  befd^eibcn. 

humorous,  a.  fpafe^aft,  l^umo- 
riftifd^. 


himger,  s.  §unger,  m. 
hurry,  v.  eilen. 

husband,  s.  Tlann,  m.  3''.,  @attc, 
m.  4.,  @ema()I,  m.  2. 


idea,    s.   ^bee,   /.    4.,    33egriff, 

m.  2.,  5Infic^t,  /.  4.     ||—  of 

freedom,  grei^eit^ibee, /.  4. 
ideal,  s.  ^htoX,  n.  2. 
idealist,  s.  ^bealift,  m.  4. 
idle,  a.  faut.      ||  (ineffectual)  un* 

n)irffam,  unnil^. 
if,    c.    menn.     ||  (whether)    oh. 

II  even   — ,   tuenn   au(i),  fclbft 

menn. 
illness,  s.  (sickness)  ^ranf^eit, 

/.  4. 
ill-treatment,    s.    fd^Ied^tc    58e* 

l^anblung,  /.  4. 
illusion,  s.  2^aufd^ung,  ^fffufion, 

/.  4. 
illustrate,   v.   (set  forth)  erlitu* 

tern,  erf(aren  (burd^). 
image,  s.  S8Ub,  w.  3.,  33ilbnl«, 

w.     2.      II  (s^aiwe)    SBUbfaulc, 

/.  4. 
imagination,  s.  ©nbilbung,  (Sin== 

bilbunggfraft,/. 
imaginative,  a.  p^antafiereid^. 
imagine,  v.   (devise)  erbenfcn.* 

II  (fancy)    fic§    einbilben,    fid^ 

Dorftetten. 
imitator,  s.  5^ad^a^mer,  m.  1. 
immense,  a.  unermeOUd^. 
imperial,  a.  faiferlid^,  ^aifer=  (in 

camp.). 


156 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


impetuosity,  s.  Ungeftilm,  n. 
§cftigteit,  /. 

implore,  v.  anfte()en  (urn). 

importance,  s.  ^id^tigfeit,  53c* 
beutung, /.  4. 

important,  a.  rt)id^tig,  bebeutenb. 

imposing,  a.  tmpofant. 

impossibility,  s.  Unm5gUd)fclt, 
/.  4. 

impossible,  a.  unmCglid^. 

impress,  v.  (affect)  ©nbrucf 
madden  auf  .  .  .  (ace).  II  he 
was  deeply  — ed  by  it,  eg 
mad^te  eincn  tiefeu  (Sinbrucf 
auf  i^n. 

impression,  s.  ©nbrudf,  m,  2''. 
(auf,  ace),  SSirfung,  /.  4. 

impressive,  a.  einbrutf^Doll. 

imprison,  v.  gefangen  l^altcn*  or 
nel^men.*     ||  — ed,  gefangen. 

improvement,  s.  ^Serbcfferung, 
/•4. 

impulse,  s.  (force)  9^egung,/.  4., 
5lntrieb,  m.  2.,  Hnftofe,  m.  2". 
II  (inspiration)  (Singebung,  /.  4. 
II  initial  — ,  (drama)  errcgenbe^ 
SD^oment,  n. 

in,  prp  in,  an,  auf,  bel . .  .  (dat,). 
I!  (o/  fime)  in,  binnen  .  .  . 
(gen.).  \\  —  vain,  toergeben^, 
umfonft.  II —  itself,  an  unb 
filr  flc^.  II —  as  much  as, 
c.  ha,  roeil;  infofern  aU.  \\  — 
that,  c.  infofern  aU.  \\  —  a 
word,  mit  einem  SSort.  |I  — 
the  morning,  am  SD^orgen. 
II  —  the  street,  auf  ber  ©trage. 


II  —  time,  gur  red^tcn  3eit.  ||  — 

order  to,  um  gu  (with  infini- 
tive). 
inaccuracy,     s.     Ungenauigfeit, 

/.  4.     II  getter,  m.  1. 
incessant,  a.  unauf^orlid^. 
incident,     s.     S'^^o.^h    SSorfatI, 

m.  2".,  Sreignig,  n.  2. 
incidental,  a.   (casual)  guffttttg. 

II  (subordinate)      nebenfac^Iid^. 
inclined,  o.  (fig.)  genetgt.  Ijwell- 

— ,     n)o^lgefinnt. 
increase,     v.     t)erme'f)ren,     tier* 

grii^em,  Derftcirfen. 
inculcate,     v.     einpragen,     eln* 

fd)arfen. 
indeed,  ad.  tnirHlc^,  in  ber  Xat, 

atterbingg. 
independent,  a.  unabt)angtg. 
India,  npr.  ^itbicn,  n. 
indicate,  v.  (point  out)  ^rtrntU 

fen*  auf  (ace),  bcjeic^nen. 
indifference,   s.   ©leic^giiltigfeit, 

/.  4. 
individual,    a.    inbiuibuetl,    ehi= 

getn. 
individualism,   s.   3nbit)ibuati§= 

mug,  m. 
indulge,    v.    nac^geben*    (dat.). 

II  to  —  oneself  in,  fid^  (dat.) 

etmtig  erlaviben,  fid^  gcftatten. 
industry,    s.    (assiduity)    \^id^, 

m.        II  (business)     ©emerbe, 

n.  1. 
inevitable,  a.  imUermeibUd^. 
infatuation,  s.  SSemarrtI)eit, /. 
infer,  v.  fd^Uefeen,*  fotgem. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


157 


inference,  s.  golgerung,  /.  4., 
@c^lu6,  m.  2". 

infidelity,  s.  (treachery)  Xxcu- 
lofigfett,  Untreue,  /.  4, 

infinite,  a.  untnhlid). 

influence,  s.  (Smftuft,  rn.  2". 

influence,  v.  beeinftuffen,  beftim- 
men. 

inform,  v.  (tell)  benad^rid^tigcn 
(of,  liber  ace),  mitteilen. 
II  to  —  oneself,  ftd^  htk\)xcn, 
fic^  SluSfunft  berfd^affen,  [ic^ 
unterrirfjteit. 

information,  s.  (telling)  53e= 
itad^rid^tigimg,  /.  4.  ||  (intel- 
ligence) Slu^fuTift,  /.  2'\ 

infuriated,  a.  miitetib. 

inherit,  v.  crben.  |1  — ed,  tier- 
erbt. 

initial,  a.  anfttnglid^,  erregcnb. 

injure,  v.  [c^aben  (dat.),  bef(5a= 
bigen.  ||  (hurt)  t>crk^cn.  ||  (im- 
pair) beeintrttd^tlgen,  fc^aben 
(dat.). 

injustice,  s.  ling ercc^ tig fei t, /.  4. 

inn,  s.  ©aft^of,  m.  2'\,  SSirtS- 
l)avL^,  n.  3". 

innocence,  s.  Unfd)ulb, /. 

innocent,  a.  itnfc^ulblg  (of,  cm 
dat.). 

inniunerable,  a.  UTija]j)Ug,  ^af)U 
log. 

inquiry,  s.  (interrogation)  (Sr- 
funbigung,  /.  4.,  i^rage,  /.  4. 
II  (investigation)  Unterfuc^ung, 
/.  4. 

inquisitive,  a.  ncugicrig. 


inseparable,  a.  ungertrennUd^. 
insight,  s.  ©infid^t,  /.    ||  (knowl- 
edge) ^enntnig,  /.  2. 
insist,  V.  (be  persistent)  feft  be= 

{)arrcn,  befte^cn  (on,  auf  dat.), 

betonen. 
inspection,  s.  SBefid^tigung,  /.  4. 

II  for  — ,  gur  — . 
inspiration,  s.  ^Tifpiration, /.  4. 
instance,  s.  briugenbe  Sitte,/.  4. 

II  for  — ,  gum  ^elfpiel. 
instant,  a.  (immediate)  unmit* 

idhav,  fofort(ig),  augenblidfUd^. 
instead,   ad.   ftatt  beffen.      ||  — 

of,  prp.  anftatt,  ftatt  (gen.). 
instigator,  s.  Hnftiftcr,  m.  1. 
instinct,  s.  ^nftinft,  m.  2. 
instinctive,  a.  tnftinftit),  unn)iH=« 

fiirtic^. 
institution,  s.  ©nrid^tung,  /.  4. 

II  (society)     ^^ftitut,    n.     2., 

Slnftalt,/.  4. 
instruct,  v.  unterrid^ten,  bclel^ren. 
insult,  s.  33elelbtgung,  /.  4. 
insult,  V.  beleiblgen,  befc^impfen. 
intellect,  s.  ^ntdhtt,  S3erftaTib, 

m. 
intellectual,  a.  (of  things)  geiftig. 

II  (of  persons)  intelligent. 
intelligent,  a.  intelligent,  Hug. 
intend^  v.  beabfi(§tigen. 
intention,     s.     5lbfi(^t,    /.     4. 

II  with  the  —  of,  in  ber  216* 

fic^t  .  .  .  gu  (injin.). 
intentionally,  ad.  abfidjtlid^,  be- 

abfid^tigt,  mit  S3orbebad^t. 
interest,  s.  ^ntereffe,  n.  ^.,  %t\U 


158 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


na^me,  /.  l|to  take  an  — 
in,  cin  ^tttereffe  ()abcn  fiir. 

interest,  v.  intereffieren.  ||  be 
— ed  in,  fic^  intereffieren  fur, 
fic^  anne^men  {gen.). 

interfere  (with),  v.  burdfifreugen 
(ace).  II  {clash)  in  ^onflift 
fommen*  (f.)  mit,  l^inbern 
(ace). 

interpret,  v.  {explain)  au^Iegen, 
beuten. 

interview,  s.  Unterrcbung, /.  4., 
3ufammentreffen,  n.  1. 

interweave,  v.  toertDcbcn  (with, 
in  ace). 

intimate,  a.  Dertraut. 

intolerance,  s.  Unbulbfamfcit, 
/.  4.,  ^ntolerans, /. 

intricate,  a.  t)errt)i(JeU,  tierhjorren. 

intrigue,  s.  ^^ntrige,  /.  4.  1|  "In- 
trigue and  Love,"  {Schiller's 
drama)  „^ahak  unb  ?iebe." 

intriguer,  s.  9?anfef(^ntieb,  m.  2. 

introduce,  v.  einftlt)ren.  1|  {make 
known)  t)orftetIen  (to,  dat.). 

introduction,  s.  (Sinfii^rung,/  4. 
li  {preface)  (Sinleitung, /.  4. 

invent,  v.  {devise)  erfinben.* 

invention,  s.  Srfinbung.  ||  (lit- 
erary) (Srbid^tung,  /.  4 

invest,  v.  {clothe)  befleiben. 
II  {fig.)  fc^mMen  (with,  mit). 

investigation,  s.  (Srforfd^ung, 
Unterfuc^ung,  /.  4. 

invite,  v.  {ask)  eintaben.*  ||  {sum- 
mon) aufforbem. 

involve,  v.  {surround)  umi)iX\lm, 


ein^iltten.  ||  {make  intricate) 
tjermirren.*  ||  — d,  t)crh)icfelt. 
lithe  principles  — d,  bie  gu 
@runbe  tiegenben  "ifringipien. 

inward,  a.  inner. 

island,  s.  ^n\ti,f.  4. 

issue,  s.  {exit)  5lu^gang,  m.  2" . 

isthmus,  s.  3ft^mu6,  m.  Sanb* 
enge,  /.  4. 

it,  prp.  e«.  II  from  — ,  of  — , 
ba\)on;  in  — ,  barin,  etc. 

Italian,  a.  itatienifc^. 

Italy,  npr.  ^talien,  n. 


jealous,  a.  eiferfiid^tig  (of,  auf 
ace). 

jealousy,  s.  @iferfud^t, /.  4. 

join,  V.  {take  part  in)  tcilnel^men* 
oxi  {dat.),  \\6)  anfd^Iiegen* 
{dat.). 

journey,  s.  W\\t,f.  4. 

joy,  s.  greube,/.  4. 

judge,  s.  $Ric^ter,  m.  1.  ||  {arU- 
trator)  (5(^iebgri(^ter. 

judge,  V.  {condemn)  rid^ten. 

judgment,  s.  Uxtdl,  n.  2.  ||  sen- 
tence) 3SemrteiIung,  /.  4. 

Juliet,  npr.  ^wXm,  f. 

June,  s.  3?uni,  m. 

jurisprudence,  s.  9^ed^t6n)iffcn* 
f«aft,/.  4. 

just,  a.  and  ad.  {exactly)  genau, 
gerabe.  ||  I  have  —  been 
there,  icf)  bin  (fo)eben  ha  gc= 
iDefen.  |I  —  now;  gcrabc  jetjt, 
foeben. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULALY 


159 


keen,  a.  fd^arf.     ||  {eager)  eifrtg. 

keep,  V.  ^alten.* 

kill,  V.  tiJten. 

kind,  s.  {sort)  %xij.  4. 

kind,  a.  giltig,  freunblid^. 

knight,  s.  $Ritter,  m.  1. 

know,   V.   tDiffen.*     |I  {persons) 

fennen.* 
knowledge,    s.    Stiffen,   n.    1., 

tenntni^,  /.  2.     |1  —  of  life, 

l^eben^fenntniS. 
known,  a.  befannt.       ||  well  — , 

n)of)lbcfatint. 


lack,  V.  SO^angel  l^abcn*  (an, 
dat.),  dermlffen  (ace).  II  fel^Ien, 
ntangeln  {impers.),  we  — 
nothing,  e6  fel^lt  or  mangcit 
un^  an  nic^t^. 

lady,  s.  T)amt,f.  4. 

lake,  s.  ®ee,  m.  4.  ||  the  —  of 
Lucerne,  ber  SSiematbftiittcr* 
fee. 

lamb,  s.  Samtn,  n.  3". 

lament,  v.  trauern.  ||  {wail) 
(ti3e^)flagen  (iiber,  ace). 

landlord,  s.  {of  an  inn,  etc.) 
SSirt,  m.  2. 

language,  s.  ©prad^c,  /.  4. 

lapse,  s.  {passing)  53erlauf,  m. 

large,  a.  grofe. 

largely,  ad.  ^auptf ftd^Ud^. 

late,  a.  {tardy)  [p(it.  |1  {former) 
fril^er.  I|  {new)  le^t.  |I  {de- 
ceased) toerftorben.  [|  — ly,  ad. 
-  fiirgUc^,  iiingft,  felt  furgem. 


latter,  a.  leigterer,  biefcr. 

laugh,  V.  la^cn  (iiber,  ace).  II  to 
—  to  scorn,  Derlad^en. 

laughter,  s.  ©elftd^ter,  w. 

law,  s.  ®efe^,  w.  2.  ||  {science 
of)  ^Red^t^tDtffenfd^aft,  /.  ||  — 
studies,  iuriftifrfie  ©tubten, 
pi.  II —  court,  ©erid^t^^of, 
m.  2". 

lay,  V.  legcn,  ftetten,  fe^cn. 

lead,  V.  {conduct)  fiil^reit,  leiten. 
II —  to,  fii{)rm  gu  laffen.* 
II —  him  to  believe,  i^n 
glauben  laffen. 

leader,  s.  gll^rcr,  Slnfii^rer,  m.  1. 

leadership,  s.  gti^rerfd^aft,  ?ci= 
tung,  /.  4. 

leading,  a.  fU^renb. 

learn,  v.  (cr)ternen.  ||  {ascer- 
tain) erfal^rcn,*  erfc^en.* 

least,  a.  fleinft,  gertngft,  minbeft. 
||a<i.  am  n)enigften.  ||at  the 
— ,  njenigfteng. 

leave,  s.  {permission)  @rlaub= 
iti^f  /•  II  —  of  absence, 
Uriaub,  m. 

leave,  v.  (affen.*  ||  (bequeath) 
{)interlaffen.*  ||  {desert)  ber- 
laffen.*  ||  {entrust)  nberlaf= 
fen.*  II  {go  away)  fortgel^en* 
(f.),  abreifen  (f.)  (for,  nac^). 

left,  a.  {abandoned)  berlaffen. 
II  {remaining)  iibrig.  ||  be  — , 
{remain)  iibrig  bleiben*  (f.). 

legend,  s.  {fable)  ?egenbe,  ©age, 
/.  4. 

lend,  V.  Ici()en,*  t)crlel^en.*    |1  to 


160 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


—  a  charm,  etncn  9leig  tier* 
Ici^cn. 

less,  ad.  iDcniger. 

lesson,  s.  (Se{)r)ftuTibe,  /.  4.    |1  to 

give  — s,  Unterrid^t  ertetlen. 
letter,  s.  33ud^ftabe,  m.  4.   1|  {com- 
munication) 58rief,  m.  2. 
liberty,  s.  grel^cit,/.  4.     |1  at  — , 

fret. 
lie,  V.   {recline)    liegen.*     ||  {he 

situated)  gele^en  fein,  Uegen.* 
life,  s.  Seben,  n.  1.,  Seben^melfc, 

/4.     nearly— ,3fugenb,/. 
lifetime,  s.  Seben^^ett,  /.  4. 
light,  s.  Sic^t,  n.  3.      11  throw  — 

on,  beleud^ten. 
like,  oc?.  tDie.     11  a.  or  ad,  ftl^ti* 

Vi6),  %\z\6)  {dat.). 
like,  V.  Ueben,  gem  l^aben.     II I 

—  reading,  ic^  lefe  gem.    11  to 

—  best,  am  liebften  ^aben. 
Ill  —  reading  best,  ic^  lefe 
am  Uebften.  1|  I  —  bread,  ic^ 
effe  gem  Srot. 

likely,  a.  {probable)  h)al^rfd^cin* 

ltd).     11 1   am  —  to  go,  ic^ 

ge^e  nja^rfd^einUc^. 
likeness,  s.  {resemblance)  ^^n= 

licfifeit,  /.  4. 
limit,  s.  ©renje,/.  4. 
lip,  s.  Sippe,  /.  4. 
listen,  V.  l)6xm  (auf,  ace);  gu* 

(joren  {dat.). 
literature,  s.  Siteratur,/.  4. 
little,  a.  tidn,  tnenig. 
live,  V.  lebeti,  Derleben,  ($?ebeTt) 

fii^ren. 


living,  s.  (life)  i^ebett,  n.  1. 
II  {manner  of  life)  Seben«= 
mi\t,  l^ebengfil^mttg,  /.  4. 

living,  a.  {alive)  lebenb,  le* 
benblg. 

lofty,  a.  (high)  l^od^.  1|  {sub- 
lime)  er^aben. 

long,  a.  lang. 

long,  V.  fid)  fe^neti  (for,  nad^). 

longing,  s.  ©e^^nfud^t,  /.  3Scr= 
IttTtgcn,  n. 

look,  V.  {regard)  artfel^en,*  be= 
trad^tett.  l|to  —  back,  git* 
riicEbUdfen  (auf,  ace).  |lto  — 
for,  {seek)  fud^en.  11  to  — 
forward  to,  etttgegcnfel^cn* 
{dat.),  \id)  freuen  auf  (ace). 

Lorraine,  npr.  Sotl^ringen,  n. 

lose,  V.  t^erUeren.* 

loss,  s.  ^Serluft,  m.  2. 

loud,  a.  laut,  Ifirmenb. 

love,  s.  Siebe,  /.  11  —  affair, 
giebcgder^altntg,  n.  2.  ||  to  be 
in  —  with,  t)erUebt  fein  tti 
{ace). 

lover,  s.  ©eltebte,  a.  as  s. 

loyalty,  s.  Xveut,  f. 

lyric,  s.  It)rifd)e§  @ebid^t,  n.  2. 

lyric(al),  a.  (tjrifc^.  ||  —  poet, 
I^^rifer,  m.  1. 


machinations,  s.  D^ftttfe,  pi. 
maid,  s.  {girl)  2)?(ibd^en,  n.  1. 

II  {servant)  3}?agb,  /.  2''.,  3ofc, 

/.  4. 
main,  a.  {chief)  ^aupt-.     ||the 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


161 


—  part  or  thing,  §auptteil, 
m.  2.,  §auptfa{^c, /.  4. 
majority,    s.    9}|e]^r()eit,   /.    4. 

make,  v.  mac^en.  H  {compel) 
Deranlaffen,*  laffeu.*  ||  (raise 
to  rank)  mac^en,  er^eben*  gu. 
II  to  —  an  effort  to,  [i6)  be= 
tnil^cTi  gu.  II  to  —  up  for, 
(compensate)  erfe^en.  I|  to  — 
up  one's  mind,  fic^  entfc^Ue' 
^en.  II  to  —  known,  befannt 
madden.  ||  to  —  possible,  er* 
miJgUc^en.  Hthis  — s  him 
seem,  ba^  lafet  itjn  erfc^eineu. 

man,  s.  Warm,  m.  3'^  ||  {human 
being)  Wtxi\6),  m.  4.  ||  —  of 
honor,  (gl^renmann. 

manage,  v.  leiten,  toernjalten 
II  {contrive)  beiDcrfftettigen,  fer= 
tig  bringen.* 

manager,  s.  Setter,  35or[te§er, 
m.  1.  II  {iheat.)  ^Direftor,  ^n^ 
tenbant,  m.  4. 

mankind,  s.  9J?enf(^'^eit, /. 

many,  a.  and  pr.  diet,  mattc^. 
II  —  a  time,  of tmalg.  ||  —  a 
man,  mand^er. 

March,  s.  SD^ttrg,  m. 

mark,  s.  {target)  g^xtX,  n.  2. 

mark,  v.  {heed)  arfiten  auf  .  .  . 
(ace).  II  (im/tca^e)  bejeii^nen. 
II  {distinguish)  aii^geid^nen. 

marriage,  s.  @()e,/,  4.  ||  {match) 
§eirat,  /.  4.  ||  —  -bond,  gef- 
fein  (/.  pi.)  ber  ^^e,  ^\)t\Q6), 
n,  2. 


marry,  v.  {give  in  marriage) 
t)er^eiraten,  t3crma()Ien.  Ij  {wed) 
^eiraten.  1|  be  or  get  mar- 
ried, ^eiraten,  fic^  t)er^elrateii 
(mit,  dat.). 

martyrdom,  s.  9[)?artl)rertum,  m. 

mass,  s.  ajjaffe,  /.  4.  |1  {relig.) 
ajjeffe,  /.  4. ;  at  — ,  in  ber  — . 

master,  s.  {chief)  §crr,  m.  4., 
©ebieter,    w.    1.     1|  — piece, 

9J2eifterrt)erf,  n.  2.  1| stroke, 

s.  2)ieifterftuc!,  n.  2. 

masterly,  a.  meifter^aft. 

match,  s.  {equal)  ©leic^e,  Uber* 
einftimmeube,  a.  as  s.  \\  to  be 
a  —  for,  gen3a(^fen  fetn  {dat.). 

material,  s.  ©toff,  m.  2. 

matter,  s.  ©adje,  /.  4;  ©toff, 
m.  2. 

maturity,  s.  $Reife, /.  4. 

may,,  i*.  mSgen,*  fiinnen,*  bilr* 
fen.* 

mean,  s.  W\.iit\,  n.  1.  \\  by  no 
manner  of  — s,  felne^megg, 
ganj  unb  gar  nid^t. 

mean,  v.  {signify)  bebcnten. 
II  {intend)  beabfic^tigen,  n^ol* 
ten.*  II  it  is  — t  to  be,  e«  \oU 
fein  .  .  . 

meaning,  s.  (significance)  53e* 
beutung,  /.  4.  I|  (sense)  ©inn, 
m.  2. 

measure,  s.  ^la^,  n.  2.  \\  (quan- 
tity) 2^ei(,  m.  2.  ||  in  a  great 
— ,  grfi^tenteilg. 

measiured,  a.  (deliberate)  ge* 
meffen. 


162 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


medieval,  a.  inittelalterUd^. 
medicine,  s.  {science)  9J?ebisin, 

^eilfunbe,  /. 
meet,    v.    begepen    (f.)    {dat.), 

treffen,     ftofeen     auf     (ace). 

II  (join)  ^ufammentreffen  mtt. 
meeting,  s.   {encounter)  ^Segeg- 

nung,  /.  4.,  3iiffi^Tnenfunft, 

/.  r. 

melancholy,  s.  9)JeIand^oUe, 
(Sc^njermut,  /. 

member,  s.  (^X\t\),  n.  3.  ||  {per- 
son) SJiltglieb. 

memory,  s.  @ebarf)tni6,  n.  ||in 
—  of,  to  the  —  of,  pr  (Sr- 
innerung  an  .  .  .  (ace). 

mention,  v.  ertDtt'fineTi. 

mercy,  s.  (^\\a.\it,f.  4. 

mere,  a.  blog. 

message,  s.  58otf(^aft,  /.  4. 

method,  s.  90^et()obe,  /.  4., 
®t)ftem,  n.  2. 

metre,  s.  3J2etnim,  n.  (3JJetren 
anc?  9J2ctra,  pi.),  gebunbene 
$Rebe,  /. 

metric(al),    a.    metrifc^,    rf)t)tl)^ 

middle,  a.  mittlerc,  (w  com- 
position) ^liith,  g^to\\^tn^. 
II  Middle  Ages,  s.  ba«  $mittel= 

alter,  n.     || class,  s.  SJJit- 

tetftanb,  58llrgerftanb,  m.  2". 

midst,  s.  Wxiii,  /.  ||  in  the  — 
of,  inmitten  {gen.),  mitten  in 
{dat.). 

midsmnmer,  s.  ^od^fommer, 
m.  1. 


mighty,  a.  {powerful)  miid^tiQ. 
military,  a.  mititttrifc^. 
million,  s.  90?it(ion,/.  4. 
mind,  s.  ®eift,  m.   3.,   @emttt, 

n.  3.,  ©eete,  /.  4. 
mingle,  v.  (t)er)mifc|en. 
mingling,  s.  33ermifd^ung, /.  4. 
misery,  s.  Ungliirf,  n.     ||  {want) 

(glenb,  n.,  9lot,  /. 
misfortime,  s.  Unglilcf,  n. 
misrepresentation,      s.      falfd^c 

3)arftertung,  /.  4. 
mission,     s.    (genbung,    /.     4. 

II  {charge)    5luftrag,    m.    2"., 

i8eruf,  w.  2. 
mist,   s.   92ebel,  m.   1.     ||  {jig.) 

@d;Ieier,  w.  1. 
mistake,       v.       mifederfte^en.* 

II  make    a    — ,   be   — n,   \x6) 

taufd^en,  \x6)  irren  (in  .   .   . 

dat.).     II  mistaken,  a.  irrig. 
mistress,      s.     ^ame,     /.     4. 

II  {owner)    ^errin,    ©ebieterin, 

/.    4.     IK^iYZc,    Mrs.)    gran, 

/.  4.    II  {sweetheart)  ©eliebte,  /. 

II  {concubine)  SWaitreffe,  /.  4. 
misunderstand,  v.  mi6t)erftel)en.* 
mixed,    a.    gemifd^t,    oermifd^t. 

II —   up,    t)ern)idCeIt    (in,    in 

ace). 
mode,    s.    {manner)    Hrt    unb 

SSetfe,/. 
model,    s.     {example)     Wyx\itx, 

n.  1.,  3SorbiIb,  n.  3. 
modem,  a.  mobem,  neu,  f)euttg. 
moment,  s.  Slugenblidf,  m.  2. 
momentous,  a.  tDid^tig. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


163 


money,  s.  @elb/n.  3. 
monument,  s.  ^enfmd,  n.  3". 
mood,  s.  ©timmung,  /  4".      "" 
moral,  a.  moralifc^,  fittUc^. 
more,  ad.  met)V. 

moreover,  ad.  iiberbie^,  no6)  bagu. 
mortal,   a.    fterbtid).      ||  (fatal) 

tdbUd^. 
most,  a.  metft,  griigt.     II — ly, 

ad.  mclften^,  meiftentelt^. 
mother,  s.  3}Jutter,  /.  1''.    1|  — 

tongue,  s.  9}iutterfprad^c, /.  4. 
mourn,    v.    betrauem,   beflageti. 

Iltrauem,  intr.  (urn). 
move,    V.    betDegen.       I|  (affect) 

rii^ren.     ||  to    —   from,    ah^ 

bringen*     bon     (dat.).     \\  (to 

change   residence)   fortgte{)cn* 

(I),  umjie^en*  (f.),  liberfiebetu 

a.)  (nac^). 
movement,  s.  iSelDegung,/.  4. 
moving,   a.    (pathetic)  ril^renb, 

pacfenb. 
much,  a.  and  ad.  biel.      ||  (very) 

murder,  s.  9)2orb,  m.  2. 
murderer,  s.  SO^firber,  m.  1. 
mystery,  s.  ^a^  ©e^etmni^ftotlc. 
mythical,  a.  mt)t]^if(^,  fagen{)aft. 


name,  s.  ^^amc,  m.  (-en^,  pi. 
-en),  SSejcid^nung,  /.  4.  Hat 
the  — ,  bei  bem  5^amen, 

namely,  ad.  namUd^. 

Naples,  npr.  9^eapel,  n. 

narrative,  a.  ergaf)Ienb. 


narrow,  a.  eng. 

nation,  s.  9^ation,  /.  4.,  SSolf, 

w.  3. 
national,  a.  national. 
native,  a.  (natal)  @eburt3=.  ||  — - 

land,  —  coimtry,  s.  §eimat, 

/.  4.,  SSatedanb,  n.  3".,  3$ater- 

ftabt,/.  2''. 
natiu-al,    a.    natilrUc^.         ||  — 

scenery,  3^atur,  /.,  2anbfd)aft, 

/.4. 
nature,   s.   ^atnv,  f.   4.     ||by 

— ,  Don  ^flatur. 
near,  a.  najc.     || — ,  ad.  na^t, 

in  bcr  9^a^c  (oon).    ||  — ,  prp. 

(na^e)  bei. 
necessary,   a.  nottoenbig,  notig 

(to,  flir). 
necessity,  s.  9^otn)enbigfeit, /.  4. 
needi   s.  '^ot,  f.  2".     ||  (want) 

53eburfni«,  n.  2.  (of,  nad^). 
need,  v.  notig  l^aben,  brauc^en, 

bebiirjen  (gen.). 
neither,  pr.  feiner  (t)on  beiben), 

Mn.     II —  ...  nor  .   .   ., 

njeber  .  .  .  nod^. 
never,  ad.  nie,  niemal^,  nimmer. 

II —  to  be  forgotten,  unoer^ 

gefeUd^. 
nevertheless,  c.  ntc^t^beftotoeni* 

ger. 
new,  a.  neu. 
news,  s.  9^ad^rid^t, /.  4. 
nine,  num.  neun. 
ninety,  num.  neungig. 
no,  a.  fein.     ||  —  one,    feiner. 

II — ,  ad.  nein. 


164 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


noble,  a.  {of  high  birth)  ab(e)Ug. 
II  (magnanimous)  gro^TUiitig, 
ebel.     II  (dignified)  t)ornef)m. 

none,  pr.  fciner,  -e,  -e^. 

non-historical,  a.  un^iftorifc^. 

not,  ad.  nid^t.  ||  —  at  all, 
burc^au^  nic^t,  gar  nic^t.  ||  — 
only  .  .  .  but  also  .  .  .,  nid^t 
nur,  .  .  .  fonbern  auc^  .  .  . 
II  —  until,  erft.  I|  —  even, 
md)i  einmal. 

note,  s.  (annotation)  9^oti3,  Hit- 
mertog,/.  4. 

note,  V.  kmerfen. 

novel,  s.  dioman,  m.  2. 

novelist,  s.  D^omanfc^rtft^ 
[teller (in),  m.  1.  (and  f.  4.). 

November,  s.  3flot)ember,  m. 

now,  ad.  \t%\.,  nun. 

numerous,  a.  gal)lreid^. 


obey,  V.  gel^orc^en  (dat.). 

oblige,  V.  notigen,  giDingen.* 

obscure,  a.  (dark)  bunfel.  |1  (in- 
distinct) unbentUc^. 

obscurity,  s.  (seclusion)  S3er* 
borgen^eit,  /. 

observe,  v.  (inspect)  beobad^ten. 
II  (notice,  remark)  bemerfen. 

obstinate,  a.  l^artnctcEig,  eigen^ 
finntg. 

obtain,  v.  erlangen,  erreid^en. 

occasion,  s.  (cause)  Urfac^e, 
/.  4.  II  (opportunity)  ®elegen= 
l^eit,  /.  4.  II  on  the  —  of, 
gelegentlid^  .  .  .  (gen.),  bel  @e= 


legen^eit  (gen.).  \\  — ally,  ge* 
legentUd^. 

Occident,  s.  SSeften,  m.,  Slbenb- 
lanb,  n. 

occupy,  V.  (hold)  befi^en,*  inne= 
\)ahm.*  II  (a  house)  beti5ol)= 
nen. 

occur,  V.  (to  the  mind)  einfallen* 
(I).  II  (happen)  t)or fallen* 
(f.),  fic^  ereignen. 

of,  prp.  t)on,  au^. 

offer,  V.  anbieten,*  barbieten.* 

officer,  s.  (civil)  ^eamte,  m.  4. 
II  (military)  £)ffijier,  m.  2. 

often,  at/,  oft,  pufig. 

old,     a.     alt.     II fashioned, 

altmoblfd^. 

Olympian,  s.  Oltjmpier,  m.  1. 

omen,  s.  Omen,  n.  (Omina,  pi.), 
SSorjetd^en,  n.  1.,  33orbebeu= 
tung,  /.  4. 

on,  ad.  auf,  fort,  toetter.  ||  — , 
prp.  (at)  an,  (upon)  auf.  ||  — 
his  return,  bei  feiner  dlMh\)X. 

once,  ad.  einmal.  |1  (formerly) 
einft.  II  —  more,  noc^  einmal, 
n)ieber.  I|  at  — ,  fofort,  fo= 
gleid^. 

one,  a.  ein.  ||  (only)  eingig. 
II  no  — ,  niemanb.  || —  an- 
other, einanber.     1|  — self,  \i^. 

only,  a.  ein^ig.  ||  — ,  ad.  nur, 
blofe,  allein,  erft. 

open,  V.  iiffncn,  aufmad^en.  1|  (be- 
gin) beginnen.*  |1  (fig.)  ben 
5lnfang  madden. 

opening,  a.  Slnfang^-  (incomp.). 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


165 


opinion,  s.  3)2einung,  /.  4.,  5lti* 
fid)t,/.  4.  II  to  be  of  the — 
ber  SD^einung  feiti. 

opponent,  s.  (^egner,  m.  1. 

opportunity,  s.  ®elegen{)eit, /.  4. 

oppose,  V.  entgegenfe^en  {dat.), 
fic§  tDiberfetjen  (dat.),  miber- 
fte^en*  (c/a«.)- 

opposite,  s.  @egenfa^^  m.  2"., 
©egenteil,  m.  2.,  ba^  (Snt= 
gegengefel^te. 

opposite,  a.  gegenilber,  gegen= 
iiberfte^cnb,  — Uegenb.  \\prp. 
gegeniiber. 

oppress,  V.  unterbrlicfen. 

or,  c.  ober.     I|  —  else,  fonft. 

order,  s.  Orbnung,/.  4.  ||  {con- 
dition) 3u[tanb,  w.  2''.  ||  (se- 
quence) (9^ei]^en=)goIge, /.  4. 

order,  v.  (command)  befe{)Ien* 
(dat.). 

Orient,  s.  Often,  Orient,  w., 
SO^orgenlanb,  n. 

orphan,  s.  SSaife,  /.  4.  ||  — 
boy,  SSaifenfnabe,  m.  4. 

other,  a.  (different)  anber,  t)er= 
f(f)ieben.  |I  (additional)  anber, 
nod^.  II — ,     ad.     anberg. 

II  among  —  things,  unter  an- 
berem.  ||  on  the  —  hand, 
anbrerfeit^.  Ijeach  — ,  etn* 
anber.  ||  — s,  pi.  anbere  Seute. 
II  otherwise,  ad.  anberg.  ||  c. 
fonft. 

ought,  v.,  I  — ,  ic^  milfetc,  i^ 
fotUe.  II I  —  to  have  done  it, 
id^  ^^tU  e6  tun  fotten. 


our,  pr.  unfer. 

out,  prp.  and  ad.  au^,  l^inau^. 

II— of  health,  franf. 
outburst,  s.  ^u^bnid^,  m.  2''. 
outgrow,  V.  (fig.)  enttt)ad}fen*  (f.) 

(dat.). 
outrage,  v.  (insult)  beleibigen. 
outset,  s.  5lnfang,  m.  2".    ||at, 

from  the  — ,  t)on  5lnfang  an. 
outside     (of),    prp.     aufeertjalb 

(gen.).     ||  —  the  city,  t)or  ber 

etabt. 
over,  ad.  (at  an  end)  p  (Snbc. 

II  (past)  t)orbei.    |1  left  — ,  ilbrig 

fein. 
overestimate,  v.  ilberfd^ttlgen. 
overpower,  v.  ilbernjttltigen. 
oversight,  s.  (supervision)  2luf* 

overtake,  v.  einl^olcn. 
overture,  s.  Oudertilre,  /.  4. 
owe,   V.   fd^utben,   fc^ulbig   fein. 

II  (fig-)  t)erbanfen. 
owing,  a.  fd^utbig.     || —  to,  in* 

folge  t)on.     ||  it  is  —  to  him 

that,  eg  ift  i§nt  gujufc^reiben, 

bag. 
own,  a.  eigen. 


page,  s.  (of  a  hook)  ©cite,/.  4., 
SBIatt,  n.  3". 

pain,  s.  ©d^merj,  m.  (-eg,  -en). 
II— s,  (trouble)  WiX^t,  f.  4. 
II  take  — s,  fid^  bemlll^en. 

painful,  a.  fd^merjUd^.  ||  (dis- 
tressing) peinUd^. 


166 


ENGLISH-GERMAN   VOCABULARY 


painter,  «.  3)^aler(m),  m.  1.  {or 

/.  4.). 
palace,  s.  ^alaft,  m.  2". 
pallid,  a.  blelc^,  blag. 
parent,  s.  33ater,  m.  1''.,  SD^utter, 

/.  r.    II— s,  (gltem,  vl. 
parental,  a.  elterlic^. 
park,  s.  '^oxt,  m.  2.,  5lnlage,/.  4. 
parsonage,  s.  'ipfarr^au^,  w.  3''. 
part,    s.    %&\,   m.    2.      1|  (rdZe) 

^TJotte,/.     II  leading  — ,  §aupt- 

rotle.     II  to   change   — s,   bic 

D^otten    medjfeln.     ll  {country) 

©egenb,  /.   4.     Hfor  my  — , 

meinerfeit^. 
particular,  s.  ^iTigeIt)eit,  /.  4. 
particular,  a.  {special)  befonber. 

II — ^ly,  ad.  befonber^. 
pass,  V.  {time)  t)erbrmgcn,*  gu= 

bringen.*      ||to  —  through, 

{go  through)  burc^gel^en*   (f.) 

{sep.),     burd^reifen     {insep.). 

II  {experience)         burd^mac^en 

(Sep.). 
passion,  s.  Selbenfc^aft,  /.  4. 
passionate,  a.  leibenfdjaftUd^. 
passive,  a.  paffit). 
past,    a.    t)ergangen.     ||  s.    ^Ser- 

9angen()eit,  /. 
pastor,  s.  *^aftor,  m.  4.,  ^re= 

biger,  Sanbprebiger,  m.  1. 
path,  s.  ^\ab,  SSeg,  m.  2. 
pathetic,  a.  riil^rcTib. 
pathos,  s.  *ipat^o^,  n. 
patron,  s.  patron,  m.  2.,  ©d^uig* 

Jerr,  m.  4.,  ©finner,  m.  1. 
pause,  s.  *ipaufe, /.  4. 


pawn,  V.  berpfanben,  berfeljcn. 
pay,  V.  {ht)ia\)im,  Iof)nen,  t)er= 

gelten.     ||  to  —  homage,  l^iil* 

bigen. 
payment,    s.    3a]^Iung,    S8esa^= 

lung,  /.  4.     II  in  — ,  pr  ^e- 

ga^lung. 
peace,  s.  griebe(n),  w.    ||  (^wieO 

^tu^e,    ©tirte,    /.      II—    of 

mind,  ©emiit^ni^c. 
peasant,    s.    ^auer,   m.    (-er^, 

-em).    II  —  boy,  SBauernfnabe, 

m.  4. 
pedantry,  s.  '^thankxk,  f.  4. 
peer,  s.  {equal)  ^benbiirtige,  a. 

as  s.    II  his  — s,  f eine^gleid^en. 
penitence,  s.  ^ufee,  9^eue, /.  4. 
people,  s.  {nation)  35oIf,  n.  3''. 

II  {persons)   Mm\(i)tn,  m.  pi, 

^eute,  pZ. 
perfect,  i;.  {finish)  berboHfomni= 

nen.     ||  {instruct  fully)  au^UU 

ben. 
perfect,  a.  \)ottfommen. 
perfection,    s.    SSol(fommenf)elt, 

/.  4.     II  to  — ,  meifter^aft. 
perform,  v.  {fulfil)  erfiltten. 
perhaps,  ad.  t)icl(eic^t. 
period,  s.  ^eriobe,  /.  4.,  ^dU 

raum,  m.  2".,  S'^xt,  f.  4. 
perish,  v.  {he  destroyed)  unter- 

gel^en*    (f.),   gugrunbe   ge^en* 

(f.). 
permanent,     a.     (fort)baucrnb, 

ftiinbig. 
perpetrator,  s.  XHttx,  m.  1. 
perplex,  v.  toerbliiffen. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


167 


persecute,  v.  tierfolgen.  |1  (wor- 
ry) ptagen. 

persecution,  s.  33erfoIgung, /.  4. 

persistently,  ad.  ^artnttcfig. 

person,  s.  ^iperfon,  /.  4.,  iemanb. 
II  in  — ,  perf(}nU(^. 

personage,  s.  iperfiJnUd^fcit, /.  4. 

personal,  a.  perf(inU(^. 

persuade,  v.  iiberreben  (insep.). 
II  (convince)  ilbeqeugen  (in- 
Sep.). 

pettiness,  s.  (meanness)  ^Iciit* 
M)tdtJ.  4. 

phase,  s.  ^^afc,  /.  4.  ||  (fig.) 
©ette, /.  4. 

philosopher,  s.  ^ip^tlofopf),  m.  4. 

philosophical,  a.  p{)i(ofop()ifd^. 

philosophy,  s.  ^\)iio\o)(i\)k,  f.  4. 

physical,  a.  fiJrperlic^. 

physician,  s.  5lrjt,  m.  2".  \  regi- 
mental — ,  OJegimentgarjt. 

picture,  s.  S8Ub,  n.  3.,  ©emttlbc, 
n.  1. 

picture,  v.  (fig.)  fc^ilbem. 

picturesque,  a.  malerifc^. 

piece,  s.  (portion)  (Stiid,  n.  2. 

pilgrim,  s.  "ipUger,  m.  1. 

pity,  s.  ayjittelb,  ©rbarmen,  n. 
II  to  have,  take  —  on,  3)Jit 
leib  tiabcn  mit. 

place,  s.  '^lai^,  m.  2".,  ©tettc, 
/.  4.  II  (position)  ©tctlung, 
/.  4.  II  (situation)  ^Imt,  n.  3" 
©tcHung,/.  4.  ||  (scholarship) 
5relp(a^.  ||in  the  first 
erften^.  ||in  the  second  — , 
Stt)citmf 


place,    V.    fetjen,    iegen,    ftcHen. 

II  to  —  oneself  at  the  head, 

ft(^  an  bic  ©pilje  ftellen. 
plan,  s.  (project)  ^lan,  m.  2". 

II  (method)  9}Jet^obc,  /.  4. 
plan,     V.     (draw)     entmerfen.* 

\\  (scheme)  planen. 
play,  s.  @piel,  n.  2.     \\  (drama) 

©d^aufpicl,  n.  2. 
play,  V.  fpielen. 
plajnvright,  s.  ©d^aufplctbld^tcr, 

2)ramatifcr,  m.  1. 
pleasant,    a.    (plmsing)    angc* 

nel^m. 
please,  v.  gef alien*  (dat.).   \\  (sat- 
isfy) befrieblgen. 
pleased,  a.  gufrieben. 
pleasure,   s.  SBergnllgen,  n.   1., 

greubc,  /.  4. 
pledge,  s.  ^fanb,  n.  3''.,  SSilrgc, 

m.  4. 
plot,  s.  (of  a  play,  etc.)  §anb* 

lung,  gabel,  /.  4. 
poem,  s.  @ebi(^t,  n.  2. 
poet,  s.  35ld^ter,  m.  1. 
poignant,  a.  (of  grief,  pain)  ticf 

unb  fc^mergUd^. 
point,  s.  ^unft,  m.  2.     \\  —  of 

view,    ©tanbpunft,    @e[l(^t«* 

punft,  m.  2.     II  in  —  of,  l^ln* 

fid^tUd^  .  .  .  (gen.). 
point,     V.     (sharpen)     fd^ftrfcn. 

II  to  —  out,  gclgen. 
polish,  V.  (fig.)  t>erfeinern. 
political,  a.  poUtifd^. 
ponder,    v.    nad^benfen*    (ilbcr, 

ace). 


168 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


poor,  a.  arm;  fd)Ied^t. 
popularity,  s.  i8eUebt{)eit,/. 
population,      s.      ^eljfilfening, 

/.  4. 
position,  s.  Sage,/.  4.     ||  (rank) 

©tellung,  /.  4.     ||  in  a  —  to, 

imftanbe  or  in  her  Sage  gu. 

II  —  in  the  theater,  ©tellung 

am  2:^eater. 
possession,  s.   {ownership)  58e= 

fi^/  ?n.  2. 
possibility,  s.  S}2iJgU(^fett, /.  4. 
possible,  a.  miiglic^. 
potent,  a.  m(id;tig,  getDaltig. 
poverty,  s.  5lrmut, /. 
power,  s.  Tla6)t,f.  2".,  ©etualt, 

/.  4.     II  {nation)  m^^i,  ©rofe^ 

mad)t,  /.  2". 
powerful,  a.  mad) tig,  getDaltig. 
practical,    a.   ^raftifc^.     ||  — ly, 

ad.  etgentUc^. 
practise,  v.  {do  frequently)  qm^- 

Uben,  tun.* 
preach,  v.  prebigen,  reben. 
precaution,    s.    53orfi(^t,  /.    4. 

11  to  take  — s,  S3orfi(^t^ma6= 

regein  treffen.* 
precede,    v.    Dorau^gel^en*    (f.) 

(dat.). 
preceptress,  s.  Sef)rerin,/.  4. 
precipitous,  a.  m,  fteil. 
precise,  a.  genau,  beftimmt. 
prefer,  v.  {like  better)  toorjiel^en,* 

lieber  f)aben.* 
preliminary,  a.  einleitenb. 
preparation,     s.     S3orbcreitung, 

/.  4.  (for,  gu). 


prepare,  v.  borbereiten  (for,  auf 

ax^c). 
prescribe,  v.  borfc^reiben.* 
present,  v.  {give)  geben.*  ||  {theat. 

or  literary)  barftellen. 
present,  a.  {of  time)  gcgentDdr^ 

tig,   ieljig.     II  {of  place)    an* 

tDefenb.     ||  to  be  —  at,  bci* 

tDO^^nen  {dat.). 
presentation,   s.    {act)   !DarfteI* 

lung,/.  4. 
preserve,    v.    {project)    fd^il^cn 

(from,  t>or  dat.). 
prevent,  v.  I^inbem. 
previous,    a.    t)or]^er{g.     ||  — ly, 

ad.  t)or]^er. 
priestess,  s.  ^ipriefterin, /.  4. 
prime,  a.  erft,  ^aupt=  {in  comp.). 

II ^minister,  ©taat^minifter, 

m.  1. 
prince,  s.  ^ring,  m.  4.    ||  {sover- 
eign) giirft,  m.  4. 
princely,  a.  fiirftUd^. 
principal,  a.  \)aupt\a^\i^. 
principle,    s.    {tenet)   ©runbfa^, 

m.  2".,  ^ringip,  n.  (-ten,  jjL). 
print,  V.  brucfen. 
prisoner,    s.    ©efangcnc,   a.    as 

s.     II  to    take    — ,    gefangen 

nel^men. 
probable,  a.  njal^rfd^etnlid^. 
problem,    s.    ^iproblem,    n.    2. 

II play,      *»ProbIem*^ramo, 

n.  (-en,  pi). 
procession,  s.  3ug,  w.  2''. 
proclaim,  v.  berfllnben. 
produce,      v.      I^ertiorbringcn.* 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


169 


\\  (bring   about)    l^crborrufen,* 

Dcrurfad^cn.      || —     on     the 

stage,    auffii^rcn    (auf     bent 

jti)eatcr). 
production,   s.   §crborbrlngung, 

/.   4.     II  (theat.)    Sluffii^rung, 

/.  4. 
productive,  a.  frud^tbar. 
profound,  a.  tief. 
progress,  s.  gortfc^ritt,  m.  2. 
progressive,  a.  fortfc^reitenb. 
prologue,  s.  "^Prolog,  m.  2. 
promise,  v.  t)erfpre(^en.* 
pronounce,  v.  au^fprec^cn.* 
proper,     a.     (correct)     rid^tig. 

II  (real)  eigentUc^,  tuirfUd^. 
prophesy,  v.  pxop^qdm,  mafir* 

fag  en  (sep.). 
proportion,  s.  33er^aUni^,  n.  2. 

II  (share)  5lnteit,  Zdi,  m.  2. 
proposal,  s.  S5orf(^lag,  m.  2. 
proposition,  s.  (offer)  33orf(^lQg, 

m.  2. 
prose,  s.  "^rofa,  /.     ||  —  form, 

^rofaform,/.  4. 
prosperity,    s.   ©ebei^en,   ©tiicf, 

n.,  SSo(){fa^rt,  /. 
prot6g^(e),  s.  (Fr.)  (gd^ii^Ung, 

m.  2. 
Protestantism,    s.    'proteftanti6= 

mu«,  m. 
proud,  a.  [tolj  (of,  auf  ace). 
prove,  V.  betneifen.* 
provided,    —   that,   c.   t)orau^=« 

gcfe^t  bai 
province,  s.  ^rot)in5,  /.  4. 
provoke,       v.       ^erau^forbern. 


II  (cause)   bcranlaffen,*   bcrur* 

fad^en. 
Prussia,  npr.  '^Preufeen,  n. 
public,  s.  "ipubUfunt,  n. 
public,  a.  tiffentUc^. 
publication,  s.  (publishing)  SBer* 

(iffentlic^ung,  /.  4. 
pulpit,  s.  Mangel,/.  4. 
pulsation,  s.  "ipul^fc^tag,  m.  2"^ 
punishment,  s.  (©trafe,  53eftra« 

fung,  /.  4. 
pupil,  s.  ®(f)uler(in),  m.  1.  (and 

/•  4.). 
pure,  a.  rein,  unf(^ulbig.    ||  — ly, 

od.  rein,  altein. 
purport,    s.    ^ebeutung,  /.    4., 

<8mn,  m. 
purpose,  s.  Slbfic^t,  /.  4.     |I  (aim 

in  view)  ^^Vdtd,  m.  2. 
purpose,    V.    beabfic^tigen,    t)or* 

l^abcn.* 
pursue,     V.     berfolgen     (dat.). 

II  (continue)    fortfaf)ren*    (f.). 

II  to  —  one's  way,  feinen  2Seg 

fortfe^en. 
pursuer,  s.  S3erfo(gcr,  m.  1. 
push,  v.,  to  —  one's  way,  fid^ 

brftngeti. 
put,  V.  (place)  fe^en,  legen,  fteden, 

bringen,*  tun,*  fc^affen.*    ||  to 

—  on,  (clothes)  antegcn,  anjle* 

l^en.*    II  to  —  before,  tiorlegen. 


quality,  s.  Oualitat,/.  4.  H  (na- 
ture) ^atur,  /.  4.  \\  (attri- 
bute) Sigenfc^aft,  /.  4. 


170 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


quarrel,  «.  ©trelt,  m.  2.,  S^^h 
m. 

quarter,  s.  SSlcrtct,  n.  1.  ||  — s, 
pi  SBol^nung,/.  4. 

queen,  s.  ^5nigln,/.  4. 

quench,  v.  (extinguish)  (auS)* 
Ififc^en.  II  (subdue)  untcr= 
briicfcn  (insep.). 

question,  s.  gragc,  /.  4.  I|  with- 
out a  — ,  utigtDelfel^aft,  unbt^ 
bingt.  II  the  —  is,  e^  l^anbclt 
\i6)  (bar)um. 

quiet,  s.  9^u^e,/.  4. 

quiet,  a.  rul^ig;  ftltt.  ||  (of 
dress)  einfac^,  ru^ig. 

quiet,  V.  berul^igen.  ||  grow  — , 
be  — ed,  fid)  beru^tgeti. 

quite,  ad.  ganj  ganjUt^,  t)5lUg. 


race,  s.  9^affc,  /.  4. 

rage,  s.  3Sut,/. 

rage,  v,  intr.  tDiitcn. 

rain,  s.  9^egcn,  m.  1. 

raise,  v.  (lift)  (auf)]^cben.* 
II  (promote,  raise  to  the  rank 
of)  erf)eben,*  beforbcrti  gu  .  .  . 

rapid,  a.  f(f)net(. 

rather,  ad.  (sooner)  e^cr,  Ueber. 
II  (more  properly)  toiclmc^r, 
cigentUcf).    ||  —  than,  cl^cr  aU. 

ratio,  s.  3Ser§altni^,  n.  2. 

reach,  v.  (arrive  at)  crrei(^cn. 

read,  v.  lefen.*  1|  to  —  aloud 
to,  t)orIefcn*  (dat.). 

ready,  a.  bereit,  fcrtij.  ||  (easy) 
Id^tf  bequcm. 


real,  a.  (actual)  tatfiic^Hd^,  toitU 

Ud^..    II — ly,  ad.  iDirflld^,  in 

bcr  Xat. 
realist,  s.  9tcaUft,  m.  4. 
reaUty,    s.    SBirHid^Mt,   /.    4. 

II  (^gr.)    a^i^dt,  f     II  m  -, 

tatfdc^Iid^,  mirflic^. 
realize,  v.  i3errt)irfU(i^cu.     |1  (un- 
derstand) t)erfte!^eti,*  fic^  flat 

madden,  einfe^en.* 
realm,  s.  9^eic^,  n.  2. 
reason,  s.  SSermmft,/.    1|  (cause) 

®runb,  ?n.  2\     \\  for  that  — , 

au^  biefem  ©runbc.     ||  by  — 

of,  mcgen  .  .  .  (gen.). 
rebel,  v.  fid^   cmpfiren.     ||  (fig.) 

fic^  aufle^nen  (gegen). 
recall,  v.  (call  back)  guriicfrufen.* 

\\  (recollect)  fic^  erinnern  (gen. 

or  an  with  ace),  fid^  in  ba^ 

©ebac^tni^  guriidfrufen.* 
receive,  v.  tvl^aitm*  befommcn.* 

II  (admit)     aufne{)men,*    emp* 

fang  en.*      ||  (welcome)  bemitt* 

fommen. 
recent,  a.  neu,  frifc^. 
reception,   s.   Smpfang,  m.  2". 

II  (of  a  book)  5Iufna'^me,  /.  4. 

II  to  give  a  cordial  —  to,  auf^ 

befte  cmpfangcn. 
receptive,  a.  cmpfangtid^. 
recognize,  v.   tuicbcr   erfenncn.* 

II  (acknowledge)  anerfennen.* 
recollect,  v.  fid^  erinnern  (gen. 

or  an,  ace). 
recollection,  s.  (Srinnerung,  /.  4. 

(of,  on  ace). 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


171 


reconcile,  v.  toerffi^nen  (to,  mit). 

II  (harmonize)      in      (Sinflang 

bring  en*  (with,  mit). 
reference,    s.    §inn>ei6,   m.   2., 

§inn)ei[un9,  /.  4.     l|in,  with 

—  to,  in  bejug  auf  (ace). 
refined,  a.  (cultivated)  t)orneI)m, 

fein,  gebilbet. 
reflect,    v.    (think)   nac^benfen* 

(upon,  iiber  ace.). 
reform,    s.    9fteform,    Umgeftal^ 

tung,/.  4. 
reformer,  s.  3Serbefferer,  m.  1., 

9fJcformator,  m.  4. 
refresh,    v.    erfrifc^en.     ||  (fig.) 

anffrifc^en. 
refuge,    s.    3ufrud)t,    /.,    3n= 

flud^t^ort,  m. 
refusal,   s.   ^Beigemng^   abfd)ta= 

gige  5lntmort,  /.  4. 
refuse,  v.  tjermeigern,  fid^  meigem. 

II  (decline)  jnriidftDeifen.* 
regard,  v.  anfe^en,*  beobaci^ten. 

II  (look  wpoji)  anfe()en*  (as,  al^ 

ace). 
regulate,  v.  orbncn. 
reign,  s.  9legiernng,  §errfd^aft, 

/.  4.     II  in  the  —  of,  untcr 

bcr  9legierung  .  .  .  (gen.). 
reject,  v.  bertDe^cn.* 
rejoice,   v.   erfrcnen,  fid^  frcnen 

(iiber,  ace). 
relate,  v.  (tell)  cr^ allien,  beric^- 

ten.     II  (have  relation  to)  fid^ 

begie^en  (auf,  ace). 
relation,    s.    (connection)    58e= 

jiel^ung,    /•     4.       ||  (relative) 


33ermanbtc,  a.  as  s.     jjin  — 

to,  im  33erf)attni«  P  •  .  • 
release,    s.    ^efreiung,    greilaf* 

[ung,  /.  4. 
reliable,  a.  gubertaffig. 
relief,    s.    ©rleid^terung,  /.    4., 

33e[reiung,  /.  4. 
relieve,    v.    erlcid^tcrn.     ||  (rest) 

beruf)igen. 
religious,  a.  religifi^. 
remain,  v.  bleiben*  (f.). 
remark,  s.  (notice)  SSemcrfung, 

/.    4.     II  (comment)    Slnmer- 

fung,/.  4. 
remarkable,  a.  (noticeable)  be= 

mcrfen8rt)ert.        |1  (important) 

bebeutenb. 
remind,  v.  erinncrn  (of,  an  ace). 
remorse,  s.  $Reue,/.,  ®ert)iffen«* 

big,  m.  2. 
removed,  a.  (distant)  cntfcrnt. 
renounce,  v.  (cast  off)  entfagen 

(dat.). 
report,  s.  SBerid^t,  m.  2.     1|  (ru- 
mor) ©eriici^t,  n.  2".     ||  (noise) 

^natt,  m. 
report,  v.  beric^ten,  metbcn. 
represent,  v.  barftetten.   1|  (theat.) 

fpielen,  auffU^ren. 
representation,    s.     (statement) 

^arfteltung,  /.  4.      ||  (theat.) 

5Iu[fii^rung,  /.  4. 
representative,  a.   (typical)  ttj^ 

pm  (of,  filr). 
reproach,   s.   (blame)  SBoriDurf, 

m.  2".  (gegen). 
reputation,  s.  9^uf,  m.  2. 


172 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


request,  s.  SBittc,/.  4.,  5lnfud^en, 

n.   1.     II  at  the  — ,   auf  bte 

Sditk. 
rescue,   s.   9?ettung,   ^efreiung, 

/.  4. 
rescue,  v.  rctten,  befreien. 
residence,   s.   SSol^nft^,  m.   2., 

aufent^alt,  m.  2. 
resignation,  s.  Sntfagung,/.  4. 
resolution,  s.  ^ntfc^Iufe,  m.  2". 
resolve,  s.  (Sntf(^Iu6,  m.  2". 
resort,  v.  feinc  3uf(u(^t  ne^nten* 

(to,  su). 
respect,    s.    {esteem)    Sld^tung, 

^od^ac^tung,        Sl^rcrbietung, 

/.  4.     II  in  many  — s,  in  ge* 

miffer  §infic^t. 
respecting,  prp.  in  begug  auf .  .  . 

(ace). 
respite,  s.  grift,  /.  4. 
response,  s.  ^InttDort,  /.  4. 
rest,  s.  9?ul^c,  /.     ^{remainder) 

9kft,  m.  2. 
rest,    V.    au«ru]()en.     ||  {depend) 

ab^ttngen*    (with,    on,    t)on). 

II —   upon   {he  founded  on) 

beru^en  auf  {dat.). 
restless,  a.  ru'^elo^.     ||  {uneasy) 

unru^ig. 
restore,  v.  iDieberf)crfteIten  {sep.). 

II  to    be   — d    to  health,    gc= 

nefen.* 
restrict,  v.  cinfd^ranfcn. 
restriction,     s.     (Sinfd^rttnfung, 

/.  4. 
result,  s.  ^rgebni^,  n.  2.,  (Srfolg, 

m.  2.,  golge,/.  4. 


result,      V.      {ensue)     erfolgen. 

\\{end)  enben  (in,  mit). 
resume,  v.  {go  on  with)  tDieber 

aufneljmen,*  fortfe^en.    ||  {con- 
tinue) fortfa^ren*  (f.)- 
retard,  v.  giigern. 
retentive,  a.  gurlld^attenb.    ||  — 

memory,  s.  gute^  ©ebadjtni^, 

n.  2. 
retire,  v.  guriicfjie^en.*      \\intr. 

fic^  gurMjieiien.*     ||  — d,  ju- 

riidgegogen,  einfam. 
return,    s.    dlMtti)V,  f.     \\  rec- 
ompense)   3SergeItung,  /.    4. 

II  {profit)     ©eminn,      m.     2. 

II  on  my  — ,  bei  meiner  9tilcf* 

tti)v. 
return,  v.  gurildCfenben,*  guriirf* 

gcben.*       |I  intr.    prilrf fel^ren 

(f.),  gurlldfommen*  (f.)- 
reveal,  v.  offenbaren. 
reverence,  s.  ^Sercl^rung,  (S^rcr* 

btetung,/.  4. 
reverent,  a.  e^ircrbietig. 
review,    s.    {criticism)    SSefprc* 

d^ung,  /.    4.      |I  {publication) 

3dmxi\t,  f.  4. 
revision,  s.  9tet3ifion,  nod^maligc 

^uxii)\id)t,  f.    4.,    ttberarbei* 

tung,/.  4. 
revive,   ?;.    ir.    miebcr   erh)ccfen. 

II  m^r.  h)ieber  aufleben. 
revolt,  s.  (Smpiirung,  /.  4. 
revolt,  V.  (ftd^)  empiiren  (against, 

gegcn). 
revolution,  s.  ^^etiolution,  /.  4., 

(Smpfirung,/.  4. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


173 


revolutionary,    a.   rebolutionar, 

aufril^rerifd^. 
rhetoric,  s.  D^ebefunft,  SBerebfam* 

tdt,  di^ttoxit,  /. 
rich,  a.  xd(i). 

riches,  s.  pi.  D^ei^tum,  m.  3''. 
ride,    V.   reiteu*    (f.)-     II  ('in   o, 

vehicle)  fa^ren*  (f.). 
right,   s.   D^ed^t   (to,   auf  ace.), 

n.  2.     II  to  be  — ,  in  the  — , 

red^t  'i)ah^n. 
righteous,  a.  gered^t. 
rise,  V.  (person)  aufftel^en.  ||  (sun, 

curtain)  aufge{)en*  (f.)- 
risk,  V.  iDagen,  auf^  @piel  fe^en. 
rival,  s.  ^^ebenbul^ter,  m.  1. 
river,  s.  glufe,  ©trom,  m.  2". 
road,    s.    ©trafee,  /.    4.     Hthe 

hollow  — ,  bie  ^o^te  ®affe,/.  4. 
rob,  V.  (steal)  rauben.      ||  (a  per- 
son) beraubm  (of,  gen.). 
robber,  s.  Sittuber,  m.  1. 
romance,    s.     (novel)    9?oman, 

m.2.    II  (love  affair)  Stebe^Der* 

l^aitni^,/.  2.     II  (legend)  ©age, 

/.  4. 
romantic;  a.  romantifd^. 
Rome,  npr.  9^om,  w. 
rough,  a.  rau§.     |I  (o/  manners) 

grob,  rol^,  unfein,  ungcfdbliffen. 

II  (shaggy)  rau)^. 
round,  s.  (circle)  ^xdi,  m.  2., 

Gratis,  m.  2''.,   9?ing,  m.  2. 

II  (series)  ditiife,  f.  4. 
rouse,  v.  (excite)  aufrel^cn,  er* 

mimtem. 
row,  s.  9^cl^c, /.  4. 


rudeness,  s.  Un^fif(id^!elt,  /.  4. 

Il^rob^elt, /.  4. 
ruin,    s.     (destruction)    (©turg, 

m.    2''.      II  (downfall)    Unter= 

gang,  m. 
rule,  s.  (government)  SfJegterung, 

/.  4.     II  (swja?/)  §errfc^aft  J.  4. 
rule,  V.  regieren,  bet)crrf(^en,  ^err=» 

fc^en  ilber  (ace). 
ruler,    s.    §errf(f)er(ln),   m.    1. 

(/.  4.). 
ruse,  s.  Si[t,/. 
rush,   V.   fi(^    ftiiqcTi    (on,   auf 

ace;  into,  in  ace). 


sacred,  a.  t)etUg. 

sacrifice,  v.  opfern. 

safe,  a.  flc^er. 

safety,  s.  ©ic^er^clt,  /.  4.     ||  in 

— ,  tDo^lbe^alten,  fld^er. 
sake,  s.  Urfad^e,  /.  4.     I|  for  the 

—  of,  urn  (gen.)  iDitten,  iDegen 

(gen.).     \\  for   your   — ,   urn 

3()rctti3it(en. 
salary,  s.  ©efialt,  m.  2. 
same,  a.  berfelbe.    Hall  the  — , 

tro^bcm.     II  the  very  — ,  ganj 

berfelbe. 
satisfaction,  s.  SBefriebigung,  /. 

II  (pleasure)  33ergnilgen,  n. 
satisfied,  a.  pfrieben. 
satisfy,  v.  (content)  befriebigen, 

geniigeti  (dat.). 
save,  V.  (rescue)  xttttn,  erretten 

(from,  bor  dat.). 
savior,  s.  9?etter,  m.  1. 


174 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


say,    V.    fogen.     ||  (affirm)    bc= 

^auptcn.     II — ,    c.    ne^mcti* 

h)tr  an;  ctma. 
scale,  s.   (of  a  balance)  SSag- 

female,  /.  4.     II  to  turn  the  — , 

ben  5lu«f(^Iag  geben.* 
scene,   s.   (theat.)  ©gene,  /.  4. 

Ustage)  S8ii§ne,/.4.  \\  (place) 

©d^aupta^,  m.  2".     ||  the  — 

is  laid  in,  ba^  ©tiid  fpielt  in 

(dat:). 
scheme,  s.  (plan)  ^lan,  m.  2''., 

Sift,  /.  4.,  3ntrtgc,  /.  4. 
scheme,  v.  planen,  "ipianc  fc^mic- 

ben. 
school,  s.  (Sd^utc,  /.  4.     ||  at  — , 

in  — ,  in  ber  ©d^ulc.    ||  Latin 

— ,  Sateinfc^ulc. 
science,  s.  SSiffenfd^af t, /.  4. 
Scotland,  npr.  ©d^ottlanb,  n. 
scruple,   s.    (hesitation)   53ebcn* 

fen,  n.  1.,  3^cifct,  ni.  1. 
search,  v.  (probe)  priifen. 
seat,  s.  (Bii^,  m.  2.     ||  (chair) 

©tu^I,  m.  2".      II  —  of  war, 

^rieg«f(^anpla^,  m.  2''. 
seclusion,  s.  (solitude)  ^nxM^c- 

gogcnl^elt,/.  4.    ||  to  live  in — , 

ein  gurilcfgegogene^Seben  fii^ren. 
second,    a.    gtneitc.     ||  — ly,    in 

the   —  place,   ad.   jmeiten^, 

jum  gmeiten. 
secondary,  a.  (subordinate)  un* 

tcrgeorbnet,  ^thtn^  (in  comp.). 
secret,  a.  Qc()eim,  im  gel^eimen. 
secure,   v.    (make  safe)  fid^cm. 

II  (obtain)  criangen. 


see,  V.  fe^en.*  ||  to  —  through, 
burd^fd^anen  (sep.),  \\ — ^ing 
that,  iueil,  ha. 

seek,  V.  fud^en.  |1  (aim  at) 
trad^ten  nad^,  ftreben  nad§. 
li  (resort  to)  feine  ^uflud^t  nt^- 
men*  gu.  ||  intr.  fud^en  (after, 
for,  nad^).  Ilto  —  refuge 
from  ...  in,  fid^  retten  au6 
...  in  (ace). 

seem,  v.  fd^einen.* 

seize,  v.  greifen,*  crgreifen.* 

seldom,  ad.  felten. 

self,  s.  ©etbft,  n.  \\ com- 
mand,   control,  s.  (Selbft= 

be^errfd^ung,  /.  4.  || — de- 
fense,   s.    @elbftt)erteibigung, 

/.   4.     II development,    s. 

SBeiterentmidlung,  /.  4.    || 

reproach,  s.  (Selbfttabel,  m.  1. 
II — sacrifice,  s.  (£elbftauf= 
opferung,  /.  4.  ||  — -con- 
demnation, <Selbftt)emrtei= 
lung,  /.  4. 

send,  V.  fenben,*  fd^icfen  (for, 
nad^).  Ilto  —  for,  '^olen  Iaf= 
fen,*  foiiimen  laffen.* 

sensation,  s.  Smpfinbung,  /.  4. 
II  (excitement)  ©enfation,  /., 
5Iuffe^cn,  n.  1.  \\  to  create  a 
— ,  5luf|e^en  erregcn.  I|  be  the 
—  of,  bag  §auptintereffe  in 
3lnfprud^  ne^men.* 

sense,  s.  ©inn,  m.  2.  \\  (sen- 
sation) (gmpfinbung,  /.  4., 
©efa^I,  n.  2\  \(signijica- 
tion)  (Sinn,  m.  2.,  SBebeutung, 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


175 


/.  4.     II  in  every  —  of  the 

word,  in  bcr  iDa^rftcn  S3cbcu= 
tuTig  bt€  SSorte^.  ||—  of 
duty,  -pflid^tgefii^t,  n.  2". 

sensible,  a.  {judicious)  tiemilnf* 
tig,  bcrftttnbig. 

sensitive,  a.  etnpffingUd^  (to, 
ftir). 

sentiment,  s.  {thought)  ©ebanfc, 
m.  4.  II  {feeling)  (Smpfin^ 
bung,  /.  4.,  @cfur)l,  n.  2\, 
©efinnung, /.  4. 

separate,  a.  {alone)  cin^eln. 

sepulchre,  s.  @rabmal,  n.  3''. 
lithe  Holy  Sepulchre,  ba« 
l^eitigc  ®rab. 

sequence,  s.  Orbnung,  ^dt)m^ 
folge,/.  4. 

series,  s.  ^d\)C,f.  4. 

serious,  a.  ernft. 

Serjeant,  s.  Unteroffigier,  m.  3^ 

servant,  s.  '^kntv,  m.  1. 

serve,  v.  bicnen  (c?a^.)  (as,  ju). 

service,  s.  !Dienft,  m.  2.  ||  to 
take  — ,  ^ienfte  nel^men.* 

set,  V.  {place)  feljen,  ftctten,  (egen. 
II  to  —  free,  bcfrcien.  |1  to  — 
out,  {start)  au[bre(f)cn.*  ||  {of 
the  sun)  unterge^en  (f.)  {sep.). 

settle,  V.  {determine)  feftftetlen, 
cntfci^cibcn.*  |1  {decide)  ent= 
fc^cibcn,*  ericbigcn.  II  {reside) 
fi(^  niebcrlaffen.*  H  {arrange) 
orbnen,  in  Orbnung  bring  en.* 

seven,  num.  fiebcn.  II  — years, 
ficbcnia^rig,  a. 

several,  a.  mcl^rcrc. 


severe,  a.  ftrcng. 
sex,  s.  ©efd^Icc^t,  n.  3. 
shadow,  s.  ©d^attcn,  m.  1. 
shape,  V.  geftalten,  formen. 
share,  s.  Xd\,  Slnteit,  m.  2. 
share,  v.  {divide)  teilcn,  tocrtci* 

len.     II  {partake    of)    teilnel^* 

men,*  teil^aben*  an  .  . .  {dat.). 
she,  pr.  [ic. 
shoot,  V.  [d^iefecn.* 
shop,  s.  Saben,  m.  L 
shore,    s.    {coast)   ^liftc,  /.   4., 

©eftabe^    n.    1.,    (gtranb,   m. 

II  (bank)  Ufcr,  n.  1. . 
short,  a.  furg.     || — ^ly,  ad.  {soon) 

binnen  furgcm,  balb,  furg. 
shot,  s.  @(^u6,  w.  2''. 
show,    s.    {spectacle)   (Sd^auftct* 

lung,    /.    4.      II  {appearance) 

©d^ein,  m.  2. 
show,  V.  geigen.     ||  {prove)  6c= 

iDcifen.* 
sign,    V.   untergcic^nen    {insep.), 

unterfc^reiben*  {insep.). 
significance,  s.   {meaning)   ^c= 

beutung,  /.  4.,  ©inn,  m. 
significant,  a.  {important)  n)i(^= 

tig. 
silence,    s.    ©c^tDcigcn,    n.    1. 

\\  {stillness)    ©title,    /.      |I  to 

break     — ,     bag     ©c^hjeigen 

bred^en.*     |I  keep   — ,   fd^mei* 

gen.* 
similar,  a.  ft^nlid^,  gleic^artig. 
simple,  a.  einfad^. 
since,  c.  {time)  feit.      ||  {because) 

ba,  iDcil.     II  — ,  prp.  feit. 


176 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


sincere,  a.  aufrid^tig. 

sink,  V.  finfen*  (f.).     II  — down, 

^inftnfcn*  (f.). 
sister,  s.  (Sc^meftcr, /.  4. 
situation,    s.   situation,  /.   4., 

^age,/.  4. 
size,  s.  ©rtifee,  ©eftalt,/.  4. 
skill,  s.  ®ef(^icfUd)!eit,  ©etoanbt* 

sleep,  s.  (gd^Iaf,  m. 

slow,  a.  langfam. 

small,  a.  Hein. 

smile,  V.  Iftc^eln  (at,  iiber  ace). 

so,  ac?.  and  c.  \o,  baf)er.      || 

called,  a.  fogenannt. 
sober,  a.  emft. 
social,  a.  gefeltfc^aftUd).     jj  — ly, 

ad.   in  gefeltfc^aftUc^er  ^egie= 

l^ung  or  §infi(^t. 
society,  s.  ©efedfd^aft,/.  4. 
soil,    s.    SBobcn,    m.,    (Srbc,   /. 

sojourn,  s.  2lufentf)alt,  m.  2. 

soldier,  s.  ©olbat,  m.  4. 

sole,  a.  eingig. 

solemn,  a.  feierlid^. 

solitude,  s.  (Sinfamfelt,  /.  4. 

solution,  s.  Sluftofnng,  /.  4. 
11  (o/  a  difficulty)  53efeitigiing, 
/.  4.,  ?olung,/4. 

some,  a.  and  pr.  ctrt)a^,  einigeS, 
ein  menig.  jl  (several)  einige, 
etlidjt,  manege.  I|  —  day, 
eineg  "Za^t^,  fpftter.  jj  — 
thing,  (gtma^.  ||  — body, 
one,  irgenb  eincr,  einer,  man. 

song,  5.  gieb,  n.  3.,  ©efang,  m.  2". 


soon,  ad.  bdb.     jj  as  —  as,  fo* 

bdb  al«. 
sort,  s.  5lrt,/.  4.,  2Irt  unb  SSeifc. 

II  the  same  —  of  thing,  bie* 

fdbe  ©ac^c,  /.  4.,  ba^felbc. 
source,  s.  Ouelle,/.  4. 
South,  s.  ©iiben,  m.  1. 
southward,  ad.  fiibUd^,  filbrt)art«. 
sovereign,     s.     (ruler)    Sanbeg* 

]^err(in),  m.  (andf.)  4.,  gilrft, 

Spaniard,    s.    ©panicr(in),    m. 

(andf.)  4. 
spare,    v.    (treat    with    mercy) 

(tier)fd^onen.      ||to     —     no 

pains,  feine  SD^ii^e  fparen. 
sparing,  a.  fparfam,  tuenlg, 
speak,   V.    rebcn,  fpred^en,*  hc^ 

^eic^ncn. 
special,  a.  fpe^ielt,  befonbcr. 
spectator,  s.  3wf^auer,  m.  1. 
spend,    V.    (money)    au^geben.* 

II  (time)    derbringen,*    gubrin* 

gen.* 
spirit,  s.  Oeift,  m.  3.     ||  (state 

of  mind)    ©timmung,  /.    4. 

II  (high  spirits)  Seben^mut,  m., 

grtfd^e,  /. 
spite,  s.  ©rott,  m.     \\  in  —  of, 

prp.  tro^. 
spoil,  s.  bcrberben.      ||  (indulge) 

bergie^en,*  ijermiJ^nen. 
spotless,    a.    ftecfenlo^.     ||  (Jig.) 

matcUo^. 
spring,  V.  [pringcn*  (f.). 
spring,  s.  Oucltc,/.  4. 
spy,  s.  (mil.)  ©pton,  m.  2. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


177 


stage,  s.  TO^ne,  /.  4.,  Xf)catQX, 
n.l.  II  — effect,  S8il^ncTin)ir* 
fung,  /.  4.  II —  representa- 
tion, i8ii^tieTiauffu()rung, /.  4. 

stamp,  V.  (press)  ftampfen.  ||  to 
—  on  the  mind,  beni  ©eifte 
etitprdgen. 

stand,  V.  ftel^en.*  ||to  —  by, 
(support)  beiftet)en*  (dat.). 

standard,  s.  Sfloxm,  f.  4.,  90^a§* 
[tab,  m.  2r  \\  (ideal)  ^beal, 
n.  2. 

standpoint,  s.  (StanbputiJt,  m.  2. 

start,  V.  tr.  (startle)  erfd^redten. 
\\intr.  (wince)  erfd)redfen*  (f.), 
gufammenfa()reTi*  (f.).  1!  (set 
out)  aufbrec^en*  (\.),  abrcifen 
(f.)  (nac^). 

starve,  v.  t)er{)ungcrn. 

state,  s.  (condition)  Su\tanb, 
m.  r.,  gage,  /.  4.  ||  (hod^j 
politic)  ©taat,  m.  4. 

state,  V.  (assert)  be^aupteix. 

statement,  s.  3)arlegung,  /.  4. 
I]  (assertion)  Slngabe,  33e]^aup= 
tung,  /.  4. 

statue,  s.  ©tatue,  ^Ubfciule,/.  4. 

stay,  s.  5lufetit^alt,  m.  2. 

stay,  V.  bletben*  (f.),  t)ern)cUen, 
fid^  auf^alten.* 

step,  s.  ©c^ritt,  m.  2.  1|  (man- 
ner of  walking)  ©d^ritt,  @aitg, 
w.  2''.  II—  by  — ,  ©d^ritt 
fur  ©c^ritt. 

still,  ad.  (even  yet)  nod^. 

still,  a.  ftitr,  rul^ig.  ||  —  as 
death,  totenftia. 


stimulate,  v.  retgen.  ||  (fig.) 
anfpomen,  anregeu. 

stint,  V.  einfd^ranfen,  berfiirgeti. 

stir,  V.  (move)  belDegen.  ||  (in- 
cite) erregeu.  ||  to  —  to 
laughter,  jum  Sadden  bringen.* 

stop,  V.  tr.  r)alten,*  an^alten.* 
II  in^r.  fid^  auf{)alten,*  ftel^en* 
biciben*  (f.). 

storm,  s.  ©turm,  m.  2".  \\  (thun- 
derstorm) ©emitter,  n.l.  \\  — 
and  stress  (literature),  ©turm 
unb  ^rang,  m.  \\  —  of  ap- 
plause, ^etfatt^fturm,  m. 

stormy,  a.  ftiirmifc^. 

story,  s.  ©efc^ic^te,/.  4.  ||  (nar- 
rative) ^Xla^Vi\[%,f.  4. 

straightforward,  a.  (honest) 
el^rlid^,  gerabe,  offen. 

strange,  a.  fremb.  I|  (wonder- 
ful) munberbar,  merfmilrbig. 

stranger,  s.  grembe,  a.  as  s. 

stream,  s.  ©trom,  m.  2",     ^ 

strength,  s.  ©tarfe,  /.,  ^raft, 
/.4. 

strenuous,  a.  tcitig,  eifrig.  ||  — 
life,  s.  arbeit^Dotle^  ?eben,  n.  1. 

strict,  a.  genau,  unbebingt.  |I  (se- 
vere) ftreng. 

stride,  s.  ©c^ritt,  m.  2.  ||  to 
make  rapid  — s,  fd^neH  tior= 
tDcirtg  fommen*  (f.),  eilen  ([.)• 

strike,  v.  fd^Iagen.*  |I  Qiit)  tref* 
fen.*  II  (impress)  ©inbrudC 
madden  (auf,  ace),  auffatten* 
(dat.). 

striking,  a.  auffaltenb. 


178 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


.  strive,     V.     (endeavor)     [trcbcn 

(after,    nad^),    fid^    beiiiu()eu 

(for,  urn). 
stroke,  s.  ©c^Iag,  m.  2".,  (Streid^, 

m.  2.     II  at  a  — ,  mit  einem 

©dotage,  auf  einmat. 
strong,  a.  \taxt,  fraftig,  tiic^tig. 

II  (fig.)  nad^briidlid),  sen)ld)ti9, 

energifd^. 
structure,  s.  ^au,  m.  (pi.  58au* 

ten).     II  (o/   a    drama)    5luf* 

bau,  m. 
struggle,     s.     .^ampf,    m.    2''. 

II  death  — ,  2:obe^fampf,  m.  2". 
study,     s.     ©tubium,    n.     {pi. 

(Stublen),  ^etrac^tung,  /.  4. 

II  (apartment)    Wchdt^immtv^ 

n.  1. 
study,     iJ.     ftubteren,     erlemen. 

II  (investigate)        burd^forfd^en 

(insep.),  unterfud^en  (insep.). 
style,  s.  (arts)  (Stit,  m.  2. 
subject,  s.  (of  a  country)  Unter= 

tan,  m.  4.     ||  (object)   ©egen* 

ftanb,  m.  2" .     ||  (thing  treated 

of)  3:^ema,  n.  (pi.  3:;{)emen). 

II — matter,  (gtoff,  m.  2. 
submit,  V.  (yield)  fid^  nnterrtjer- 

fen*  (insep.)  (dat.).     \\  (refer) 

unterbreiten  (insep.),  tiorlegen. 
subside,   v.    (abate)   abne^men,* 

nad^laffen.* 
succeed,    intr.     (be    successful) 

gliidEen, gelingen*  ([.)  (impSrs.). 

II  he  — ed  in  doing  it,  eg  ge= 

lang  i^m,  bag  ju  tun.     !|  (of 

persons)  Srfolg  ^aben.* 


success,  s.  (Sifolg,  m.  2. 

successful,  a.  erfolgreic^. 

successor,  s.  9^ad^folger,  m.  1. 

such,  a.  \ol(i).  II  —  a  man,  ein 
folc^er  or  [o  ein  SJJenfd^.  ||  — 
as,  tDie;  biejenigen,  n)el(§e. 

sudden,  a.  )(ii6^ii(i),  unermartet. 

suffer,  V.  (bear)  leiben.*  ||  (per- 
mit) geftatten  (dat.),  laffen.* 
II —  little  children  to  come 
unto  me,  „Saffet  bie  ^Inblein 
gu  mir  fommen." 

suffice,  V.  geniigen,  ()inreid^en. 

sufficient,  a.  genilgenb.  ■ 

suggest,  V.  (intimate)  \fnbeuten, 
erinnem  an  (ace).      \ 

suggestion,  s.  (proposal)  3Sor* 
f(^Iag,  m.  2".  \(}iint)  3ln* 
beutung,/.  4. 

suicide,  s.  (Selbftmorb,  m.  2. 

suit,  V.  paffen,  red^t  fctn  (dat.). 

siunmer,  s.  ©ommer,  m.  1. 

sun,  s.  ©onne, /.  4. 

superficial,  a.  oberflcid^Ucf). 

superhiunan,  a.  iibertnenfd^Ud^. 

suppress,  v.  unterbriidfen  (insep.). 

suppression,  s.  Unterbriidfung, 
/.  4. 

supreme,  a.  I^ddfjft. 

surpass,  v.  iibertreffen*  (insep.). 

surprise,  v.  uberrafd^en  (insep.), 
befremben.  l|be  — ^ing,  be= 
frembenb  fein. 

surround,  v.  umgeben*  (insep.), 
umringen  (insep.),  einfd^Uc6en.* 

surrounding,  a.  untgebenb,  um>' 
licgcnb. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


179 


surroundings,  s.  Umgegenb,  Urn- 

gebung,/.  4. 
survey,    s.    (act)    iSefid^tigimg, 

/.  4.     II  to  make  — ,  to  take 

a    —    (of),    ilberbUden    (in- 

sep.). 
suspect,  V.  (distrust)  mifetrauen 

(dat.). 
swarm,  s.  ©d^marm,  m.  2". 
swear,  v.  fj^miJren.* 
Swede,  s.  ©d^tnebc,  m.  4. 
swell,  V.  [(^iDeKen,*  atifd^tDcKen.* 
swift,  a.  fc^nelt. 
Switzerland,  npr.  bie  ©c^meig. 
sympathetic,  a.  mitfil^^lenb,  teil= 

ne{)menb,  anteil^Dolt. 
sympathy,  s.  SJJitQcfu^l.  n. 
system,  s.  @^ftem,  n.  2. 


take,  V.  nefjmen.*  ||  —  an  in- 
terest in,  3ntereffe  ^abcn  fiir, 
\i<i)  annel^meii*  (gen.).  \\  to 
—  in,  (a  guest)  aufne^men.* 
II  to  —  a  path,  einen  SSeg 
gel^en,*  elnfd^lagcn.*  *  1|  to  — 
part,  tcilnel^mcn*  (an,  dat). 
II  to  —  place,  ftattfinbcn.* 
II  to  —  pity  on,  TliMb 
()aben*  mit.  ||  to  —  pride  in, 
ftol^  fein  auf  (ace).  \\  to  — 
prisoner,  gefangen  ncl^Tnen.* 
II  to  —  aim,  ^k\tn*  nad}. 
II  to  —  up,  ergreifen.*  ||  to  — 
delight  in,  55ergnugen  finben* 
an  (dat.).  \\  to  —  the  trouble, 
fid^  bie  ^iiljc  ne^men.* 


tale,  s.  (story)  ^rjfi^Iung,  /.  4. 
II fairy-—,  ai^arc^en, /. 

talent,  s.  talent,  n.  2.,  Slnlage, 
/.  4. 

talk,  s.  ©efprac^,  n.  2.  ||  (ru- 
mor) @erebe,  n. 

talk,  V.  fpred^en.*  ||  to  —  over, 
bcfpred^en.* 

tangle,  s.  SSermicfetung,  /,  4. 
II  to  be  (all)  in  a  — ,  (gang) 
t)errt)irrt  fein. 

task,  s.  5lufgabe,  2lrbeit,  /.  4. 

taste,  s.  ©efc^mad,  m.  \\  (in- 
clination) 9^eignng,/.  4. 

Taurian,  s.  2:aurier,  m.  1. 

teach,  V.  Ief)ren. 

teacher,    s.    2ti)xtv(in),   m.    I. 

if-  4.). 
technical,  a.  ted^nifd^. 
technique,  s.  (arts)  Jec^nif,/. 
tell,    V.    fagen.     1|  (narrate)    er= 

gotten. 
temperament,  s.  temperament, 

n.  2. 
temple,  s.  Xempel,  m.  1. 
tempt,  V.  Derfuc^en,  ticrlocfen. 
temptation,  s.  3Serfud^ung,  /.  4. 
tend,  V.  (guard)  bemad^en.   ||  intr. 

(contribute)   bienen,   gcreid^en, 

fttl^ren  (to,  gu). 
tender,  a.  gart.     ||  (affectionate) 

gftrtlid^. 
term,  s.  (time)  3ettraum,  m.  2".^ 

grift,  /.     II  (expression)  ^u^» 

brurf ,  m.  2".     II  in  — s  of,  alS, 

aug;  im  ©inne  (gen.). 
terminate,  v.  (end)  beenbtgcn. 


180 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


terrible,  a.  fd^recflid^,  furd^tbar, 

entfei^Iid^. 
terror,  s.  ©c^rerfen,  m.  1. 
than,  c.  aU. 
thank,  v.  banfen  (dat.). 
that,  pr.  and  a.  jener,  etc.    \\  ber, 

e^c.      11  (relative)      ber,      e^c. 

II  njelc^er,  etc.     \\  c.  bafe,  mo. 
the,  art.  ber,  bie,  ba^.     |1  —  ... 

—  .  .  .,  ie  .  .  .,  be[to  .  .  . 
theater,  s.  J^eater,  n.  1.     ||at 

the  — ,   im  — ;  to  the   — , 

in  ha^  — . 
their,  pr.  and  a.  ii)X. 
theme,    s.    (topic)    ©egenftanb, 

m.  2".,  ©toff,  m.  2.,  2:()ema, 

n.  (pi.  2^f)emen  and  X^^mata). 
then,   ad.   and  c.   bann.      ||  (at 

that  time)  hamate. 
theoretical,  a.  tl^eoretifd^. 
"theory,  s.  Z\)tovk,  f.  4. 
theology,  s.  J^eolocjie,  /. 
there,  ad.  ba,  bort. 
therefore,    ad.    be^tjatb,    baf)er, 

alfo. 
they,  pr.  ftc.      H  (indef.)  man. 
thing,  s.  3)mg,  w.  2.,  ©ad^c,/.  4. 

II  these   — s,  tViJe/.  an<i  gren- 

eral,    bieg.      H  the    very    — , 

gerabc  ba§. 
think,  V.  benfen*  (of,  an  ace). 

II  (believe)     meinen,     glauben. 

II  (recollect)   fid^   erinnern  (of, 

gen.  or  an,  ace).     \\  (judge) 

l^altcn*     (of,     t)on).      ||  (take 

thought)  nad^benfen*  (on,  itber 

ace),  liberlegen  (insep.). 


third,  a.  britt.  1|  — ly,  ad.  bvxU 
ten^. 

this,  a.  andpr.  biefer,  etc.  (bie§). 

thither,  ad.  baf)in,  bortf)in. 

thorough,  a.  griinblid^,  eingef)enb, 
abfotut,  ganj. 

though,  c.  obgleid;,  obfd^on,  tDenn 
. .  .  aud^.  II  (nevertheless)  bod), 
aber.  H  as  — ,  aU  ob.  ||  even 
— ,  felbft  iDenn. 

thought,  s.  @ebanfe,  m.  4.  (of, 
an  ace).  ||  (general)  3)cnfen,  n. 

thousand,  num.  2^aufenb,  s., 
n.  2.     II  taufenb,  a. 

threat,  s.  ^Drol^nng,  /.  4. 

threaten,  v.  (of  a  person) 
bxo^m  (dat.),  bebro()en.  |1  (of 
a  thing)  anbro^en  (dat.). 

three,  num.  brei. 

thrill,  v.  aufregen. 

throne,  s.  ^t^ron,  m.  2. 

through,  prp.  burd^,  au6. 

throw,  V.  iDcrfen.*  |1  to  —  off, 
abtnerfen.*    |1  (fig.)  enttuerfcn.* 

Thuringian,  a.  t^iiringifd^. 

time,  s.  g,dt,  f.  4.  ||  (repeti- 
tion) mal,  n.  2.  II  at  the  — , 
bamatS,  bei  ©elegcn^eit.  Hat 
that  — ,  gu  iener  3^it-  II  i^ 
— ,  gur  red^ten  3eit,  gur  gdt 
II  at  the  same  — ,  gleid^geitig, 
gur  felben  3^it-  II  ^or  the 
first  — ,  gum  erften  9JJa(.  ||  up  ^ 
to  the  present,  this  — ,  bi^ 
je^t.  II  for  a  — ,  eine  3^^^ 
tang. 

timid,  a.  furd^tfam,  (ingftUd^. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


181 


tinge,   s.   garbe,  /.  4.     ||  (fig.) 

§aiid^,  m.  2. 
tired,  a.  milbc,  ermiibet.    1|  (fig.) 

iiberbriifflg  (of,  ge7i.). 
to,  prp.  gu,  iiac^,  an,  auf,  in, 

gegen. 
together,  ad.  gufammen. 
too,  ad.  aud^,  gleic^fatlg. 
tone,  s.  2;on,  m.  2" . 
topography,     s.     2:opograp^ic, 

Ort^befc^reibung, /.  4. 
torch,  s.  gadfel,/.  4. 
touch,  tr.  beril^ren.     \(fig.)  rii^* 

ten. 
tour,  s.  9?eife, /.  4. 
toward,  yvp.  gu,  nad^  .  .  .  gu, 

gegen. 
town,  s.  ®tabt, /.  2''. 
trace,  s.  ©pur,/.  4. 
trace,  v.  (follow)  berfolgen  (ace), 

nad^fpUren  (dai.). 
tragedy,    s.    (theat.)    Xxa^Hhk, 

f.  4.,  ^rauerfpiel,  n.  2. 
tragic,  a.  tragifd^. 
train,  v.  ergie{)en*  (to,  p),  au6* 

bilben  (fixr,  ace). 
traitor,  s.  SSerrciter,  m.  1. 
transcendent,  a.  (supreme)  bor- 

treffUd^.     II  (with       measure) 

m\t. 

transfer,  v.  (one's  business)  t)er* 

leg  en  (to,  nac^).     ||  (c  person) 

tjerfe^en  (to,  nac^). 
transform,  v.  umformen. 
transformation,     s.     SSertoanb* 

lung,  /.  4.,  (fig.)  SSanMung, 

/.  4. 


translate,  v.  iiberfe^en  (insep.). 

translation,  s.  tlberfe^ung, /.  4. 

travel,  v.  r  elf  en  (f.)  (nad^). 

traveler,  s.  ^eifenbe,  a.  as  s. 

treachery,  s.  ^errtiterel,  Xreu* 

"  lofigfeit,  /.  4. 

treat,  v.  be^anbeln. 

trend,  s.  9^id^tung,  /.  4.,  9^ei* 
gung,/.  4. 

trite,  a.  abgebrofd^en. 

triumph,  s.  ^^riurnp^,  m.  2. 

triimiph,  v.  triumpt)ieren  (over, 
iiber  ace). 

triimiphant,  a.  triump()ierenb 
(over,  iiber  ace). 

trivial,  a.  unbebeutenb. 

troop,  s.  3::ruppe,/.  4. 

trouble,  s.  Ungtiid,  n.  \\  (worry) 
©orge,  /.  4.  ||  (labor)  ^^ii^e, 
/.  4.  II  to  take  — ,  the  —  to, 
fid^  (dat.)  Wn^t  geben,  fic^ 
(dat.)  bie  Mn^t  ne^men  (ju). 

trouble,  v.  \t'6xtn,  belaftigen. 

true,  a.  ma^r.     |I  (faithful)  treu. 

trust,  V.  dertrauen  (dat.),  glau=« 
ben  (an,  ace).  ||to  —  to, 
fid^  berlaffen*  auf  (ace). 

trustworthy,  a.  bertranen^milr* 
big,  gubertdffig. 

truth,  s.  SSa^eit,  /.  4.  ||  — 
to  life,  Seben^maW^it/  /•  4. 

truthfulness,  s.  SSa{)r^aftigfeit. 
II  SBa^r^eit^Uebe,  /. 

try,  V.  derfud^en.  ||  (strive)  ftrc* 
ben,  trad^ten  (for,  nad^),  fid^ 
anftrengen,  \i(^  bemii'^en. 

Turk,  npr.  XiivU,  m.  4. 


182 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


turn,  s.  (revolution)  Unibrel^ung, 
/  4.,  Senbung,/.  4. 

turn,  V.  bref)en,  tcenben*  gu 
(dat.).  (I  to  be  — ed  from, 
fic^  abbringen*  laffen*  Don. 
II  {transform)  t)crmanbeln  (in- 
to, to,  in  ace).  \\  to  —  on, 
upon,  {depend  on)  abt)angen* 
Don,  bem^cn  auf.  ||to  — 
from  one's  doors,  Don  ber 
%vixt  h)eifen.* 

two,  num.  gtoet. 

type,  s.  llxi,  f.  4.,  !J;tjpue,  w. 
(pZ.  2:t)pen),  @tufe,/.  4. 

tyranny,  s.  ^t)rannei,  /.  4. 

tyrant,  s.  2^^rann,  m.  4. 


ultimate,  a.  Ic^t. 

unable,  a.  unfa{)ig,  aufeerftanbe. 

tmaccustomed,  a.  ungenjo^nl  (to, 

gen.  or  (nxi,  ace). 
unavenged,  a.  imgerad^t. 
unaware,  a.,  to  be  —  of,  nid^t 

n)iffen,*  ntd)t  bemerfen  (ace), 

\x6)  unbetDuftt  fcin  {gen.). 
imceasing,  a.  unauf^drlic^. 
unconscious,  a.  unbemufet,  un- 

miffentUd^. 
unconstrained,     a.     ungejh)un* 

gen. 
underlie,  v.  {fig.)  gugrunbe  lie* 

gen*  {dat.). 
understand,  v.  Derfte^en.* 
understanding,  s.  SSerftanb,  m., 

S3erftanbni«,  n.    2.     \\  {agree- 
:  w£nt)  ^inDerftdnbni^,  w.  2. 


undertake,      v.     untemel^men* 

{insep.). 
undisciplined,  a.  unbi^gipUniert, 

pc^tlo^. 
undramatic,  a.  unbramatifd^. 
vmeasy,  a.  {uncomfortable)  un* 

be^agU(^.   1|  {anxious)  unmf)ig, 

angftlid^. 
uneducated,  a.  ungebtlbet. 
unequal,  a.  ungleic^. 
imerring,  a.  unfe^Ibar,  untriigUd^. 
unfaithful,  a.  nntren,  treulo^. 
imfavorable,  a.  ungiinftig. 
unfortunate,       a.      ungtildlid^. 

II  — ly,  ad.  teiber,  unglildf Ud^er* 

n)eife. 
ungrateful,  a.  unbanfbar. 
unhappy,  a.  ungliidlic^.     ||  — ^ly, 

ad.  ungludEUd^ermeifc. 
uniform,  s.  Uniform,/.  4. 
unimpressive,  a.  nic^t  einbring* 

\\6),  nic^t  auffattenb. 
unintentional,  a.  unbeabfid^tigt. 
unity,  s.  (Sinl^eit, /.  4. 
universal,    a.   altgemein,   SSelt* 

{in  comp.). 
university,  s.  Uniberfitftt,  /  4. 

II  at  the  — ,  auf  ber  — . 
unjust,  a.  ungered^t. 
unknown,  a.  unbefannt. 
unless,  c.  wtnn  nid^t,  avSgenom* 

men  iDenn,  e6  fei  benn  ha^. 
unmask,  v.  {fig.)  entlarben. 
unnecessary,  a.  unniitig.    ||  — ly, 

ad.  unniitigermeifc. 
unparalleled,   a.   unDergleid^Ud^, 

beifpietto^. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


183 


unreality,  s.  Vintt)ixtii<i)tdt,  f.  4. 
unrest,  s.  Vinxui)t,f.  4. 
unrestrained,  a.  jilgettog. 
unsatisfactory,    a.    unbefriebigt, 

ungeniisenb. 
imseen,    a.    {invisible)   unfld^t* 

bar. 
unsettled,  a.  (hesitating)  unetit- 

fc^leben. 
imsurpassed,  a.  uniibertroffen. 
until,  prp.  and  c.  bi^.      ||  not  — , 

erft  aU,  erft  tDcnn. 
unusual,  a.  itngert>of)nUci^. 
ixnveil,  v.  entpllen. 
unwept,  a.  unbetDetnt 
unwilling,  a.  abgcneigt.     ||  to  be 

—  to,  nid^t  motlen. 
upheaval,  s.  UmtDftlgung,  /.  4. 
upon,  prp.   ouf.     || —  his  re- 

tiuTi,  bei  feiner  ?fiMtd)x. 
urgent,  a.  bringenb. 
usually,  a.  gemiil^ndcl^. 
use,   s.  ©ebraud^,  m.  2".,  Sin- 

njetibung,   /.    4.    ||to    make 

(good)  —  of,   (gut)  gebrau* 

6)tn,  benu^en  (ace). 
utter,  V.  (speak)  fiufeem.    ||  (pro- 
nounce)    au^fpred^en,*     au^* 

ftofeen.* 
utterance,  s.  (words)  &6erung, 

/•4. 


vain,  a,  ettel.  I|  (useless)  tjcr* 
geblid^.  ||in  — ,  bergeben^, 
umfonft. 

value,  s.  SBert,  m.  2. 


vanity,  s.  Sitelfeit,/.  4.  |1  (empti- 
ness) 9^id)tigfeit,  /.  4. 

vehicle,  s.  ^u^xtdtxt,  n.  2. 
II  (fig.)  ^(u^brudf,  m.  2". 

vengeance,  s.  $Rac§e,/. 

vengeful,  a.  rac^fild^tig. 

venture,  v.  tDageti.  ||to  — 
(up)on,  eg  t)erfud^en  mit,  fid^ 
einlaffen*  auf  (ace). 

verify,  v.  feftftetten.  |1  (test) 
priifen. 

verse,  s.  55erg,  m.  2.,  ©trop^e, 
/.  4.,  gebunbene  ditb^,  f. 

very,  a.  n)a^r(^aft),  n)ir!Ud^,  ec^t. 
II — ,  ad.  fe{)r.  I| —  much, 
fe^r.  II  the  —  same  day,  am 
felben  Xage.  ||  the  —  thing, 
gerabe  bag  (rid^tige). 

Vesuvius,  npr.  ber  SSefut). 

vice,  s.  i^aftcr,  n.  1. 

victim,  s.  Opfer,  n.  1. 

victorious,  a.  flegreid^. 

view,  s.  (range  of  vision)  Slugc, 
n.  4.  II  (way  of  thinking) 
%n\iii)i,  f  4.,  Wdmn,  f  4. 
II  point  of  — ,  ©efid^tgpunft, 
©tanbpunft,  m.  2. 

vigor,   s.   ©tdrfe,  /.  4.,  ^raft, 

/.  r. 

violation,  s.  SSerlei^ung, /.  4. 
violence,  s.  ©etDalt,  /.     ||  do  — 

to,  ©etDatt  antun*  (dat.). 
violent,  a.  l^eftig,  gemaltfam. 
virtue,  s.  2;ugenb,/.  4. 
visible,  a.  fidfjtbar.    ||  (manifest) 

augeufd^einlid^,  offenbar. 
visit,  s.  i8efu(§,  m.  2. 


184 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


visit,  V.  befud^en. 
vivid,  a.  lebf)aft. 

vocation,  s.  {occupation)  ^eruf, 
m.  2. 


walk,  V.  (lu  gu6e)  Qc^en*  (f.), 

luftmanbeln      (f.),      fpajicren 

ge^eu*  (f.). 
want,   V.    (be  without)   9}?angel 

{)aben*  an  {dat.).     \\  {require) 

brauc^en,     bebilrfen*     {gen.). 

II  {desire)  toerlangen,  njilnfd^en, 

h)otten. 
war,    s.    ^rieg,    m.    2.     ||the 

seven  years'  — ,   ber  fieben- 

jftbi^ige  ^rieg. 
warfare,  s.  <trieg,  m.  2. 
warm,  a.  iDarm.     ||  {jig.)  entf)U* 

fiaftifc^. 
warning,  s.  3Sarnung,/.  4. 
warrant,     s.    SBefugnt^,    /.    2. 

II  death ,  Sobegurteil,  n.  2. 

watch,   V.    {observe)   beobac^ten, 

betnad^en,  iiiiten. 
water,  s.  Staffer,  n.  V. 
wave,  s.  SSeltc, /.  4. 
way,  s.  SSeg,  m.  2.,  (Strafic,/.  4. 

II  {manner)  5Irt,  SSeife,  /.  4. 

II  in  this  — ,  auf  biefe  SSeifc. 

II  by  —  of,  ilber.     ||  in  no  — , 

feine^megg.     ||  on  the  — ,  uti= 

termeg^.     || —  out,   2lu«meg, 

m.  2.     II  to  take  one's  —  (to), 

\i6)  begeben*  (nac^). 
we,  pr.  xoxx. 
weakness,  s.  ©d^mttd^c, /.  4. 


wealth,    s.    9?etd^tum,   m.    3"., 

SSo^Iftanb,  m.  2". 
wean,  v,  {fig.)  abbringcn*  (from, 

Don). 
wear,  v.  tragcn.* 
wearer,  s.  2:r(iger,  m.  1. 
wedding,  s.  §oc^jeit,/.  4.    || 

day,  §0(§seit^tag,  m.  2. 
week,  s.  SSoc^c,/.  4. 
weight,  s.  ®en)id^t,  w.  2. 
welcome,  a.  n)ittfommen. 
welcome,  v.  bert)ll(fommnen,  mit 

greube(n)  begriifeen. 
welfare,    s.    S[Bot)Ifaf)rt,  /.    4., 

SSo^Ierge{)en,  n.  1. 
well,    ac?.    gut,    rtio^I.        || 

known,  a.  n3o|lbefannt. 
what,   pr.   n)a^.      ||  {what   kind 

of)  tuaS  fiir  (ein).     ||a.  and 

pr.  {which)  tDeld^er. 
when,  ad.  {interrog.)  h)ann.    ||  c. 

{indef.      or     future)      tDcnn. 

\\{past)  al^. 
where,  ad.  too,  n)o{)in. 
whereas,  c.  toa^renb  fonft. 
whether,  c.oh.     \\  —  . . .  or  . . ., 

ob  .  .  .  ober  ob. 
which,  a.  and  pr.  n)eld^er.    ||  — 

one,  tDcId^er. 
while,    s.    SScile,    3^^*^    /•    4 

II  a    little    —    before,    furg 

Dormer. 
while,  c.  h)(ibrcnb. 
who,  pr.  {rel.)  meld^er,  ber.  ||  {in- 
terrog.) njer. 
whoever,  pr.  hjer,  h)cr  aud^  (int* 

mer),  jeber  ber. 


ENGLISH-GERMAN  VOCABULARY 


185 


whole,  s.  ba^  ®anjc,  a.  as  s. 

I!  as  a  — ,  im  (grofeen)  gangcn. 
wicked,  a.  fd^Ied^t,  fc^Umm. 
wide,  a.  n)cit.      ||  (broad)  hxdt, 

iimfaffenb. 
widow,  s.  SBittue,/.  4. 
wife,  s.  grau,  @attin, /.  4. 
will,  s.  SSillc,  m.  (-en«),  25er* 

hngen,  n.  1.     1|  ill ,  libel* 

tDoltcn,  n.  1. 
willing,  a.  h)ittig,  gem. 
wing,  s.   5^119^^'  m.  1.     \\  lend 

— s  to,  beflilgeln. 
winter,  s.  SSinter,  in.  1. 
wise,  a.  toeife,  Derniinftig. 
wish,  s.  SBunfc^,  m.  2". 
wish,    V.    miinfd^en.     ||  (desire) 

tierlangen  (for,  nad^). 
witch,  s.  ^^lt,f.  4. 
with,  29rp.  mit,  burd^. 
withal,  ad.  jugleic^. 
withdraw,      v.      juriirf^iejien.* 

II  intr.  ^6)  guriidEgiefjcn.* 
without,  prp.  (noi  m^/i)  o^nc. 
witness,  s.  (person)  S^^^^r  ^-  4. 
witness,   v.    (a?!   action)   3^US^ 

fein*   (f.)   t)on,  pgegeu  fein* 

(I)  bet. 
wolf,  s.  SSoIf,  m.  2". 
woman,  s.  SSeib,  n.  3.,  grau, 

/.  4. 
womanhood,  s.  SSeiblic^feit, /. 


wood,  s.  §oIg,  w.  3".  II  (forest) 
SSalb,  m.  3''. 

work,  s.  5lrbfit,/.  4.,'^S3Jerf,  n.  2. 
II  —  of  art,  tunfttDerf . 

work,  V.  arbeiten  (at,  an  dat.). 

world,  s.  2!Se(t,/.  4. 

worst,  a.  fcf)Icd)teft,  fd^ltmmft. 

worst,  V.  iibermaltigen  (insep.), 
befiegen. 

worthy,  a.  hjertboll.  I|  to  deem 
— ,  tDiirblgen  (of,  gen.). 

wound,  s.  SSunbe,  /.  4. 

wrath,  s.  3oni,  (^rimm,  m.  2. 

wreck,  v.  fc^eitem.  ||  (fig.)  ber* 
nid^ten. 

wretch,  s.  (Slenbc,  a.  as  s. 

write,  V.  fd^reiben.*  ||  (com- 
pose) t)erfaffen,  bic^ten. 


year,  s.  ^al^r,  n.  2^ 

yet,  ad.  and  c.  nod^.  ||  (still) 
(immer)  nod).  ||  (neverthe- 
less) aber,  bod).  ||  (already) 
fd)on. 

yield,  v.  fic^  ^ingeben*  (dat.). 

young,  a.  jung.  I|  coll.  s.  bic 
3ugenb. 

youth,  s.  3?ugenb,  /,  ||  (young 
man)  ^ii^gHng,  m.  2.,  junger 
5mann,  m.  3". 

youthful,  a.  jung,  iugenbUd^. 


"7. 


g     g     g     g 

^    v«   P    }^    5 

^        C^       <L>        O         ( 

Nell 


•p9jn"D| 

-Um    sX^AVfB    pMOA    UI91S 
•SpjOM  JSOIU 

HI  pajn-Biuin  pMOA  uiaig 


O 

O 

l-H 

;^ 

o 
Q 

O 


> 

1— t 

H 
O 
W 
►-> 

Q 


> 


o 

PL, 


H 
U 

w 


u 

H 
Pi 


o     «>     o 
Ji    pi    J:i 


«>       «>       O       «> 


o     o     o     o 


I  s 


,/3    ,0    jO    -O 


JO    J=t    JQ    JQ 

M     <g      g      g 
jO    JO    wO    ^ 


JQ    JZ>    JO    JQ 


II  dnoHO 


l^S:^ 


=3  >  ^?=-^'2 


S-.  O  Jj  M  S->  *>  <W 


:^s§l 


>o.Ji.2iSS"S-S5 


I daoHo 


^-^           1 

r  SJ'^KpkS 

il 

55 

p4 

<rs>    as>     B    9P 

o     o     ^     o 

o  kJ  kJ  o 

^>     <w     <1>     ft> 

ves  have  abo 
if  no  word 
I  or  Group 
s.       All    pr 
[  adjectives  e 
jssessives  ta 
idings. 

9 

g^ 

li&ii'^S 

a 

o     «->     o     «-► 

Izi  d  Q  < 

HViaONIS 

^  d  Q  < 
187 

Gro 
prec 
nom 
cept 
thes 

PREPOSITIONS 


Prepositions  governing  the  Genitive: 


onftatt,  ftatt    instead  of 
au^tx^alb    without,  outside  {of) 
bie^feit^    on  this  side  of 
l^alber    for  the  sake  of 
inner^alb    within,  inside  (of) 
jenfeit^     on  the  further  side  of, 

beyond 
fraft    by  virtue  of 
Icings    along 
iaut    according  to 
mittelft    by  means  of 


ohtx^alh    above 

ixoi^    in  spite  of 

um  .  .  .  raillen    for  the  sake  of 

imgead^tet    notwithstanding 

unter^alb    below 

untDeit    not  far  from 

Dermiige    by  dint  of 

ft)a!^reiib     during 

h)egen    on  account  of 

pfolge    in  consequence  of 


Prepositions  governing  the  Dative: 


au6    out  of 

auger     besides 

bel     by,  at 

binnen    within 

cntgegen    against 

gegeniiber    opposite 

gemag     in  accordance  with 


mit    with 
nad^     after,  to 
Tittd^ft    next  to 


ncbft     along  with 

ob     above 

famt    along  with 

felt    since 

Don    of,  from 

gu    to 

jutDiber    contrary  to 


Prepositions  governing  the  Accusative: 


bi^  till,  unto 
burc^  through 
filr    for 


gegen  against 
o!)ne  without 
fonber    without 


um     about,  round 
tt)iber    against 


Prepositions  governing  the  Dative  or  Accusative: 

an     on,  at  in    in,  into  unter    among,  under 

auf    on,  upon,  up         neb  en     beside  Dor     before 

'Winter     behind  iiber     above,  over  gtoifc^en     between 

These  take  the  dative  in  answer  to  the  questions  where?  or 
when?,  the  accusative  in  answer  to  the  questions  whither?  or 
how  long? 

188 


LIST  OF  OLD   (OR  STRONG)  AND 
IRREGULAR  VERBS 


Explanations.  —  In  the  following  table  are  given  the  princi- 
pal parts  of  all  the  verbs  of  the  Old  conjugation,  together  with 
the  preterit  (imperfect)  subjunctive;  also  the  second  and  third 
singular  indicative  present  and  the  second  singular  imperative, 
whenever  these  are  otherwise  formed  than  they  would  be  in  the 
New  (or  Weak)  conjugation.  Forms  given  in  full-faced  type 
(thus,  gcBodcn)  are  those  which  are  alone  in  use;  for  those 
in  ordinary  type  (thus,  had\t,  bctcft)  the  more  regular  forms,  or 
those  made  after  the  manner  of  the  New  conjugation,  are  also 
allowed. 

No  verb  is  given  in  the  List  as  a  compound.  If  found  only  in 
composition,  hyphens  are  prefixed  to  all  its  forms,  and  an  added 
note  gives  its  compounds. 


Infinitive. 

S3arfcn/bake' 

often  of  New 
participle. 
*Barcn 

only  in  ftebaren, 
Scifiett, 'bite' 
JBcrgcn/hide' 
S3icficn/bend' 
S3tetcn, '  offer' 
JBtnbcn, 'bind' 
S3tttett/beg' 
SBlafctt,  'blow' 
^letben/ remain' 
J8tet(^en/ bleach' 

as  intransitive, 
Sraten, 'roast' 
V^xt^tn,  'break' 
SSrcnnctt, 'bum' 
SBtingen, 'bring' 
=bci^cn 

obsolete  except 


pres'tind.sing.      pret.  ind.  pret.  subj.   imper.    past  part. 

had\t,h'idt       bu!         btife        gcBarfctt 

conj.,  especially  when  transitive;  except  the 


^bicrft,  =biert     =Bar 
'bear,  bring  forth.' 

m 

Birgft,  btrgt 


=6(trc      =bter    ^hottn 


Biffc  gcBtffcn 

Bdirfi       fittrgc  5lrg  geborgctt 

ibog        bijgc  gebogcn 

hot         h&tt  gcboten 

Ibanb       Bftnbe  gcbunben 

hat         hdtt  gcbcten 

hlk§       filiefc  gcblafen 

hlxth       hlkht  gcbUcficii 

blid^        blic^e  gebUd^cn 

of  either  conj.;  as  transitive,  of  New  only. 

briet       brietc  gcSratcn 

ibrad^       Ibrii^e  ibrtt^  geBrot^en 

hxanntt  hxtnntt  gcBrannt 

Brad^tc    hx&d^tt  gcftrad^t 

Mt^t  *bicl|cn 


UaU%  hm 


bratft,  bratet 
hx'x^%  hxx^t 


'bic^ 

in  gebcll^cn,  'thrive.' 
189 


190        LIST  OF  OLD  AND  IRREGULAR  VERBS 


Infinitive.  pres't  ind.  sing.     pret.  ind.  pret.subj.   imper.       past  part. 

^enfcn, 'think'      bad^tc   bcid^te       gcbac^t 

*ber6cn  =birbft,  =birbt    -barb    =b(irbc      *birb     =borben 

^blirbc 
only  in  bcrberben,  'perish';  which,  as  transitive,  'destroy,'  is  of 
New  conj. 
^rcf(^Ctt,  'thresh'  brifc^eft,  brifd^t brofd^   briJft^c 


^bricftctt 

only  in  berbric^cn,  'vex.' 
^ringcn, 'press' 
^iirfen, '  be  per- 
mitted' 
effctt,'eat' 
ga^rcn/go' 
gatten/fair 
gangcn/ catch' 
gct^tcn,' fight' 


barf  ft,  barf 

fa^rft,fa^rt 

fattftJaHt 

fangft^fangt 


^broft    ^briJffe 

brang  brdnge 
burftc  bttrfte 


brifd^ 


0cbrof(^ctt 
-broffcn 


gcbrungcn 

wanting  geburf  t 


fu^r 

fiel 

fing 


^cWf  =fte^tt  4a^( 


fulirc 

ftetc 

fingc 

^fal)lc 


ifi 


=fic^t 


only  in  befel^Ien,  'command,'  cmpfel^Ien,  'commend.' 


ginbert^'find' 

gle^tcn, '  twine'    fltd^tft,  fTic^t 

giicgcn/fly' 

gUc^en,'flee' 

gUeftcn/flow' 

grcffctt, '  devour'    f  riffcft,  frifet 

gricrcn/ freeze' 

Soften/ ferment' 

@cbcn, '  give'  gibft,  gtbt 

@c^ctt,'go' 

©eWen,  'be  worth'  gittft,  gitt 
=gcffcn  =^9iffeft,  ^gifet 

only  in  bcrgcffcn,  'forget.' 

©tcfjcn/pour' 

^ginnctt 

only  in  beglnncn,  'begin.' 

@tci(!^cn/re- 

semble' 

mtxttn,  'glide' 

©limmcn, 'gleam' 

@rabcn, '  dig'         gtftbft,  grftbt 

©rctf  en /gripe' 

^aben,  ^  have'        l^aft,  f)ai 
.fatten/ hold'        ]^aaft,^alt 
4angcn, '  hang'      ^angft,  pngt 

$auctt/hew' 

^cbcn,' raise 


fanb 

f(0(^t 

fiog 

m 
m 

frafe 
fror 

go^r 
gab 

salt 
^0^6 


*gantt 


fftttbc 

pt^te 

pgc 

fliijc 

ftoffe 

friifec 

frorc 

go^rc 

gdbe 

ginge 

gattc 

fiiiffe 
=g(ittnc 


fti«t 


m 


gib 

gUt 


glid^     gUd)c 


glitt  gllttc 
glomm  glommc 
grub  griibc 
griff  c 
^(ttte 
l^iettc 
^ingc 
l^lebc 


Iiattc 
^tctt 
^ing 

l^icb 


gcgcffcn 

gcfa^rctt 

gcfaticn 

gefongctt 

gefoc^tcn 

^foljtcn 

gcfunbcn 

geftoc^ten 

gcftogcn 

geflo^cn 

gcfloffcn 

gcfrcffctt 

gefroren 

gegol)reti 

gcgcbcn 

gcgangctt 

gcgotten 

^geffen 

ficgoffcn 
^gonncn 

gcgtlc^en 

geglittm 

geglommcn 

gcgraben 

gcgriffcn 

gcftabt 

ge^alten 

gcgangctt 

gc^auen 

ge^oben 


LIST  OF  OLD  AND  IRREGULAR  VERBS        191 


Infinitive. 


pres't  ind. sing,      pret.ind.  pret.subj.    imper.      past  part. 


Wftr^Uft 


fannft,  fantt 


ittbft,  labt 

Iftffeftjofit 

laufft^lauft 


acfcft,Ucft 


^^s 


^atf     plfc 
Janntc  fcnntc 

nomm  ftommc 
flang    flange 
lam     fttme 
fonntc  fiitttttc 


ftUf 


Ue^ 


^ciffeit/cair 

^clfcti,  'help' 

^cnncn/know' 

^Ummctt,  'climb' 

^Ungen/ sound' 

^ommcit/come' 

^iinncn,'can' 

^ricrfjcn,' creep' 

^iircn,' choose' 

Sabcn/load' 

Saffctt/let' 

Saufcn/run' 

Scibcn/ suffer' 

Sct^Ctt/lend' 

Sefctt/read' 

Stcgctt/lie' 

4tcrctt 

only  in  Dcrtlcren,  'lose.' 
*lingctt 

only  in   gcUngen,  *  succeed, 
person  only. 
Saft^cn, 'extin-      Ufc^eft,  Ufd^t 
guish' 

the  forms  of  New  conj.  preferably  limited  to  transitive  meaning. 

Suflcn/lie' log       tdge        gctogctt 

9Jlctbcn/shun' mtcb    micbc      gemicbcn 

a^cffen/measure'miffcft^mifet     ma^     mftfic       mift      gemcffcn 

moc^tc  mijt^tc  wanting  gcmod^t 
mufttc  miifetc  wanting  gcmufit 

nimm  gcnommen 


for 
lub 

Ucf 
(itt 
Uc^ 

tag 
4or 


fore 
liibe 
Ucfic 
Ucfc 

rittc 

tie^c 
Iftfe 
lagc 
4arc 


ge^cigctt 
gcliolfctt 

gcfannt 

geflommen 

geflungeti 

gefommen 

wanting  gcfonnt 

gcfrodftcn 

geforen 

geUbcrt 

gclaffctt 

= gctoufcn 

gcUttcn 

gclic^cn 
gclcfctt 
gelegett 
4oren 


4attg    4ttngc     - 

mifeUngen,  'fail'; 


used 


4ungett 

in   third 


lofd^     iofc^e     Ufc^         gelofd^en 


9Jl(Jgcn/may' 
gjluffcn/must' 
Sflc^mcn/take' 
S'lcnncn/name' 

''ttCfCtt 


magft,  mag 
mu|t,  muft 
nimmft,  ni'mmt  na^m  nft^me 

ttantite  ncnittc 

^na^     'Uafe 

only  in  genefen,  'recover,  get  well.' 

^nicfectt *ttog     ^naffe 

obsolete,  except  in  genie^eit,  'enjoy.' 

$fctfcn,' whistle' 

^rcifcn,' praise' 

Cluctten, '  gush'      quitlft,  quittt 

fRaitrtf '  advise'      rcttft,  rat 

SlciBcn/rub' 

aiciftctt/tear' 

SRcttcn/ride' 

JRcnnctt/run' 

9ltcd|cn/smeir 

Sdingcn/ wring' 


^M 

Vfiffc 

pm§ 

pricfe 

quoU 

qualle 

rict 

rietc 

ticb 

ricBc 

rift 

riffc 

txii 

rittc 

xdmtt  rcntitc 

rod^ 

rii(^c 

rang 

range 

quitt 


genannt 
^nefcn 

^noffen 

ge^ftffctt 

gc^jricfcn 

gequolien 

gcratcn 

gericftcn 

gcriffcn 

gcrittctt 

gcrannt 

gcrot^en 

gemngen 


192        LIST  OF  OLD  AND  IRREGULAR  VERBS 


Infinitive.  pres't  ind.  sing,  pret.ind.   pret.subj.       imper.        past  part. 

SRtnnctt/run' xann       rftnne        gcronncn 

aUufcn/cair ricf         tiefe  gcrufcn 

©c^aff en/ create' ^ — fd^uf        fc^ilfe         gefc^affen 

generally  of  New  conj.  when  meaning  ^be  busy/  or  'procure.' 
©fatten/ sound' fd^off        fc^otte        gefclolleti 

only  in  gefcf)et)en,  'happen';  used  in  third  person  alone. 


©c^cibcn/part' 
@(^einen,   'ap- 
pear' 
©^clten, '  scold 


-  f  c^ieb 

-  f  c^icn 


frfjicbc 
fd^ienc 


gef(^icbctt 
gef^ienen 


Sc^ieben, '  shove' f  ^o0       f  rfliiSc 

©(^icfien, '  shoot ' f  t^oft       f  t^iiffe 

e(!^lafen,' sleep'  Wtafft,       frf)(ief      Wltcfc 

©tJitagctt,  f^lftgft,      fd^tug  f(^litgc 

'strike'  f^tiigt 

©(^leic^cn, f(!^(t(^  ft^Ut^e 

'  sneak' 

(S(^Uefictt,'shut' W^^  f<^Wffe 

©^Ungen/slino;' f^tang  ftfilangc 

©^melscn,  'melt'  fc^miljeft,    fc^molj  f^molge 
fc^nitlst 

(S(^ncibctt/cut' Mmtt  Mnittc 

©ci^rerfen,'be       fc^ricfft,       fd)raf  fd^rcife 

afraid'  fi^ncft 

of  New  conj.  as  transitive,  'frighten.' 

(B^xtxbtn, \(i}mh  ft^rtcfic 

'write' 

©c^rcien/cry' f^rtc  ft^mc 

(5  ^reiten/ stride' fc^ntt  ft^ritte 

®d^ttJCtgcn/be W^ftcg  Mnjiegc 

silent' 

'swell'  fc^millt 

of  New  conj.  as  transitive. 

Sd^njtmmcn,       

'  swim ' 


ft^alt      f^itltc       f(^iU    gcfd^oltctt 


©(^hjtnbctt, 

'vanish' 

'swing' 

©rffttJiirctt, 

'swear' 


f  c^ttjamm  f  c^njammc  - 
fti^ttjanb  fd^hjanbc  - 
f^toang  f(!^tt)ingc  - 


gcft^oficn 

gcfd)offcn 

gefr^lafcn 

gcfd^tagen 

gefd^liti^cn 

gcfc^loffen 

gcj(^{ungcn 

fd)mi(3  gefc^moljm 

gef^nittcn 

fd^ridf  gef(f)roden 

gefrfjricben 

gcf(^nccn 

gcfc^rtttcn 

gcfc^njiegcn 

fd^toltt  gefd^molten 

-  gef(!^tt)ommcn 

-  gcfd)tt)unben 

-  gcfc^toungcn 

-  gcf^ttjorett 


LIST  OF  OLD  AND  IRREGULAR  VERBS 


193 


Infinitive. 


pres't  ind.  sing,     pret.ind.    pret.  subj.    imper.        past  part. 


(Sc^cn/see' 

fic^ft,  mt 

M 

fatie 

fic^ 

gcfc^cn 

Sein/be' 

bin,  bift,  ift  zc,  tear 

njttre 

ei 

gehjefcti 

©enbcn/send' 

anbtc 
'cnbetc 

ott 

enbetc 

gefanbt 

Sicbcn/boir 

lebete 

gefotten 

©ingen/sing' 

ang 

ttnge 

gefungcn 

(Binfcn/sink' 

ant 

cinfc 

gcfuntcn 

©inncn/ think' 

ann 

anne 

gefonnen 

©i^cn/sit' 

a^ 

•ftjic 

gcfeffcn 

Sottcn/ shall' 

foUftJott 

foIUe 

oUtc 

want'g 

gefpttt 

©|)inncn, 'spin' 

fiJann 

^cinnc 
ponm 

gcf^onnen 

<Bpxt6:ftn, 

' speak' 

S^rieftcn, 

frri^ftj^jricfttf^ra^    j 

'pxad)t 

f|)ri^  gcf^ro(^en 

frrofe     j 

>rijffc 

gcf^roffcn 

^sprout' 

©^ringcn, 

f^rang 

grange 

gcf^rungcn 

spring 
©tcc^Ctt/ prick' 

m^mt 

ftac^       1 

'tatftc 

fti« 

gcftot^cn 

©tc()cn/ stand' 

ftanb 

tanbe 

geftanbctt 

©tc^kn/ steal' 

ftic^tft,  fticfttt  fta^t      1 

tittle 

fttc^t 

gcfto^lcn 

©tcigcn,  'as- 
cend' 
©ter0cit/die' 

ftieg       1 

ticgc 

gefticgcn 

fttriift,ftirbt 

ftarB      1 

taxU 

fttrb 

gcftorftcn 

©toficn,  'push' 

ftiineftjto^t 

fticji 

tte^c 

gcMcn 

©trci(^cn, 

ftric^      j 

tri(^c 

geftric^ctt 

'stroke' 

©trcitcn, 'strive 

7 

ftritt      1 

trittc 

gcftritten 

Sragcn,  'carry' 

trftgft,  tragi 

trug       1 

triigc 

gctragcn 

^reffen,'hit' 

triffftrtrifft 

traf        ) 

trttfc 

triff 

gettoffcn 

S^reiben,' drive' 

tdeB       1 

trtcbc 

gctriefien 

Srctcn,  'tread' 

trittft,  tritt 

ixat        i 

trfttc 

tritt 

gctrcten 

Xtinfm,  'drink' 

ixant      i 

triinec 

gctrunfen 

XxiXQtn,  'de- 

trog       \ 

trijge 

gctrogctt 

ceive 
S;un,'do' 

tat         i 

tiitc 

getan 

S®0(^fctt,  'grow' 

m^\t\t,  m6)\i  itjut^^    1 

tt)U(^fC 

gertjad^fen 

SBctgcn,' weigh' 

tt)oq       \ 

ttJdgc 

gcltJogcn 

aSafc^en^'wash' 

iDctfd^eft,  mafc^t  ttJufd^      1 

miift^c 

genjafc^cn 

aScbcn,' weave' 

h)ob        ) 

t)obe 

gemoben 

SGSetc^cn, 'yield' 
SBctfcn,'show' 

h)id^        ) 

v'lfiit 

gemic^en 

njtc^      1 

itJtefe 

gcttJiefen 

SScnben/turn' 

hjanbtc  ) 
njcnbctc 

tjcnbetc 

gcttjanbt 
gcnjcnbet 

aSerfien/sue' 

tottrbft,  njtrBt 

toaxh      \ 

tidrbe 

toirb 

getuorben 

194        LIST  OF  OLD  AND  IRREGULAR  VERBS 


Infinitive. 

pres't  ind.  sing.     pret.  ind. 

pret.  subj. 

imper. 

past  part. 

SBcrben/ be- 
come' 
SSctf  en/ throw' 

toxx\tf  mirb      hjatb 
hjurbc 
toirfft,  ttJttft    njcrf 

hJiirbc 

ttJiirfc 
toiitfc 
njiigc 
toanbc 

Stoctngc 

toirf 

gctoorbcn 
gctoorfcn 

SSicgcn/ weigh' 
ffi3inbcn,  'wind' 
2Siffcn/know' 
gSotten/wiir 
3  ci^  en /impute' 
t)ergei^cn  more 
3tc^en/puir 
Btoingen,  'force' 

njog 

njanb 

toiiift,  toin     mate 

3ie* 

common. 

m 

njiffe 

gchJogcn 

gotiunben 

geltjuftt 

gettJoKt 

gcjic^cn 

gcjogcn 
gegttjungcn 

/ 

r            CV  THE              \\ 

UMfVFRCSTV 


OF 


DAY    AND    TO    *1.00    ON    Tu.°''  """^  "O^RTH 
OVERDUE.  ^'^    ^"E    SEVENTH     DAY 


KSr- 


Mjjjim 


LU 


IN  STACKi 


LD  2]-95w-7,'37 


10f^')f 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  UBRARY 


